Saab 900SERVICE MANUAL

3:2 Electrical system, system diagrams,operation and fault tracingM 1989 • 1990

aaPower supply

Engine electronics

Lighting systems

\

Accessories

Instruments and warning systems

List of components

Other systems

Windscreen and headlamp wipers

Heating and ventilation systems

3:2 Electrical system,system diagrams,operation andfault-tracingM1989 - 1990

SERVICEMANUAL

Units

The basic and derived units used throughout the Service Manual are inaccordance with the SI system. '

/'

1 kg = 2.20 Ib1 N = 0.23 Ibf

1 Nm = 0.74 Ibf ft1 bar = 14.5 Ibf/in2

1 I == 1.05 Iiq<qt

1 USgal<'7',;Q.83 U~~;~.I,'" X, Syg7

Equivalent unit ?andsymbolinch (in)pound (Ib)pound-force (Ibf)

pound-force foot (Ibf ft)pound-force per square inch (Ibf/irf)(Also abbreviated: psi)US liquid quart (liq qt)(Also abbreviated: qts)

US gallon (USgal)of

mmkgNNm

barI, (liter)°C

SI unit

1 in = 25.4 mm1 Ib = 0.45 kg1 Ibf =4.45 N1 Ibf ft = 1.36 Nm1 psi = 0.07 bar

1 US Iiq qt = 0.83 UKqtOF = °C x 9/5 + 32

1 mm = 0.039 in

Conversion factors

AT Austria GB Gr~~tAU Australia GR (jre~ce

BE Belgium IS IcelandCA Canada IT ItalyCH Switzerland JP JapanDE Germany ME Middle EastDK Denmark NL NetherlandsES Spain NO NorwayEU Europe SE SwedenFE Far East US i.4$AFI Finland UC iUS CaliforniaFR France

';t-.-

t,·

The codes refer to market specifications

Market codes

The following symbols and abbreviations are used:

For users not familiar with the SI units, some non-Continental units aregiven in brackets after the respective SI unit.

© Saab Automobile AB 1990

Production: Technical Publications, Saab Automobile' AB, Trollhiiltan, Sweden

")Contents

Contents

AccessoriesHeaqlamp beam adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .288RaaTo installation 292Radio installation -US, CA 294Burglar'alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP 298Burgl'ar alarm, 1989 model Convertible 302Burglar alarm, 1990 model Convertible 304

LIst of componentsComponent in numerical order 308

Introduction 4 Reversing lights 128Safety instructions 4 Rear fog lights, 1989 model 132Wiring diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Rear fog lights, 1990 model 134Cable codes 5 Direction indicators, hazard warning lights -Abbreviations 5 SE, FI, EU, GB, ME, FE, AU 138Using the wiring diagram 6 Direction indicators, hazard warning Iights-Using a universal instrument for fault-tracing. 8 US, CA and 1989 JP : 142Connectors 10 Lighting for controls - SE. FI, EU, GB, ME, FE, AU

Power supply and 1990 JP 146Positive supply 12 Lighting fohr ~ontrols - US. CA and 1989 for JP .. 115504

Electrical distribution box 12 Interior Iightmg 'b' .Relays 13 ~Iterior Iig ting - c~~ve~lle. i~~Fuses , . . 14 Love compartment I u~llma~lon 164

Extra electrical distribution box (Convertible) . 15 uggage compartment I ummatlon .Ignition switch and positive supplies. . . . . . . . . . . 15 Windscreen and headlamp wipers

Distribution terminal +30 18 Windscreen wipers 168Distribution terminal +X 20 Headlamp wipers , 172Distribution terminal +15 22D' 'b . . I 54 24 Instruments and warnll'lg.,systems

Eartl~~~~~~~~i~~:I.~~ .~ : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: 27 Horn :' , 118706

Earthing point 3, fascia 28 Seat·belt warning lamp .Earthing point 7, radiator cross-member 30 Seat-belt and ignition key warnmg , 184Earthing point 9, luggage compartment 32 Combined instrument \ 188Earthing point 65, back seat and earthing Coolant temperature warni!(lg buzzer 198point 300, brake unit (1990 model) 34 Cigarette lighter " ,',,,., .. , .Earthing point 93, amplifier and earthing Heating and ventilation systemspoint 300, brake unit (1989 model) .36 Cooling system fan, 1989 models ............•Earthing point 117, between the ignition Cooling system fan. 1990 models " . . . .switch and the handbrake lever 38 Ventilation fan ..1.08Negative distribution terminal 158, Air Conditioner (AC) with time-delay relay .. 'h~~2in-the electrical distribution box " . . . .. 40 Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14)· ...........•........ ·f:t4 ..Earthing point 201, engine 42 Electrically heated front seats ~ 21St'

Engine electronIcs ,.,,/.'_glectrically heated front seats with rheostatSt rt' g t': ~;.~·'-;44··r- control fortliedriver's seat .

a In sys em .;..... .' 48 Electric heating for the rear window .. ","~Fuel system, carbur ngine : .';. . EI' h . ~ h . d C "'" ..CI fuel system: 1819 0 model, 1989 model- ectnc eatmg lor t e rear wm ow,..~q.r:1V~ME, FE CI: T81989 model- FI, EU, GB 52 Other systemsCI fuel system: 18 Lambda - SE, EU. Electric window regulators ............••......1990'inodel- F1;GB 56 Electric window regulators, COlwertiblle .•c;;;:,.\cCI fuel syster:o:.1989 model T8 Lambda - EU 58 Electrically operated rear-view mirrors .LH 2.2fuel~ystem: 116 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE 64 Electrically operated sunroof .

'LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model Ti6 - Electrically operated Convertible top.FI, I;U, GB, ME, FE ~ .. . .. . . .. . .. 66 Central locking , .

'. 'LH 2.4 fU,el system: Ti6 Lambdc:l- US, CA, AU Central locking - Convertible .·1989 model- SE" EU, JP. 116'La'mbda- US, CA, Cruise Control system ...•: .....•.......AU. JP, SE, EU ' , .. .. . 72 Anti-lock brake system (ABS) , .. ';. '" .CU14 fuel system 78 Power supply, hydraulic pressure'and)Ignition system (with tachometer) C8, 18, monitoring functions .. ; ~ ...•. ; .. '! .. '.•18 Lambda, Ti6, Ti6 Lambda 1989 model of Passive seat belts, 1989 model 278T8, T8 Lambda 84 Airbag '.' . . .. 184EZK iltnition system (with tachometer),1989 model' 88EZK ignition system (with tachometer),1990 model 90Battery-charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 94APC system 98

Ughtlng systems- Headlamps 102

Dim dipped beam - GB 1989 model 106Daylight driving lights - CA ., ',.' . . . . . . .. 110Extra fog lamps 114Parking lights 118

. Brake lights, 1989 model ................•... 122Brake lights, 1990 model ,124

Saab900

4 Introduction

IntroductionThis Service Manual deals with the electrical sys­tems ofthe 1989 and 1990 models ofthe Saab 900.This Manual is a supplementtothe Service Manual,Group 3:1, Electrical system, Instruments.

This Manual also deals with the Saab 900 Convert­ible, for which some of the functions are describedseparately. Other functions are the same as on the2-door and 4-door models.

The purpose of this Manual is to facilitate fault trac­ing and service work on the electrical system of thecar. So each electrical sub-system, such as the igni­tion system, hazard warning lights, etc., is describedindividually, and a separate wiring diagram is shownfor each sub-system. Each such diagram is an extractfrom the comprehensive wiring diagram for the car.

A list of the electrical components of the car is in­cluded at the end of this Manual.

The comprehensive diagram for the entire electricalsystem of the car is presented in a separate book­Group 3:4.

This Manual is applicable to cars delivered to allmarkets. Note that certain cars delivered to the Eu­ropean market, for instance, may be equipped inaccordance with the "USA specification". ThisManual should not be used for the Saab 90, Saab 99and earlier models of the Saab 900, even thoughmany of the electrical systems may be very similar.

NoteFollow carefully the installation instructions for extraequipment, since electronic and control units mayotherwise maloperate or may sustain serious dam­age.

Safety instructionsCautIon - arcing may cause Injull'les.Although the system voltage is only 12 V, injuries maybe caused by flash-over or fire in the car, since theenergy content of the battery is very high. Short­circuit may give rise to very high currents.

CautIon - hIgh voltage.The ignition system of the car is of electronic type,operating at voltages of more than 30 000 V. Thisvoltage may be fatal to persons with a weak heart andpersons who have a pacemaker. So treat the entireignition system with great caution.

Before starting work on the electrical system:

• Take off your wrist-watch and any rings you may bewearing.

• Disconnect the cable from one terminal of thebattery if any electrical components are to be re.,moved. "

• Always follow the instructions and recommenda­tions in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.

Wiring diagramsEach wiring diagram generally consists of twospreads, Le. a total offour pages. A typical exampleof a wiring diagram, explanations of the symbolsused, etc. are shown on the next spread.

On the first spread, the wiring diagram for the rele­vant sub-system is shown on the left-hand side, andabrief description of the operation as well as fault­tracing hints are given on the right-hand side.

The second spread shows howthe relevant cables arerun in the car and where the electrical componentsare located. In addition, a picture is shown of each ofthe electrical components involved in the sub-sys­tem. A supplementary description of the location ofeach component is given on the left-hand side of thespread.

Saab900

\

Introduction 5

Cable codes Abbreviations

APC

IISATLH

AUTCCABCCCICONYDElK

The Manual includes the following abbreviations:

ABS Anti-lock Brake SystemAC Air ConditioningAIC (Automatic Idling Control) Automatic adjust­

ment of the engine idling speed(Automatic Performance Control) Automaticcontrol of the turbocharger Qoost pressure

. Automatic transmissionCarburettorCabriolet (Convertible)Cruise ControlContinuous InjectionConvertible (Cabriolet)(Driver) Driver's side(Elektronische Zilndung mit Klopfkontrolle)Breakerless ignition system with knock sen-sorInjection engineIntelligent 5MB Tester(Luftmassenmesser Hitzdraht) Air massmeasuremep,-l>by means of a hot filament

LHD , Left-hand d~ve

LHF Left-hand frontLHR Left-hand rearLHS Left-hand sideMAN Manual gearboxP Passenger side, co-driver's sldeT Turbocharged engineTSI Timing Service InstrumentRHD Right-hand driveRHF Right-hand frontRHR Right-hand rearRHS Right-hand side

Example: T8 indicates that the engine is turbo­charged and has 8 valves116 = 16-valve injection engine3-D = two-door hatchback (Combi Coupe)

Code Colour

BL BlueBR BrownGL YellowGN GreenGR GreyOR OrangeRA PinkRD RedSV BlackVL VioletVT White

As a general rule, each cable in the electrical systemof the car has a code consisting of three parts, asH1ustrated by the example below:

Cross-sectional area of the conductor. The cross­sectional area of the conductor is specified in squaremill imetres (mm2). The current that the cable is capa­ble of carrying is dependent on the cross-sectionalarea of the conductor.

122A GN 0.75

Item number 1 IJColour code ~ _

Cross-sectional area of the conductor, mm2

Item number. Every cable is designated by a uniquenumber, which is usually followed by a letter desig­nation. Cables designated with the same number,e.g. 122, 122A, 122B, etc. usually belong to thesame sub-system.

Colour code. The following colour codes are used in. the wiring diagrams as well asin the comprehensivewiring diagrams. The colour codes can also be usedin various combinations, e.g. BURD, GUVT, etc.

Saab900

Saab900

Fault-tracing hintsAlways lake the following mea5\Jres before fault-lrac­ing in the APe S)'Slem:

1. Disconnect the connector from the conuol unit.2. DiSConnect the connector from the component

which is suspected to be fault)'.

3. Use an ohmmeter to check the wifing ror anyopen circuits. etc.

Most of the earthing points in the carhave a component number, and each ofthe various earthing points in each dia­gram is marked with the appropriatenumber. The locations of the earthingpoints with component numbers arespecified in the section of this Manualentitled "Earth connections".

"",.equipbyw.contaboost

Operatlon

Components and cables underlined with blue or en­closed within a blue frame are only included on carsfor a specific market, etc. The markets are specifiedby abbreviations, e.g. CA for Canada,,,in accordancewith the list of abbreviations on page 2. (In thisexample, component 233 is included only on carswith the Cruise Control system.) .

Component number. Every component has an identitynumber adjacent to the symbol for that particularcomponent on the wiring diagram. The same numberis also used in the comprehensive wiring diagram forthe car.. ln addition, the component number is given:

• inthe description of the location of the component

• at the place in the car where the component islocated

• on the appropriate exterior picture of the compo­nent.

The engine Is equipped with an Automalic Perlorm·anceControl (APe) system. Which enablestheenglneto adjust itself automallcally 10 the grade of luelsupplied to it at any particular time.

The APe system is conlrolled by control unit 177.which Is supplied 1+54) from fuse 10. The unit re.ceives signals from various sensors. processes thesignals and then controls the boost pressure olllletulbochargervia solenoid valve 179.

Th.".'r-----------------------I..

:;: A = crimped connectionlbran9h-off point directly inV the cable harness. .....

The SISplifier 146 are fed continuously Into the con.tern ami. On IhIt Mc:I.o:; nt Ihp. p.lp.ctril".al F:ipn.:>.lc ...tIo!unlt.... utllllhf!nl".tU'IlmlF:lhA!<I\I/>f'Inirt""'I ...""".."".~"" The cable code consists of:

. e Item number of the cable (see under the headingCable codes on the preceding spread)

• Colour code of the cable, consisting of letter com­binations in accordance with the table on the pre­ceding spread

III Cross-sectional area of the conductor in mm2

1:73

rh~·75

."$'11.5

177

-187

ngdlagram

If "+30" for instance, is shown above afuse, this denotes that the supply fromthe battery to the relevant fuse is de­scribed in the section entitled "Positivesupply, Distribution terminal +30".

Spread 1

APCsystem

In the wiring diagrams, every sub-systemis generally shown from the appropriatefuse in the electrical distribution box, upto each consumer or sub-system, andthen to the appropriate earthing point(chassis connection).

The supply to each fuse is shown sep­arately in the section entitled Positivesupply, which also deals with the electri­cal distribution box, ignition switch, etc.of the car.

spreads for a sub-system - in thisor lighting - is shown below, together

fions of the designations used, etc.

:therwise specified, switches are shown intiJated condition and relays in de-energised

.0I'1dition.+30I

LB

Introduction.

<Spread 2

Componentslocations of components1 Earthingpoinlon the radiatOfcross-member

22A FusehoJderin the electrical diSUibutionbol. lntheeo.gine compartment. on the left-hand wheelhousing

29 .Brake light switchal the brake pedal

59 2·poleconneclorinthe enginecompanmenl. oothe left·handwheel housing

93 EaMing poii'll on the left·hanlJ wheel hous­ingmember

146 Amplifier for the elecuonic jgnnion systemin the engine compartment. forward ot theleft·hand wheel housing

152A 29·poIe white conneclor1S2e 29·pole black connector

in the electrical distribution bOll. In the en·gine compartment, on the left·handhousing•• The. tonneClors af

Knock sensoron the engine. below the inlake manifold

179 Solenoid valve'on Ihe radiator fan casing

180 Pressure transmitter. 'under the fascia. to the left of the steeringCOlum~ lbehind the knee shield)

187 Vacuum pump for Cruise Controlin Ihe engine compartment. forward of lheleft·hand wheel hOUsing

233 Vacuum swilchIn the engine compartment. on the left·handwheel housing

-rtl.....~~~

-".

Saab900

Saab900

Voltage measurement

The ohmmeter is used for carrying out measurementsin cable harnesses and on connectors, switches andcontacts. An ohmmeter must not be used for mea­surements on components or relays containing semi­conductors, such as control units, time delay relays,etc.

Since the ohmmeter incorporates a battery whichenergises the cirClJi.tto be measured, the battery ofthe car should be disconnected while measurementis in progress. This will ensure that no current isalready flowingthrdtighthe relevant circuit and thatthe correct readingwillbe obtained.

Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter to areliable earthing point on the car or directly tothe negative pole of the battery.

Connect the positive lead of the voltmeter to thepoint in the circuit at which you wish to measurethe voltage.

If a reading is obtained on the voltmeter, thisindicates that current is flowing to the relevantpoint. The voltage reading should not deviate bymore than 1 volt from the measured battery volt­age. A deviation greater than 1 volt indicates afau It. One of the reasons may be poor contact ata connection to some component or in a con­nector. Carry out further measurements in thecircuit to pin-point the location of the fault.

1.

2.

Checking the voltage drop

This measurement is carried out to determinewhether the voltage drop is too high, e.g. along acab!~orapross a switch.

1. Connect the positive lead of the voltmeter to theend of the cable or the side of the switch whichis nearest to the battery.

2. Connect the negative lead of the voltmeter tothe other end of the cable.

3. When the circuit is energised, i.e. when currentflows through it, the voltmeter will show thedifference in voltage between the two points. Ifthe circuit is in good condition, the voltage dropshould not be greater than about 1 V. In simplecircuits, such as across connectors and shortcables, the voltage dr.op should not exceedabout 0.5 V.

Using a universal instrument forfault-tracingMeasuring equipment

A voltmeter and an ohmmeter are suitable instru­ments for fault-tracing in the car.

Use a voltmeter for measuring the voltage at variouspoints in a circuit. If the voltmeter is of analog type, itshould have an internal resistance of at least200000hmN.

8 Introduction

3.L

(

Introduction

Using an ohmmete

1. Hold the ohmmeter cables in contact with oneanother. Adjust the ohmmeter until the readingisOohm.

2. Remove the fuse which has blown, and discon­nect the load and the battery.

3. Connect one of the ohmmeter leads to the fuseterminal pin on the load side.

4. Connect the other ohmmeter h~ad to a reliableearthing point in the car.

5. Move the relevant cable harness while observ­ing the ohmmeter. Start at the electrical distri­bution box and then move out towards the appro­priate components/load. Ifthe ohmmeter readsinfinite resistance, there is no short circuit. Onthe other hand, if it reads low resistance or noneat all, this indicates that the cable is short-cir­cuited to earth.

Checking for open-circuitUse an ohmmeter

1. Hold the ohmmete"r cables in contact with oneanother. Adjust the ohmmeter until the readingisOohm.

2. Disconnect the battery of the car.

3. Connect one lead of the ohmmeter to one end ofthe cable to be tested.

4. Connect the other ohmmeter lead to the otherend of the cable.

5. If the ohmmeter reads a low resistance or noneat all, this indicates that the cable is in goodcondition.

(lhecking for short-circuit to earth,rt.{Sll1g a voltmeter

Remove the fuse which has blown and discon­nect the load.

Connect the voltmeter across the fuse terminalpins in the fuse box.

Move the relevant cable harness while observ­ing the voltmeter. Start at the electrical distribu­tion box and then continue out towards the rele­vant components/load. If a voltmeter reading isobtained, this indicates that the cable isshort-circuited to earth.

Saab900

10 Introduction

ConnectorsThe table below shows examples ofthe connectorsincluded in the car. If a new connector must be fittedin the engine compartment, bear innifhd that it mustbe of hose-proof design.

The three connectors designated 152A, 1528 and152C are discussed under the heading Positive sup­ply, Electrical distribution box.

Componentnumber-

Number' .ofplqs Appearance

Not hose-proof Hose-proof

57

58

59

60

67

98

122

123

3

12

2

1

6

10

8

4

292929

Saab900

Crimped connections

To reduce the number of connectors and improve thecontact properties, many connections are crimped(distribution block 192). An illustration of the ap­pearance of a crimped connector and the symbolused for it on the wiring diagrams are shown to theright.

Introduction 11

Saab900

12 Positive Supply

S II e supplyThe +12 V supply of the cari'~r;;distrjbuted to thevarious consumers, etc. acrossan'electrical distribu­tion box.

Electrical distribOliioi;j,lI'iii.The electrical distribution box is easily. accessibleand is located under the bonnet, on theleft~hand

wheel housing. All ofthe fuses and mosfofthe relaysare located in the electrical distribution box.

Item L in the drawing ofthe electrical distribution boxis the socket for the Timing Service Instrument (TSI)and item M is the holder for spare fuses.

FiV~ble harnesses are connected to the electricaldistri, ution box. The front and rear cable harnessesin e engine compartment are connected directly tothe electrical distribution box, whereas the cables tothe fascia and to the rear of the car are connectedacross three 29-pole connectors designated 152A,152B and 152C. These are permanently mounted onthe bulkhead between the engine compartment andthe interior of the car.

To enable the~e,~~r~e connectors to be easily dis­tinguished, they are co.lour-coded.

152A = White152B = Red152C = Black

The picture below shows the locations of the pins inthe connectors, viewed from the interior of the car.

Saab900"

RelaysThe following tables show the locations of the relaysin the electrical distribution box. In addition to therelays in the electrical distribution box, several otherrelays are located in different places in the car. Thelocations of these relays are specified in the corre­sponding sub-system descriptions.

Europe and other markets

Positive supply 13

Relay Componentlocation number

Function Remarks

A, B 8 Headlamp full beam anddipped beam

C 113 Heater element for the With timing function on certainrear window markets

DE 21 Ignition switchF, G 102 Fuel pump T8, T8 Lambda (1989 model)

18, 18 Lambda (1990 model)G 102 Fuel pump (1989 model) 18, 18 Lambda (M1989)

Radiator fan (1990 model) With timing function for certainmarkets (1990 model)

H 156 AC compressor Air conditioningJ 155 Radiator fan for AC Air conditioningK 68 Horn

USA, Canada and 1989 forJapan

Relay Component Function Remarkslocation number

A, B 8 Headlamp full beam anddipped beam

C 113 Heater element for the With timing function on certainrear window markets

D 107 Extra fog lampsE 21 Ignition switchF 174 Daylight driving lights (CA)H 156 AC compressor Air conditioningJ 155 Radiator fan for AC Air conditioning /K 68 Horn

~

Saab900

14 Positive supply

Fuse Rating FunctionNo.

Rating

10A15A20A25A30A

Hazarcj.warflibg Ii~btsInterior lighting, clock, radio, electri­cally operateda~ri.~I, luggage com­partment illuminationHeater element for the rear windowFuel pumpBrake lights, ABS system (1990model)Passive seat belts (1989 model)Passive seat belts (1989 model)

When the fuse has been removed, it will be clearlyvisible whether or not the fuse wire has melted.

ThE! fuses are of blade type and, together with theconnectors used, cause a lower voltage drop in thesystem than the earlier fuse type. In addition, thefuses are more resistant to corrosion.

Colour-coding of the blade fuses:

RedBlueYellowTransparentGreen

Checking the blade fuses

Every blade fuse has test tappings, so that it can bechecked withoufthe need for removing it from the"fuse box. If both tappings are live, the fuse is intact.

Colour

27 15A28 15A

29 20A30 20A31 15A

310D 25A310P 25A

Fuse Rating FunctionNo.

Lambda sensor preheatingRear window regulators, ConvertibleIgnition systemDim dipped beam (GB) (1989:model)Daylight driving lights (CA)Windscreen wipers, headlamp wipers,seat belt reminder lamp, buzzer forcoolant temperatureAir conditioner (AC)Direction indicators, tachometer,warning lamps for battery chargingand choke/check engine, oil pressurewarning lamps and (1990 model) SRSAirbagHeadlamp wipers, rear-view mirrors,Cruise ControlVentilation fanAPC system, ABS system (1989model), headlamp beam control(1990 model)Window regulators, sunroofElectric heating pads for the frontseats, delayed interior lights, top ac­tuation (Conv.), seat-belt warning(buzzer)Reversing lights, cigarette lighterlighting, passive seat belts (1989model)Right-hand headlamp, full beamLeft-hand headlamp, full beam andfull beam warning lampRight-hand headlamp, dipped beamLeft-hand headlamp, dipped beamRight-hand parking light, right-handrear light, number plate illumination,right-hand side marker lightsLeft-hand parking light, left-hand rearlight, left-hand side marker lightRadio, corner lights (US, CA, 1989model JP), burglar alarm (1990model), burglar alarm for Conv.(1989/90 model)Rear fog lights, rear fog-light warninglamp, extra fog lamps (US, CA, 1989model JP)Fuel system, temperature gauge,handbrake warning lamp, warninglamp for foot brake and ABS, fuel levelgauge, speed sensorLighting'for controls, glove compart­ment illuminationCentral locking, burglar alarmRadiator fanHorn

24 10A25 30A26 25A

6 30A7 15A

22 10A

1 10A2 30A3 15A4 10A4 20A5 15A

23 10A

8 10A

21 15A

19 10A

20 15A

16 15A17 15A18 10A

14 15A15 15A

11 30A12 20A

13 20A

9 30A10 10A

fusesThe locations of the fuses are shown in the illustra­tion of the electrical distribution box.

)

Saab900

Extra electrical distribution box(Convertible)The Saab 900 Convertible is equipped with an extraelectrical distribution box on the left-hand side, un­der the back seat.

Relay locationsA Relay for automatic window-r~gulator function

(287)8 Relay for delayed interior lighting (151)C Relay for Convertible top operation (277)D Relay for Convertible top operation (278)E Relay for seat belt/ignition key warning buzzer

(82)F Relay for burglar alarm ,(313)

Ignition switch and positivesuppliesThe supplies provided in the car are designated "+",followed by a digit combination. Some Of these sup­plies are live only on certain occasions, such as whenthe engine is being started or when the car is trav­elling.

The positive supplies are as follows: +30, +X, +15,+54, +50 and +S. The +30 supply is taken directlyfrom the battery, and the components supplied from"+30" are therefore permanently energised. Theother supplies are taken from the ignition switch andare dependent on the ignition switch setting. Notethat the numerals In the designations have nothingtodo with the system voltage.

Positive supply 15

Ignition switchThe ignition switch has four positions:

L Locked positionP Parked positiono Drive positionS Start position

The table below shows the ignitiO'n switch terminalswhich are live in the various positions of the ignitionswitch. The incoming supply (+30) from the batteryis connected to terminal 30.

Position

Circuit closedbetween ... L P 0 S

30-X30-1530-54 -30-5030 S1)

1) Although all ignition switches have terminal S,this terminal is only used on cars destined for theU.S.A. and Canadian markets.

Example: Terminal 15 is live in the drive and start (S)positions.

The picture below shows the terminals 'ofthe ignitionswitch.

U.S.A. and Canadian markets

On these cars, terminal S is used for the ignition keywarning system. The terminal is always energisedwhen the key is in the ignition switch, regardless ofits position. .

Saab900

;~ ,;~ i-rrj:

16 Positive supply

Distribution temllnalsThe followingfour spreads showthe consumers/com­ponents that are supplied from the following distribu­tion terminals:

• Distribution terminal +30• Distribution terminal +X• Distribution terminal +15• Distribution terminal +54

The various consumers are supplied eitherdirectly oracross fuses. . .

The wiring diagrams show all components which aresupplied from each distribution terminal. Sorriecom­ponents are thus not included on certain markets/versions.

No wiring diagram is shown for distribution terminal+50, since this is used only for a few sub-systems.The terminal is live only when the ignition switch is inthe start position, and this is described in the corre­sponding sub-system description. For particulars ofdistribution terminal +S, see the section entitled"Instruments and warning systems - Seat-belt andignition switch warning".

Saab900

Saiab900

18 Positive supply

Distribution terminal +30

RD 25.0

RD 16.0

4

ABS

290

10VT 4.0

CAB

310P

823A RD 2.5

M89: US

823 GR 2.5

10 VT 6.0

2130

15~r--------t---------+----j)5~__u10

'-'..'"'-'«on

o..l3'" 152A

280 GR 1.5 20 GR 1.5 >-__7,--",-GR,-,2"".5~_-P29 7 GR 2.5

20

30

015H 001A

US,CA,M89: JP

830

'" ~on

~ '" ~ C!....N 0

'" '" '" '" a:: a:: a::'-' '-' '-' '-' '-' '-' '-'

'" :I: '-'w ... 0 U

on '" on on on '" on

73

Saab900

'0pemtlonThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 directly tostarter motor 4, and then further to B+ on alternator2 and to distribution block 75.

From distribution block 75, supplies are then takento the following components and to fuses 24 - 31.

e Ignition switch relay 21

• Timing service instrument socket 73

• Fuel pump relay 102, control unit 200 and mainrelay 229 for the' LH fuel injection system on carspowered by the 16-valve engine. (On cars with the8-valve fuel injection engine, fuel pump relay 102is connected instead to fuse 30.)

CD Lighting relay 8

CD Light switch 10, across 29-pole red connector152B

CD Ignition switch 20, across 29-pole white connec­tor 152A.

CD Fuses for the anti-lock brakes (ABS) 302 A.

CD Fuses 310P and 310D forthe passive seat belts oncars destined for the US market (1989 model)

CD Fuse 290 (for the Convertible top)

On cars destined for the USA, Canada and Japan(1989 model), fuse 21 for the extra fog lamps is alsoconnected to this distribution block.

Saab900

Positive supply 19

Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.

2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75 and29-pole connectors 152.

3. Checkthatthe supply to each component is live.

4. Check the relevant wiring.

20 Positive supply

Distribution termlnal-+.It

75 152A+ RD 16.0 5 GR 4.0 7 GR 2.5

29 7 GR 2.5

BL 16.0 BL 25.0

207 211

toN0a::0

152A I")

30B RD 1.5 30B RD 1.530A RD 1.5 30A RD 1.5

oa::ooI")

oa::ooI")

Saab900

678RD 0.75

5122

289

M89: US,CA,JP015H 483A

OperationThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 to ignitionswitch 20, across distribution block 75 and 29-polewhite connector 152A.

When the ignition switch is set to the parked, drive orstart position, terminals 30 and X of the ignitionswitch will be interconnected. The +X supply willthen be connected to fuses 20 and 23.

On certain markets, the +X supply is also used forthe burglar alarm (connector 289) (1989 model).

Positive supply 21

fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.

2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75.

3. Check the terminals in 29-pole connector 152.

4. Check that the supply to each component is live.

5. Check the relevant wiring.

Saab900.

22 Positive supply

Distribution terminal +15

C)

20

47A,47B,47C,47F,47M,47Q

838GN/VT 0.75

306~

918GN/VT 0.5

152C

331~

123ABL RO 0.75

12(M89)123P(M90)GR/VT 1.5

AU, M89: SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,M90(I,C):SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,JP

US,CA, M89: JPM90(T): SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,JP

123NGN/VT 0.75(M89)GN/VT 0.5(M90)

123FGN RO 0.75

159

1:]102

+15

~

1

~~.....Iw~

128 GR VT 0.5

SE,FI,EU,GB,ME,FE,AU,M90: JP

546GN/VT 1.0

667

22122A

123KGN/VT 1.0

546GN/VT 0.75

6~H-,:-.2--~~:;6200 200 200

159+15

73

~cio0:

r-l!£23""BUG~N!LV!!..!T..Jle;;.5'-----~;:====~>-lR.Q!!.l":!lll_t123 GN T 1.5 28et-......!f"'"--"'!L!!..!.-~--< '>-_~~:c!.LJd.---./

75i--!'R£!!.0--!1!l'6.0~ -E;=::a-~5!..:G~R!...:4~.0~__-< )-'7'--G""R'-'2"-'.5'--_-b294-_~~_.e;:.:._::L~~'__ _,

159+15

26 140

"l 1CB-,<

.... w ..(wu"- u:::;viw uin.:J:::; MS9 :J ...,

3 4 5

'~i A'- ~I\ 2 1 6

C8. 18, 18A, 116. 116AT16,T16A.M89:T8.T8>' -I

1~~;eVT 1.5 ~~;eVT 1.5

~~

~ .M.@Q M90 MS9

1230GN/VT 1.0

~

~ ~ ~0,..:

123MGN/VT 1.0

5 146 390 5 146 176 320~

Saab900

OperationThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 to ignitionswitch 20, across distribution block 75 and 29-polewhite connector 152A in the electrical distributionbox.

When the ignition switch is in the drive or start posi­tion, the +15 supplywill betaken from terminal 15 ofthe ignition switch to the following components:

.. Light switch 10, across 12-poleconnector 58

.. Fuses 3 and 22 in fuse holder 22A

CD Timing service instrument socket 73

• Control unit 306 for the passive seat belts, across3-pole connector 57 (1989 carS for the USA mar­ket).

The following components are then supplied fromfuse 3. Some of the components are included only oncertain car variants.

5 Ignition coil146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition system176 Control unit for the EZK ignition system320 Ignition coil with integrated amplifier (1989

model)390 Modulating valve, LH 2.4 Lambda (1990

model: UC)

The following components are then supplied fromfuse 22, across distribution terminal 159. Some ofthe components are included only on cars for certainmarkets, on cars with 8 or 16 valve engines, etc.

• Time-delay relay 26 for the radiator fan (1989model)

.. One half of the combined instrument 47 acrossthe red 29-pole connector 1528 in the electricaldistribution box

• Relay 156 for the AC compressor

• Time-delay relay 113 for the electrically heatedrear window

• Carburettor float chamber valve 114

• Carburettor fuel shut-off valve 140

• Control unit 200 for the LH fuel system (6-poleconnector 67 in the engine compartment, to theright beside the air intake)

• Fuel pump relay 102 (18, 1989 T8). On turbo­charged cars, the relay is connected across boostpressure switch 144.

Positive supply 23

Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.

2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75 and29-pole connectors 152.

3. Set the ignition switch to the drive position andcheck that the supply from fuse 22 is live.

4. Check the relevant wiring.

Saab900

'J

015H 503B

68

117CVT 0.5

86

llHVT 2.5

11G 11K 11L 11MVT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5

30 86

10VT 6.0

118 l1CVT 2.5 VT 2.5

11VT 2.5

75+ I-'R"",D~1,-,6,,-,.0<--- -t>_-<k---"'-='---'--"~(~"'!-:~.t;;

26

SL 16.0 St. 25.0

7 211

880GR 0.5

15

M90: US.CA.ME FE AU JP

Distribution terminal +54

24 Positive supply

75 152A+ I--'R.;;;D,-,-,16,,-,.0~ -D_-eJ,-....:5::......::G,-,-R....:4"-,.0'---O..-...:.7_G",-R,---",2.",5-D29 7 GR 2.5

20

M90: ABS

llHVT 2.5

10VT 6.0

30 86

11VT 2.5

,.---"f--'11VT 2.5

7 211

26

SL 16.0 BL 25.0

·15

M90: US.CA,FE,AU,JP

B80GR 0.5

11 VT 2.5

liE l1F. l1G 11K llLVT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5

117CVT 0.5

86

68

Saab900

fJ)perationThe positive supply is taken from battery 1 acrossdistribution block 75 to:

-the contacts (terminal 30) of ignition switch relay21

• terminal 30 of ignition switch 20, across white29-pole connector 152A.

When the ignition switch is set to the drive position,terminals 30 and 54 of the ignition switch will beinterconnected. Current will then flow through thecoil of ignition switch relay 21 across whUe 29-poleconnector 152A, and the relay will be energised. Therelay contacts will close, and currentwill flowthroughthe three distribution blocks (crimped connections)to fuses 4-13 in fuse holder 22A (fuses 2 and 4-13on the Convertible).

The contacts of horn relay 68 and (1990 model)time-delay relay 26 for the radiator fan will also' beenergised when the ignition switch relay has beenenergised.

Anti-lock brakes (ABS) on the 1990 models

On cars with the ASS anti-lock brakes, fuse 10A inASS fuse holder 302A will also be energised from thewhite 29-pole connector 152A when the ignitionswitch is set to the drive position.

Positive supply 25

Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage.

2. Check the terminals of distribution block 75,and check that terminal 30 of ignition switchrelay 21 is live.

3. Set the ignition switch to the drive position andcheck that ignition switch relay 21 operates.Terminal 87 of the relay should then be live.

4. Check that fuses 4 -13 in fuse holder 22A arelive (fuses 2 and 4 -13 on the Convertible).

5. Check the relevant wiring.

Saab900

Saab900

General

IIIconn""..........Ions

Earth connections 27

The car has certain earthing points which have "com­ponent numbers" and other earthing points at whichthe component is earthed directly to the chassis,such as temperature transmitters, oi I pressure trans­mitters, etc. The locations of the earthing points withcomponent numbers are the same in the CombiCoupe, the Sedan and the Convertible.

3 Earthing point in the fascia7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

65 Earthing point under the back seat93 Earthing point on the amplifier

117 Earthing point between the ignition switchand the handbrake lever

158 Negative distribution terminal in the electri-cal distribution box

201 Earthing point, engine (two)211 Earthing point, gearbox257 Earthing point, alternator bracket300 Earthing point, brake unit334 Earthing point for the airbag electronic unit400 Redudndant earthing point for the airbag

electronic unit

The battery is earthed by means of a 16 mm2 conduc­tor to earthing point 7. The engine is connecteddirectly to the negative pole of the battery by meansof a 25 mm2 conductor.

From earthing point 7, a cable then runs to distribu­tion ~rminal158 in the electrical distribution box onthe left-hand front wheel housing.

28 Earth connections

Earthing point 3, fascia

SE, FI, EU, GB, M90: JP

373 SV 0.75

312A

Lsv

O;~~I 31 10

sv 0.75L.!.124

5161

ME, FE, AU 312A

r~120'.8-",S-,-V-",0.",75,,-- -;:::==="7"" 48

215r.sv 0.75L2116

CA M89;,J,e.)

L..--"6.=..2.=.sv,-=0.,-,,75:-_ 154

~6::5=SV====,0.==75=-_153

~ 148

(~V 0.75 48

215r_$V 0.75L2116

65 SV 0.75153

62 S"/0.75154

~14831BB 0.=.......=

SV 0.75

I

1318160

SV 0.75

[~123

SE, FI, EU, ME,US, CA, JP

GB, FE, AU

373 SV 0.75

312A SV 0.75

US, CA, M89: JP

72 SV 0.75

69 SV 0.75

43B SV 0.75

193 SV 0.75

193A SV 0.75

460 SV 0.75

313 SV 0.75

615 SV 1.0

614 SV 0.5

409 SV 0.75

3186 SV 0.75

.

318A ::;;r 36

1----'-'10~7A"--""SV~2."'-5 5_L:~1 74

OlSH 272B

Saab900

Components connected

Earthing point 3 is located to the left of the steeringwheel, below the fascia, behind the knee shield (onthe front side of the instrument cross-member, be­hind the flasher relay).

The following components are connected (by meansof screw terminals) to this earthing point. Some ofthe components Iisted below are fitted only to cars ofcertain versions or for certain markets.

10 Light switch18 Combined instrument lighting23 Flasher relay25 Hazard warning light switch36 Motor for the ventilation fan38 Motor for the AC recirculation valve47 Combined instrument48 Cigarette lighter49 Clock74 Resistor (half-speed) for the ventilation fan83 Relay for intermittent operation of the wind­

screen wipers88 Switch for extra fog lamps (US, CA)98 10-pole connector

110 Tachometer116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win­

dow124 Switch for the left-hand electrically oper­

ated rear-view mirror125 Switch for the right-hand electrically oper­

ated rear-view mirror127 Motor for the right-hand electrically oper­

ated rear-view mirror (across 4-pole con­nector 123 in the engine compartment atthe right-hand door pillar and in theright-hand door)'

131 Electronic control unit for Cruise Control132 Sensor for the speed transmitter143 Recirculation switch, AC

148

153154160161169207

Earth connections 29

Ashtray illumination (across a 2-pole con­nector)Lighting for the cigarette lighterLighting for the heater controlsSwitch for glove compartment illumination'Switch for the rear fog lightsSwitch, ACElectrically-heated rear-view mirrors (US"CA)

Saab900

12 (RHS)

, 12 (LHS)

9 (M90)

7

3, 118 (RHS)

8 (RHF)34 (RHS)

19 (RHS)

3 (RHS) A8 (RHF)-

282 (M90)

281 (M90)

40

280 (M90)

66 (RHS)

66 (LHS)

85 (LHS)

85 (RHS)

40 _

179

158

172

63

28 SV 1.511

29 SV 1.5 ....

11

149A SV 0.51

149 SV 0.75 " '. 22..

149B SV 0.51

149 SV 0.5 12

59 sv112 SV 2.5~ 3

889 SV 0.53

118A SV 1.0

118 SV 1.0

92 SV 0.752

57SV 31

99 SV 0.751

57 SV 3199A SV 0.75

r;:;"1

472 SV 1.0

470 SV 1.0

3 SV 2.5

59SV

112A SV 2.5~

482 SV 1.51

785B SV 0.75 1

785 SV 0.75 1785C SV 0.75 1

I 785A SV 0.75

152C[23] 785A SV 0.75 7

1,+,

BL 16.0-,

BL 25.0r.'77r;7211

Saab900

Earthing point 7, radiator cross-member

30 Earth connections

Components connectedEarthing point 7 is located belowthe radiator, on theright-hand side of the radiator cross-member. Thefollowing components are connected (by means ofscrew terminals) to this earthing point. Some of thecomponents listed below are fitted only to cars ofcertain versions or for certain markets.

Negative distribution terminal 158 in the electricaldistribution box is also connected to earthingpoint 7. .

Connections marked with "A" apply to cars withoutintegrated bumpers.

1 Battery11 Headlamp full beam12 Headlamp dipped beam13 Parking lights28 Direction indicator lamp, right-hand front37 Radiatorfan motor (across 2-pole connector

59 at the radiator)39 Temperature switch for: radiator fan (1990

model) .40 Horn63 Washer motor66 Headlamp wiper motor (across 3-pole con­

nector 57 in the engine compartment at thecorresponding motor) .

85 Extra fog lamps118 Corner lights119 Side reversing light (RHS)158 Negative distribution terminal172 Radiator fan for the AC (across 2-pole con-

nector 59 at the radiator fan motor)179 Solenoid valve for the APC system211 Earthing point on the gearbox234 Side marker lights (RHS)280 Motor for left-hand headlamp beam control

(1990 model)

Saab900

281

282

Earth connections 31

Motor for left-hand headlamp beam control(1990 model)Switch for headlamp beam control (acrossblack 29,;pole connector 152C in the electri­cal distribution box in the engine compart-'ment) (1990 model)

57191 SV 0.75~SV 46~

~~J.,_ ,

~sv 101 (M89: 18,T8, T16: ME,FE)c:::........:::

262A (M90: 18,18'\)SV 1.5

262 SV 2.5 59262 SV 2.5 . '---- 1103 (18,18'\,M89: T8,T8,\,T16,T16'\)12

1323 (116,116'\,M90: T16, T16,\) .

3-0 5-0,1890 SV 1.0 14, 30, 32 (LHS)

27 (LHR)

189E sv 1.0 14, 30, 32 (RHS)28 (RHR)

US, CA, JP, M89 1890 SV 0.75 14, 30 (LHS)AU, ME, FE

L~60189ESV 0.75

109189SV 0.75

1890 SV 0.75 14, 33 (LHS)

189E

VSV 0.75 109

L~60 M89189SV 0.75

~15 (RHS)

18geSV 0.75

15 (LHS)189BSV 0.75

1890 SV 0.75 109 (M]Q)211A SV 2.5 ~ 211A SV 1.5 1/189A SV 0.75

14, 30/33 (RHS)c:::........:::

)b

2-0 4-0,

189 SV 1.0 14, 14, 30, 30/33, 32 (LHS).......---- 27 (LHR)

189SV 1.5

14, 14, 30, 30/33, 32 (RHS)28 (RHR)

015H· 253A

r. 79

Saab900

Earthing point 9, luggage compartment

32 Earth connections

Earth conn~ctiPrt~

3-D and 5-D cars

The tailgate lighting is earthed to the tailgate which,in turn, is earthed to earthing point 9 across cable211A SV 2.5 (across 3-pole connector 57 in theluggage compartment, at the left-hand air outlet).

14 Rear lights15 Number plate illumination27 Direction indicator lamps, left-hand28 .Direction indicator lamps, right-hand30 Brake lamps32 Reversing lamps33 Rear fog lights

109 High-level brake light (across single-poleconnector 60 inthetailgate, atthe left-handrear light cluster) (1989 model)

Components connectedEarthing point 9 is located under the spare wheelhatch in the luggage compartment, at the extremerear on the centre member. The following compo­nents are connected (by means of screwterminals) tothis earthing point. Some of the components listedbelow are fitted only to cars of certain versions or forcertain markets.

46 Fuel level transmitter (across 3-pole con­nector 57, under the luggage compartmentfloor, beside the transmitter)

101 Fuel feed pump (across 2-pole connector 59under the luggage compartment floor)

103 Fuel pump (across 2-pole connector 59 Un­der the luggage compartment floor)'

323 Fuel pump with integrated feed pump

2-D and 4-D cars

14 Rear lights27 Direction indicator lamps, left-hand28 Direction indicator lamps, right-hand30 Brake lamps32 Reversing lamps33 Rear fog lights

Saab900

34 Earth connections

Earthing point 65, back seat andearthing point 300, b~keunit (1990 model)

MS.9.

'853,SV 0.559 853 sit 0.5

60SV 0.5

1 2080

852 SV 0.5 59 852 SV 0.560 SV 0.5

1 208P

824 SV 1.0 13 306

122 SV 0.5

}397O804 SV 0.755

SV 0.5

122 SV 0.5

}307PBOB SV 0.75

5SV 0.5

122 SV 0.75

}3080817 SV 0.5

5SV 0.75

122 SV 0.75

}308P

,/

B31 SV 0.5 i

5SV 0.75

819 SV 2.5 87A 3110B19A

SV 2.5 87A 3120

829 SV 2.5 B7A 311PB29A

SV 2.5 87A 312P

65

M.9.O.

t-__7,-"4~2A~SV,-0",,.7::.5,-- ---,3L 299

t-__7,-"4~2B"--""SV,-0,,,,.7::.5,-- --,2,;,.. 295

-...,292 IA_..J

94

97

038

91

97

0151-1 242A65

Saab900

742 SV 1.0

300

716 SV 2.5 12

717 SV 0.75'85

717A SV 0.75 IB7

743 SV 0.75 12

746 SV 4.0 22

745B SV 0.753

998 SV 0.5 592 0 3

742 SV 1.0

m300

n765

Earth connectieJ'1s· .

Door lock, reed switch, driver's doorDoor lock, reed switch, cq-driver's doorLogic box for passive seat beltsBelt reel for passive seat belts, driver's sideBelt reel for passive seat belts, co-driver'ssideMotor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, driver's sideMotor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, co-driver's sideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, co­driver's sideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, co­driver's side

312D

312P

311P

For ABS anti-lock brakes (1990 model)

291 Control unit292 System relay294 .. Pressure switch297 Hydraulic pump motor3038 Diode397 Diagnostic test socket

Earthing point 300 is located on the front ofthe brakeunit and, in turn, is earthed at earthing point 65(1990 model). The following components are con­nected to this earthing point:

295 ABS master valve299 ABS brake fluid level sensor

311D

308D

308P

Components connectedEarthing point 65 is located under the back seat, inthe centre. The following components are connectedto this earthing point. For passive seat belts (1989model).

208D208P306307D307P

Saab900

36 Earth connections

Earthing point 93, amplifier andearthing point 300, brake unit (1989 model)

60)

18A, T16,9: T8, T8A

MRS· TR TRA)

148 SV 0.5 13, 118 (LHS)

148A SV 0.5 13 (LHS) A27 (LHF)~

597 SV 0.5 31 26 (M89· US CA

148A SV 0.5 27 (LHF)234 (LHS)

1488 SV 0.5 119 (LHS)

648A SV 1.5 123IQIQI 145 Cllf2. 116.1)

648 SV 1.52 146 (M90: 116, 11

393 SV 1.5 r- -...,

('12

I392 SV 0.5 13 146 C8, 18,

6{ 390 ON 0.5 • I 's I T16A,M8391 BR 0.5 \, 1

6I .

) L:..._......I

487 SV 1.55 177 OJ.6_ 116A

M89 716 SV 2.5 1 291

717 SV 0.75 85 --,

717A SV 0.75 1 292 I87A_ ..J

743 SV 0.75 1 294

746 SV 4.0 2 297

7458 SV 0.753038

742 SV 1.0

rh 300-

14793

7428 SV 0.752 295

742A SV 0.753 299

742 SV 1.0

rf, 93

147300

015H 036A

Saab900

Components connectedEarthing point 93 is located at the left-hand wheelhousing, beside the amplifier for the electronic igni­tion system.

The following components are connected to thisearthing point. Some of the components are onlyfitted to cars of certain versions or for certain mar­kets.

Connections marked with "A" apply to cars withoutintegrated bumpers.

13 Parking lights, LHS26 Time-delay relay for radiator fan27 Direction indicator lamp, LHF

118 Corner lamp, LHS119 Side reversing lamp, LHS145 ElK test tapping146 .Amplifier for electronic ignition system177 Control unit for APC system234 Side marker lights, LHS291 Control unit for the ASS system (1989

model)292 ASS system relay (1989 model)294 ASS pressure switch (1989 model)297 . ASS hydraulic pump motor (1989 model)3038 Diode for the ASS system (1989 model)

Earthing point 300 is located on the front of the brakeunit and is connected to earthing point 93 (1989model). The following components are connected tothis earthing point:

295 ASS master valve299 ASS brake fluid level sensor

Saab900

Earth connections 37

38 Earth connections

earthing point 117, between the Ignitionswitch and the handbrake lever

573 SV 183 (LHO)

501BR 1.0

(T16, T16'\,M89: T8, T8,\)(116,\: US, CA, AU,M89: Jp)

(CAB)

(RHO) ....0.-......

(CAB)

(US, CA, M89: JP)

(US, CA, M89: JP)

A

US, CA, ME, M89: JP)

015H 233A

2A 50157

24 SV 1.0 3

3 53168 SV 075

57 141 SV 1.0 57141 SV 1.0 r;;"1 1 64

/ "-

254

141C sv 1.0 ~ 121'-=----=-'

141A SV 0.5 98 141A SV 0.5 9 25210

141 SV 1.0 ~64}~

141C SV 1.0 ~ 121~

232 SV 0.75 31 82 (

656 SV 0.5 31 151

456A SV 1.5

456~G} 162SV 1.5 1

456C SV 1.5

456~~} 163SV 1.5 8

456 SV 1.5 IA. 456K SV 1.5 1 189iV'

456E SV 1.5

456~~} 190SV 1.5 8

456G SV 1.5

456~~} 191SV 1.5 8

510 SV 1.0 3 175

~~1 15SV 1.0 r:

L592 SV 2.5

592~G}181SV 2.5 8

592 SV 0.755 181

501A SV 1.0 57R 501 BR 1.0 57R SV3 3 183

341 SV 1.5 ~

}267343 SV 0.75

~--=-go

342 SV 1.5~

::-:roo~

677 SV 0.75 288

675 SV 0.75 12220 289

682 SV /GR 0.75 30 313

r. 7117

Saab900

163

175

Earth connections 39

Key switch for the central locking system,RH drive cars (across 3-pole connectors 57Rin the rigl1t-hand front door and forward ofthe right-hand A-pillar, beside the upper .hinge)Switch for the rear-door electric window reg­ulatorsSwitch for the left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for the right-hand rear electric win­dow regulatorRheostat for the driver's seat heating padTemperature sensor for the driver's seatheating padRadio connections (10-pole connector 98)Burglar alarm switch (US)Burglar alarm connector (US) (8-pole con­nector 122)Burglar alarm relay (CAB)

252254

313

267288289

189

190

183

191

5964

181

122151152A162

8298

121

Connections marked with "A" apply to non-adjus­table, electrically-heated front seats.

53 Interior lighting switch57 3-pole connector57R 3-pole connector for the central locking sys­

tem (RHD)2-pole connectorHeating pad with thermostat (across 2-poleconnector 59 under the corresponding frontseat)Seat belt/ignition key warning relay10-pole connectorSeat switch for the heating pad (across 2­pole connector 59, under the right-handfront seat)8-pole connectorTime-delay relay for delayed interior lightingWhite 29-pole connectorSwitch for the driver's door electric windowregulatorSwitch for the co-driver's door electric win­dow regulatorElectronic unit for the central locking sys­temSwitch for the electrically operated top/sun­roof

Components connectedEarthing point 117 is located between the ignitionswitch and the handbrake lever.

The front seat must be removed before access can begained to the earthing point.

The following components are connected to thisearthing point (at the rear gear-lever mounting).Some of the components are only fitted to cars ofcertain versions or for certain markets.

Saab900

40 Earth connectioRS

Negative distribution terminal 158, in theelectrical distribution box

3 SV 2.5 7

13 SV 0.5 85 21

192 SV 0.542

90 SV 1.5 31 62

281 SV 0.75 2 73

81 SV 0.7589

82 SV 0.75 90

515 SV 0.75 31 104 (M89: 18, T8: ME,FE)

410 SV 0.5 31 106 ~

410 SV 0.5 31

106 }41O~1 (M89: T8A)SV 0.5 31 .

138 .

212 SV 0.53~~85 113

SV 0.5 31

26~~ 8SV 0.5 85

(CA)41~r-- 174

SV 0.5 31 102 (18,18A,M89: T8,T8A)

42~1107 (M89: 116A, T16A: US,CA,JP)SV 0.5~

I e156

113ASV 0.5 86

155

420SV 0.5

85 155 (M90: T16, T16A:113A SV 0.5 -- SE,FI,EU,GB,JP,ME,FE)015H 223

123 123 A314 SV 0.75 314 SV 0.75 ::C 126

1 3

207 CUS,CA)

854 SV 0.5 30- .,

854~Ck 1259 (M89: GB)sv 0.5 85_.J

571 SV 0.75. 591"'2'" 271 (18\M89: T8A)

rl1158

Saab900

Components connectedDistribution terminal 158 consists of a ring of flatpins and is connected to earthing point 7 on theradiator cross-member by means of cable 3 SV.

The terminal is located on the underside of the elec­trical distribution box. The following components areconnected to the terminal. Some of the componentslisted below are fitted only to cars of certain versionsor for certain markets.

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member8 Lighting relay

21 Ignition switch relay42 Brake warning switch62 Windscreen wiper motor73 Timing service instrument socket89 Side direction indicator, left-hand90 Side direction indicator, right-hand

102 Fuel pump relay104 Hot start relay (1989 model)106 Time-delay relay107 Relay for extra fog lamps (US, CA, JP) (1989

model). (Note: Relay 107 is not earthed atdistribution terminal 158. It is only the otherterminals of the relay socket that are used.)

113 Relay for the electrically heated rear window126 Motor for the left-hand electrically operated

rear-view mirror (across 4-pole connectors123 in the engine compartment at the left­hand door upper hinge and in the left-handfront door)

138 Engine speed relay, Turbo with manual gear-box (1989 model)

155 Relay for the AC radiator fan156 Relay for the AC compressor174 Relay for daylight driving lights (CA)207 Electrically-heated rear-view mirrors

Saab900

259

271

Earth connections 41

Reverse-current protection relay (GB) (1989model)Preheater for the Lambda senser (across 2­pole connector 59 under distribution block75, on the right-hand side of the enginecompartment)

EadHing point 201, engine

18, M89: T8 18A, M89: T8A

95

96

99

r:--I5

1351~--'142 (AC)

173 (M89:AC)

203

347

271

322

347

389 (M90: UC)

73 (M89: AC) .

--,200'

LH 2.4 1_--120"2203

205

30 (~.PIEl73 (M89: AC)

r-;; I

176 13 1

I..!l._-,

i-I1

4 17

200 1

LH 2.41L_-I

202

203

205

271

320 (M§22

322

116A

T16A (LH 2.4A)

108A SV 0.751

401A SV 0.51

649 SV 1.5 649A SV 1.52i Y I488 GN 0.5 ol-11

67 iJ 178{ 489 BR 0.5 I;, 1

649

566 SV 0.75 SV 0.75 566A SV 0.75 5

136'-~ 562 1.0 4(1

2551 SVNT 2.5 ~ 11

1I

553 SV 0.75 2

555 SV/VT 0.75 2

552 SV 0.75 1

571 SV 0.75 59 'IT2

648 SV 1.5 2

57547 SV 0.7530

98900 SV 0.75100

I': '7 201

401A SV 0.51

566 SV 0.75 566A SV 0.755

SV 60 5621.0 . £; 124136

~ '-I551 SV/VT 2.517

553 SV 0.75 2

555 SV/VT 0.75 2

552 SV 0.75 1

571 SV 0.75 5~ 'IT2

57547 SV 0.7530

98900 SV 0.75100

959 SV 0.75

1:7201

266 sv 0.75 I

268 SV 0.75 2

499 SV 0.5

352 BR 0.75

351 SV/VT 0.75 I401 SV 0.75

401A SV 0.5

498 SV 0.5 2

1':7201

o <..Mi,FE)

2 (AC)

3 (M89: AC)

-I

176 1I

--'-I

II

2001

LH 2.21

_.J02

03

05

20 (M89)

Saab900

95

130 (ME, FE)

142 (AC)

173 (AC)-...,2001

LH 2.21

_-I

202

203

205

116

M89: T16

M90:T16, T16A (CU14)

1-233~5LS~V~0~.7~5 212 (M89: AUT: ME,FE)

1---f2!!!66LS~V!...!0!!c.7~5,--- ~1 95

1:-f2!!!681....S~V~0!!c.7~5'--- ~2 96

~40,!l1-"S~V~0~.7=-5----------142 (AC)

~40,!llA~SV~0.=-5----------173(M89: AC)

266 SV 0.75 1

108A SV 0.75

401 sv 0.75

401A sv 0.5

566 SV 0.75 r5

551 SV NT 2.5 125534;SV 1.5 III

L553 sv 0.75 2

555 SV /VT 0.75 2

552 SV 0.75 1

1:'7201

266 SV 0.75 195

108A SV 0.7513

401 SV 0.7514

401A SV 0.517

649 SV 1.5 649A SV 1.5 r;;;

57'

Y I488 GN 0.5 ., ·13

178{ 489 BR 0.5 () ~

649 SV 0.75649A SV 0.75

5

551 SVNT 2.5 125534 SV 1.5 J11

AUT 547 SV 0.75 /II 60 I

547A SV 0.75 --'15

S53 SV 0.75 22555 SVIVT 0.75 2

2552 SV 0.75 1

2648 SV 1.5 2

3

I: '7 201

1:7201

10BA SV 0.75130 (ME, FE)

401A sv 1.0173 (AC)

551 SV/VT 2.5 '27-""566 SV 0.75 566A SV 1.0 140 2001

Y 649 SV 1.0 1 CU 14 I,14 ,

534 SV 1.5 , •1

4 ISV ~ 5621.0 ~ -'23 I

136'- _-J

59 'IT271

571 SV 0.75d..=.. T16>'

98015H 352

A900 SV 0.75100 347

59547 SV 0.75 10368I: '7201

l2

Components connectedEarthing points 201 (two) are located on the enginecylinder head at the lifting lug. The following compo­nents are connected to this earthing point. Some ofthe components are only fitted to cars of certainversions or for certain markets.

Cars with 8-valve engine

95 Auxiliary air valve96 Control pressure valve99 Temperature switch II, Lambda

135 Lambda control unit142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,

AC173 Diode for the AC compressor (1989 model)203 Throttle angle transmitter for the CI fuel in­

jection system, Lambda212 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,

cars with auto. transmission (1989 model)

Cars with 16-valve engine

95 Auxiliary air valve130 Radiator coolant temperature warning

switch (ME, FE)142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,

AC173 Diode for the AC compressor176 Control unit for EZK ignition system (across

3-pole connector 57/6-pole connector 67 inthe engine compartment, on the right-handside at the air intake)

200 Control unit for the fuel injection system202 Engine temperature transmitter for the fuel

injection system203 Throttle angle transmitter for the fuel in-

jection system205 Air mass meter for the fuel injection system271 Preheater for the Lambda sensor320 Ignition coil with integrated amplifier (1989

model)

Saab900

322

347368389

Earth connections 43

Connector, Auto/Man, LH 2.4 fuel injectionsystemTest connector, diagnosticsConnector, cold-starting valve, LH 2.4NTC resistor, LH 2.4 Lambda (1990 model:UC)

20

122GL/RD 2.5

122GL 1.5 AUT

122GL/RD 2.5

50

7GR 2.5

30

152A

Saab900

Starting system

4ct- -----'1.::;22:....;::GL:o...=;2.""S-< >----=..:12=2:..:-A--=G:=-L--=2;.::.S'-tJ 27 cj-__----:-=_~

015H 152A

152A

RD 25.0

122GL/RD 2.5

75+ k-~R",-D--,-1""6."'-0--l:l--....q.---,5"--,,,GR-,--,-4.,,,,0_-< >-_7",---"G,,-R...=2"".5'---b29cI------~

7

BL 16.0

Starting system

211

BL 25.0

44

rationsupply to ignition switch 20 is taken from b~ttery

ross white 29-pole connector 152A, and a supplyIe is also run directly from the battery to terminalof starter motor 4.

.en the ignition switch is turned to the start posi­n, the solenoid coil in the starter motor will beergised (+50). The coil will close the starting con­ts, so that current will flow from the battery

rough the startermotor, and the starter motorwill~rt to rotate.

matle tranmlsslonars with automatic transmission are also equippedith start inhibitor switch 77 which prevents the en­ine from being started when one of the gears is

engaged.

Saab900

Starting systeiiili

fault-tracing hints1. Check that terminal 30 of starter motor 4 is live.

2. Check the energising voltage to the starter mo­tor solenoid when the ignition switch is in thestart position.

3. Check start inhibitor switch 77 on cars with au- ­tomatic transmission.

4. Check that the engine is earthed to the chassisof the car.

5. Check the connectors and the wiring.

Saab900

locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

4 Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)

Earthing point, radiator cross-member

>Q0" Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

60 Single-pole connector (only on cars with au­tomatic transmission)under the centre console, between the frontseats .

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

77 Start inhibitor switch (only on cars with auto­matic transmission)at the selector lever

152A 29-pole white connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

211 Earthing point on the gearbox

46 Starting system

47Starting system

15

Saab900

4

mponents

alelm

0-

It-

IU-

ke

mt

m-

4

7., 20

46 Starting system

Locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)

Earthing point, radiator cross-member

Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

60 Single-pole connector (only on cars with au­tomatic transmission)

>:underthe centre console, between the front'.seats

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

77 Start inhibitor switch (only on cars with auto­matic transmission)at the selector lever

152A 29-pole white connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

211 Earthing point on the gearbox

Saab900

4

Saab900

Starting system 47

48 Fuel system, carburettor engine

Fuel sy m, ca

+15I

1123KGN/VT 1.0

123MGN/VT 1.0

+15 159

382BL/RD 0.75

rettor en ne

382A BL/RD 0.75

015H 012A

Saab900

e fuel system of a car powered by a carburettorgine comprises fuel shut-off valve 140 and float

camber valve 114. The fuel shut-off valve preventse engine from running on and the float valve pre­nts fuel vapour from escaping when the ignition isitched off.

e valves are energised across fuse 22 when thenition switch is in the start or drive position, i.e. theIves are open when the engine is running.

Fuel system, carb

fault-tracing hintsThe valves should open when the ignitit.rp~

set to the drive position.

1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supplylive.

2. Check that the supply to the fuel shut-off valveand the float chamber valve is live.

3. Check the connectors, wiring and earth connec­tions.

Saab900

50 Fuel system, carburettor engine

Saab900

Locations of components22A Fuse holder

in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

114 Float chamber valveon the left-hand side of the float chamber

140 Fuel shut-off valveon the intake manifold

159 Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

9n-

er

Saab900 --,...-------=

52 CI fuel system: 181990 model, 1989 model- ME, FE CI: T81989 model- FI, EU, GB

CI fuelE,

m: 18 mel, m 1-model -- FI, EU, GB

OI5H 36~

135Vi 1.0

76

33'OR 0.75

152C

13122A

+54III1EVT 2.5

135Vi 1.0

152A

79

+54 M89: AUT: ME,FEII11MVT 2.5

272A BR 0.75

122 AUT

[0;·;~ 122N GL/RD 1.5o

~ 60

Saab900

M89: ME,FEM90: FI,EU,GB

152A 1222j GLtRD 2.5

152A

104

122AGL 2.5

282A 273Gl 0.75 GN 0.75

28.BI. 0.5

M89: ME,FE

152A

96

02.5

123 eN 1 1.5

152C M89: T8

23B23ABLIRD 0.5

P 144

123F'GN/RO 0.5

""'=-~'--i>22

1231<GN/VT 1.0

261BCR/RD 1.5

/ 261 OR

+30II50GR 1.5

261AGR 1.5

102

53

Fault-tracing hintsFor further particulars of fault-tracing in the fuel sys­tem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuel sys­tem, injection engine.

The fuel system will be energised as soon as theignition switch is set to the drive or start position.

1. Check fuses 22 and 30 and check that the sup­ply to them is live (also fuse 13 on cars withautomatic transmission for the FE and ME mar­kets (1989 model)).

2. Check that the supply to eaGIi component is livewhen the ignition switch is ii", the start or driveposition. Note the differences between cars withand without turbocharger (1989 model).

On cars intended for the ME and FE markets, thehot start relay must be energised when the igni­tion switch is in the start position (1989model).

3. Check the connectors, wiring and earth connec­tions.

Turbo (1989 model)

On cars powered by the Turbo engine, an additionalfunction of the relay is to trip the fuel pump relay ifthe frequency of the ignition pulses should be higherthan that corresponding to an engine speed of about6000 r/min. (The relay includes additional pin 50.)

On these cars, the control signal for the fuel pumprelay is not connected directly to the relay, but iswired across boost pressure switch 144. The switchwill open if the boost pressure is too high, thus in­terrupting the supply to the relay and tripping the fuelpump.

'stem: 181990 model, 1989model- ME, FE CI: T81989 model- FI, EU, GB

Saab900

Drive position

If the ignition switch is in,the drive position, fuelpump relay 102 will be energised (+15) only acrossfuse 22. .

The relay is supplied with ignition pulses from igni~

tion system amplifier 146. If the engine should stop,the pulses will cease, and the relay will then trip, thusinterrupting the supply to the fuel system compo­nents.

Ione ignition key is turned to the start position,

owing components will be energised acrosste 29-pole connector 152A:

pump relay 102

perature time switch 92

102 will be energised and fuel pump 103,is supplied across fuse 30, will start to run (onr certain markets (1989 model), also fuel feed101). At the same time, the heating coils in

'ary air valve 95 and control pressure valve 96Iso be energised.

engine is cold, i.e. if its temperature is below5°C (113°F), temperature time switch 92 will be$ed. Starting valve 94, which is energised from

inal15a of starter motor 4, will then be earthed.e valve will thus be open, and the engine will be

upplied with additional fuel during the period whene starter motor is energised (although no longeran about 9 seconds).

cuum switch (79) is used for controlling the fuelprichment during acceleration.

ntinuous Injection) fuel injection system isnical type and is used for 8-valve engines.

.11'1 is permanently energised across fuse 30fibution terminal +30, and is also supplied

tribution terminal +15 when ignition switchthe start or drive position.

ars for the Middle East and Far East (1989 model)

rs delivered to these markets are equipped witht start relay 104. The relay will be energised when

the ignition switch is in the start position and willIpulse starting valve 94, even if the engine temper­(ature is above +45 °C (113°F) (temperature time(switch 92 is open).

,Cars with automatic transmission for these marketsare also equipped with solenoid valve 212, which'iraises the engine idling speed. The valve opens whenthe selector lever is set to position 0 and switch 76 isthus closed.

3B

Saab900 '

ct()r (1989 model)'~~ring column, under the,,'Knee shield)

))~~~:~,f,~),ur@~t~l1e luggage compart-

Hot start relay (ME, FE) (1989 model)in the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

Boost pressure switch (T8) (1989 model)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringwheel, behind the knee shield (behind theflasher relay holder)

Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

29-pole white connector29-pole black connector (1989 model)in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing ,

Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed(auto.) (1989 model)at the engine throttle housing, in the hosefor the auxiliary air valve

Relay position Fin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment

10-pole cto the Ie.fascilf{b~

Fuel feedin the fuel tc1tment floor

Fuel pump relay,in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay positions F, G (T8)or relay position G (18)

Fuel pumpin the fuel tank, under the luggage compart­

w ment floor

212

F

98

159

158

144

146

152A152C

113

104

103

102

101

Locations of components4 Starter motor

on the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)

8 Lighting relayin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay positions A, B.

9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

, 20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

'31 Reversing light switch (1989 model)under the centre console, at the selectorlever

59 2-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingtwo at the fuel pumps under the luggagecompartment floor

60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingtwo (1990 model) or one (1989 model) un­der the centre console, at the selector lever(auto.)

76 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm. (1989 model)un'der the centre console, at the selectorlever

77 Start inhibitor sWitqh (auto.)under the centre console, at the selectorlever

79 Vacuum switchin the engine compartment on the inside ofthe left-hand inner wheel housing, at thefuel filter

92 Temperature time switchat the extreme front of the engine thermo­stat housing

94 Starting valveon top of the engine throttle housing

95 Auxiliary air valveat the front of the engine, beside the ther­mostat housing

96 Control pressure valve ,at the front of the engine, on the thermostathousing

55

96 212 M1989 94

95

92

Saab900

147

IIUBm]

ystem: 181990 model, 1989 model"": ME, FE CI: T81989 model-Ill, EU, GB

146

77 79 101,103 102.L.:.:..:...:....;:..=-- -----l L..-_--..:...:...:....--=~..:..::..:....---IL...---.:.- -----l L...- -----l

e

d

)­

~I .

1­

~I

1­

~I

e

ld

Iy

1- ,

146 79

IgIe

nIe

t-

n-8)

rt-

le

is

56 CI fuel system: 18 Lambda - SE, EU. 199Qmodel- FI, GB

CI fuel system: 18 Lambda ..... SE, EUII 1990 model ..... FI, GB

351SV/VT 0.75

"58

015H 372.C

Saab900

111-......:4:!.!1£2...!R~Dc.cO~.5~ -'- --l

M90 Q +30 +54I I

I I50, llEGR 1.5 VT 2.5

VT 0.75 20

261A

Q AUT77146

I'j-LI 363 122

7 RO/VT 0.75 GL/RO 2.5

30284A 60 284CaL 0.75 alO.5 122

GL/RO 2.5

~F l' GL/RO 2.5

27 152A

.1.'~

158261CGR 0.75

'""d'"OJ

96 0 '"" "" d'"136 z

"'""'"M90 278

'" 393 e BR/VT 0.75

" SVd-' 277E>... .!J'" 361A GR 1.5'" 92

15 17 362 BR VT 0.5

339a 353 GL 01.5 277 BR 0.75

TRK

rM8

26106

,442GL 0.5

31~

135 494 410 412RO/VT 0.5 SV 0.5 RO 0.5

12

Saab900

Fault..tracing hintsFor particulars of fault-tracing in the fuel system withthe Lambda system, see the Service Manual, Group2:3, Fuel system, injection engine.

The system includes several components that de­mand special care during fault-tracing and replace­ment. So read all of the instructions in the ServiceManual before carrying out fault-tracing work on thecomporientsand in the wiring.

"

\

1990 model

Temperature switch 97 senses the engine temper­ature. It opens at a temperature above +25°C(77 oF) and closes at + 19°C (66 OF). The switch isconnected ill series with the temperature timeswitch.

Vacuum switch 79 is used for controlling the fuelenrichment during acceleration. When the engine iscold, the switch will open starting valve 94. When theengine is hot, a signal is applied instead to time­delay relay 106 which actuates the control unit toincrease the fuel supply (active up to 2 minutes afterstarting). Diode 339 prevents energising of relay106:50 when switch 79 is closed.

Locations of componentsThe locations/of the components are the same for1990 model is Lambda SE, EU as for 1989 model T8Lambda EU (see pages 62 - 63).

1990 model

Temperature switch 393 opens at a temperature of55°C (131°F) and closes at +48 °C (118 OF). Thefunction of the switch is switch out time-delay relay106 at a temperature above 55°C (131°F).

Full-load enrichment is prOVided when the throttleangle is the greater than 72°. In this case, pin 12 ofcontrol unit 135 is earthed and provides a fixed tim­ing ratio of 60%. At the same time, the AC compres­sor is disconnected to provide maximum enginepower. Throttle angle transmitter 203 closes the cir­cuit between pins 1 and 2 only when the throttle is inthe idling position (throttle angle of 0°), 'and closesthe circuit between pins 2 and 3 when the throttleangle is greater than 72°.

-. Temperature switch 99 opens at +25 °C (77 oF) andcloses at +19 °c (66 oF). One of its functions is toimprove the fuel enrichment.

Connector 120 is intended for a special instrumentand is used for adjusting the timing ratio. The con­nector is energised when the ignition switch is fn thedrive position.

CI fuel system: 18:!bt~tffiJmaa - SItii;dEU. 1990 model - FI, GB

1989 model

TeDlperature switch 97 senses' the engine temper­ature.lt opens at a temperature above +45 °c(113 OF) and closes at +38 °c (100 OF). The switch isconnected in series with the temperature timeswitch.

,f)lsystem

~ the ignition switch is turned to the §~~~89Si­,;starter motor 4 and temperaturetilTle'9"V\~ch 92be energised (+50). ," ,. ,

e engine is cold, Le. if its temperq~Hr~i'9,;pelow'°c (113 OF), temperature time sWit()~~~Will bed. Starting valve 94, which is e~.~.~~i§~q from

inal15a of starter motor 4, will then;bEl earthed.valve will thus be open, and tlie er;Jgine will be

, ' plied with additional fuel during the period whene starter motor is energised (although no longeran about 9 seconds).

hen the ignition switch is in the start or drive posi~

n, fuel pump relay 102 will be energised (+15)9cross fuse 22. Relay 102 will be energised and fuelwump 103, which is supplied across'fuse 30, will&tart to run. At the same time, the heating coils inguxiliary air valve 95 and control pressure valve 96will also be energised.

The fuel pump relay and the Lambda system are bothsupplied with ignition pulses from ignition pulse am­

,plifier 146. If the engine should stop, the pulses willcease, and the relay will then trip, thus interruptingthe supply to the fuel system components.

J (Continuous Injection) fuel injectiol(l; 9¥~~el:Jl

exhaust emission control (Lambda) for~liJ.ls ofnical type and is used for 8-valve er;J~;i;m~9for

e. It consists basically of the cOr;J\{~mti!?nal. CI system, although it is supplern, " 'wJthment for more accurate adjustmenl0"f.uell

,ixture.

. Lambda

The Lambda equipment includes a Lambda sensor136 which continuously supplies information to con­trol unit 135 on the oxygen content of the exhaustgases. On the basis of this information, and thesignals received by the control unit from the varioussensors and relays of the Lambda system, the CQfltrolunit adjusts the quantity of fuel injected throughtimIng valve 139. (The valve is controlled by earthing

.of terminal 15.) The Lambda sensor is heated bypreheater 271, across fuse 1.

Control unit 135 and relay 106 are supplied acrosst.he contacts of relay 102, from terminal 87.

Time-delay relay 106 is used during the startingstage and is energised (+50) when ignition switch20 is in the start position. The time-delay relay ac­tuates the control unit and timing valve 139, to in­

.crease the fuel supply to the engine.

~4

5.0

I

58 (l)1 fuel system: 1989 modeLT8 Lambda -"- BU.

4

AUT

-EU

122Gl./I'l0 2,~ •• ,

'--y--J

b2~02S

.27 152A

122GL/RO 2.5

0150 3828

on" ond "'" dlD Zo <>

~ ~

363RO/VT 0.75

361A GR 1.5

AC

284BlO.5

146IJ-LI

7

96

158

261CGR 0.75

1-~~~~7F 2840BL 0.5

m: 19 m elTS m+30 +54

I II I50 liEGR 1.5 vT 2.5

260BR 2.5

362 BR VT 0.5

353 GL 0 1.5

442GL 0.5

111-_4:::1.>.2..:;R"'0....:0"'.5'--_-'- ---'

31

17

26

351SV/VT 0.75

el

135

139

SaaIl9.QQ·

15

on

"d'5..on..,

CI

Saa6900

tion(Continuous Injection) fuel injection systemhaust emission control (Lambda) for EU is of

'nical type and is used for 8-valve engines for. It consists basically of the conventional

CI system, although it is supplemented withment for more accurate adjustment of the fuel/ixture.

I systemthe ignition switch is turned to the start posi­tarter motor 4, temperature time switch 92 andump relay 102 will be energised (+50).

engine is cold, i.e. if its temperature is below°C (113 OF), temperature time switch 92 will bed. Starting valve 94, which is energised frominal15a of starter motor 4, will then,be earthed.valve will thus be open, and the engine will be

plied with additional fuel during the period whenstarter motor is energised (although no longer

.n about 9 seconds). .

en the ignition switch is in the start or drive posi­n, fuel pump relay 102 will be energised (+15)ross fuse 22. Relay 102 will be energised and fuelmp 103, which is supplied across fuse 30, will

art to run. At the same time, the heating coils inxiliary air valve 95 and control pressur~ valve 96

ill also be energised.

e fuel pump relay and the Lambda system are bothpplied with ignition pulses from ignition pulse am­

Iifier 146. Ifthe engine should stop, the pulses willease, and the relay will then trip, thus interruptinge supply to the fuel system components.

he fuel pump relay includes a function_which will tripit if the frequency of the ignition pulses should be~igherthan that corresponding to an engine speed ofabout 6000 r/min. The energising supply to the fuelpump relay is routed through pressure switch 144.The pressure switch will open if the boost pressureshould' exceed a predetermined value, thus deener­gising the relay and stopping the fuel pump.

I

The Lambda equipment insludes a Lambda sensor136 which continuously supplies information to con­trol unit 135 on the oxygen content in the exhaustgases. On the basis of this information, and thesignals received by the control unit from the varioussensors and relays of the Lambda system, the controlunit adjusts the quantity of fuel injecte(l throughtiming valve 139. The Lambda sensQr is heated bypreheater 271, across fuse 1. d 01'"

Control unit 135 and relays 109 and 138 are sup­plied across the contacts of relay102, from terminal87.

Time-delay relay 106 is used during the startingstage and is energised (+50) when ignition switch20 is in the start position. The time-delay relay ac­tuates the control unit and timing valve 139 to in-crease the fuel supply to the engine. .

Temperature switch 97 senses the engine temper­ature. It opens at a temperature above +45°C(113 OF) and closes at +38 °C (100 OF). The switch isconnected in series with temperature time switch 92.

Vacuum switch 79 is used for controlling the fuelenrichment during acceleration. When the engine iscold, the switch will open starting valve 94. When theengine is hot, a signal is applied instead to time­delay relay 106 which actuates the control unit toincrease the fuel supply (active up to 2 minutes afterstarting). Diode 339 prevents energising of relay106:50 when switch 79 is closed.

Engine speed relay 138 and throttle angle transmit­ter203 are used forfuel enrichment controlled by theengine speed. The engine speed must be above4600 r/min and the throttle angle must be smallerthan 72°. Pin 7 of control unit 135 is then earthedacross relay 138 and provides a fixed timing ratio of85%. At the same time, the AC compressor is dis­connected to provide maximum engine power.

Pressure switch 196 and throttle angle transmitter203'are used for fuel enrichment controlled by theboost pressure. The boost pressure must be between0.25 and 0.30 bar and the throttle angle must besmaller than 72°. Pin 7 of control unit 135 is thenearthed across pressure switch 196 and throttle an­gie transmitter 203 and provides a fixed timing ratioof 85%. When the throttle angle is greater than 72°,pin 11 of control unit 135 is earthed across throttleangle transmitter 203 and provides a fixed timingratio of 92%.

Throttle angle transmitter 203 closes the circuit be­tween pins 1 and 2 when the throttle angle is smallerthan 72°, and closes the circuit between pins 2 and 3when the throttle angle is greater than 72°.

Temperature switch 99 opens at +25 °C (77 OF) andcloses at +19 °C (66 OF). One of its functions is toimprove the fuel enrichment.

Connector 120 is intended for a special instrumentand is used for adjusting the timing ratio. The con­nector is energised when the ignition switch is in thedrive position. .

Fault-tracing hintsFor particulars of fault-tracing in the fuel system withthe Lambda system, see the Service Manual, Group2:3, Fuel system, injection engine.

The system includes several components that de­mand special care during fault-tracing and replace­ment. So read all of the instructions in the ServiceManual before carrying out fault-tracing work on thecomponents and in the wiring:

Saab900

CI fuel system: 1989 model T8 Lambda - EU 61

locations of components4 Starter motor

on the left-hand side of the engine ('intakeside)

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

8 Lighting relayin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay positions A and B

9 'Earthing point in the luggage compartment

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

59 2-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingone in the luggage compartment, adjacentto the fuel pump .one connector 120 in the engine compart­ment, at the left-hand wheel housingone for the Lambda sensor, under distribu­tion block 75, on the right-hand side of theengine compartment

60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingone in the engine compartment, on theright-hand side, beside the air intakeone under the centre console, at the se­lector lever (auto.)

77 Start inhibitor switch. (auto.)under the centre console, at the selectorlever

79 Vacuum switchin the engine compartment, on the inside ofthe left.,.hand wheel housing member, at thefuel filter

92 Temperature time switchon the engine thermostat housing'

94 Starting valveon top of the engine throttle housing

95 Auxiliary air valveat the front of the engine, beside the ther­mostat housing

96 Control pressure valveat the front of the engine, 011 the thermostathousing

Saab900

;\l!Jel system: 1989 model T8 lambda,.... EU

113

136

106

Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Pressure switch for T8 Lambda (1989model)in the engine compartment, at the left-handwheel housing member

Earthing point on the engine

Throttle angle transmitteron the engine throttle housing

Preheater for the Lambda sensorin the Lambda sensor, on the exhaust mani­fold

Diodeforward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim

Temperature switch III, Lambda (1990model)on the engine thermostat housing

Relay position Fin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment

F

393

339

271

201

203

196

159

120

135

97 Temperature switch I, Lambdaon the engine thermostat housing (1989model)Temperature switch II, Lambda (1990model)on the engine intake manifold

99 Temperature switch II, Lambda. on the engine intake manifold

100 Diode, T8 Lambdaforward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim

102 Fuel pump relayin the electrical distribution box in the en-

" gine compartment, relay positions F and G(T8 Lambda) or relay position G (18 Lambda)

103 Fuel pumpin the fuel tank, under the luggage compart­ment floor

Time-delay relayforward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim

Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

Test connector! Lambda

Lambda control unitunder the back seat, on the right-hand side

Lambda sensoron the exhaust manifold

.. 138 Engine speed relay for T8 Lambda (1989model)forward of the right-hand front door, behindthe trim

156

158

139 Timing valve, Lambdain the engine compartment, on the inside ofthe left-hand wheel housing member

144 Boost pressure switch for T8 Lambda (1989model)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringwheel, behind the knee shield (behind theflasher relay holder)

146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

152A 29-pole white connector152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior.

Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position H

Negative distribution terminal

Saab900,·

",;..

"\,I

!

103

152A152C.1~6;158159

Clfld~:I~~~~~~(9rn:1989 model T8 Lambda - EU

R1t '136 / 136~

211, L:1...:.44..::..:.:.M:..::1.:;.98:..::9 ---'

95 97 ~9

M1990

971\1I1989 593931\1I1990

203lSi\.

i46

39

nd

ni-

nd

In-

LH 2.2 fuel system 116 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE

2.2 m: 116 - FI, EU, GB, E,

(

t\IIft

t(

E

(

\

t

~

>z

"~.,

~

>

i3"'...,

+15II

~23K

GN/VT 1.0 .

I 221 22A

532 565GR 0.75 GN/RO 0.75

200

}Q ~ci do 0

::. ~'" '"~ 206~ ~

1 2~) 3~ ' 4If) 2 IJ') 2 10 2

" " "d d do 0!!;. a:z z'" '"'" 0

~ ~

~

'"<:

"'"'1

201

.,c:i~

>

6'"...,

Saab900

60~T--"28""4,,,-C-,,S,,-L",0.=-5---<0 284 SL 0.5

+54IIl1CVT 2.5

201

1528L:5""30"-"=SL'-'0"".5'----_-P T4] 204 GLIVT 0.5

Saab900

LH 2,2 fuel system: 116 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE 65

22A

onCh LH Jetronic fuel injection system iSlJsedwith the 16-valve engine. LH is an.ClPpr~via­

uftmassenmesser Hitzdraht (air mcis$,M;etert filament). The fuel injection system is con­and supervised by control unit 200, whichs a microprocessor.

. tem receives a positive supply from fuse 22e ignition switch is in the start or drive posi-

hd a constant supply from +30 to main relayd fuel pump relay 102.

basis of the data stored in the control unit and.oming information from various sensors, theI unit calculates and controls the openingof the electrically operated fuel injection(206). The control unit receives information ongine speed by sensing the pulses from ignition

Ie angle transmitter 203 provides informatione throttle angle. The transmitter has two contactions, i.e. 0° (idling speed) and 72° throttle an-

.. perature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temper­e Coefficient (NTC) type and provides continuous

gine temperature information to the control unit.the event of loss of this signal, the control unitwill

ulate, by default, an engine temperature ofo °C (68 OF).

'r mass meter 205 includes a platinum filamentown as the hot filament. Regardless ofthe compo-

ition of the air and the air flow, the temperature ofe filament is maintained constant at about 100°C

bove the temperature of the intake air.

he current necessary for maintaining the temper­ture ofthe filament constant is controlled by meansf a bridge circuit and a sensing resistor, the voltageariation of which is directly proportional to the in­

take air mass flow.

Since the filament is located in the intake air, it willgradually become fouled, which affects the mea­surement results. To keep the filament clean, itstemperature is raised to about 1000 °C (1800 OF) forone second. This takes place.four seconds after theengine has been stopped, provided that the enginespeed has earlier been in excess of 2000 r/min. Thisprocess is controlled by the control unit.

In the event of a loss of signal from the air massmeter, e.g. ifthe filament should fail, an emergencysystem known as the "Limp home" function in thecontrol unit will come into operation. The car canthen be driven, although its drivabi Iity will be limited.When the "Limp home" function is operative, warninglamp 47P, CHECK ENGINE, will light up. The lamp islocated in the combined instrument, and is suppliedfrom fuse 7. (The lamp can also be energised fromthe EZK ignition system.)

The engine is supplied with fuel by electrically drivenfuel pump 323 with integrated feed pump drawingfuel from the fuel tank and building up a pressure inthe fuel system. When fuel pump relay 102 is ener­gised, the heating coil in auxiliary airv,alve 95 will beenergised. (The vaIve increases the air flow when theengine is cold.)

Test connector 204 has the following terminalS:

1 VpltSlgE? to the test connector2 "Limp home" (CHECK ENGINE)

Fault..tracing hintsWhen fault-tracing in the wiring for the fuel system,always observe the following:

1. Always disconnect the 25-pole connector on thecontrol unit and the connector on the air massmeter. N.B. These two components can easilybe seriously damaged if measurements are car­ried out on their terminal pins.

2. Always disconnect the connection to the sus­pected component.

3. Use an ohmmeter - not a buzzer - for checkingthe wiring.

Before checking the wiring, always start by checkingfuses 7 and 22, and checking that the supply to themis live.

For comprehensive fault-tracing instructions for thesystem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuelsystem, injection engine.

Earthing point 201 on the engine lifting lug is impor­tant for correct operation of the fuel system. If thelocation of the earthing point is altered, such aswhen other work is being carried out on the engine,the performance of the system may be disturbed.

. locations of componentsThe locations ofthe components are the same for allvariants of LH 2.2 fuel system (see pages 70 - 71).

'66 LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE

2.2 fuel, E,

el T16--

+15II

'23KGN/VT 1.0

7 211559RD 2.5

75

0150 332r

Saab900

559A RO 2.5

'" '" iQ iQ'" 0 t-o 0 0 d "!I- D D 0 I-0:

~ '" >~ iii zm

m<:>

'" ~on

~>t--,2",8",4C,-,8",L,-,0,,",S,,---<O 284 8L O.S EJ146

201201

+54IIl1CVT 2.5

'" ont-o '" t-

I-d 0l- I->

-' ~ s! <5 '"m > lD

0'" ;li "' '" 541., ... ... ... ., 144 GN/RD 2.5"'''' '" '" '"1 19 21 17 13

I I I I200 I I 200 I I 200

I I I I25 " 6 7 B 14 5 3 12

'"'" '" " 0 532 565N .,..; to c:i-= on GR 0.75 GN/RD 0.75"l- I- r-: I- I- iQ "> > 0 0 0

i;; ~ '" o '" I-

"\ <5lD 0 0: lD >;0

on <D " " - N

:rl::l :ri~ :rl ...'" '"

·1528I..:S",3,,-0-"B,,-L-"O,,,,S__-I:> 14] 204 GL/VT 0.5

LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE 67

1J22A

J

rationosch LH Jetronic fuel injection system is used

ars with the 16-valve engine. LH is an abbrevia­of Luftmassenmesser Hitzdraht (air mass meterhot filament). The fuel injection system is con­d and supervised by control unit 200, whichdes a microprocessor.

system receives a positive supply from fuse 22the ignition switch is in the start or drive posi-

, and a constant supply from +30 to main relayand fuel pump relay 102.

he basis of the data stored in the control unit andincoming information from various sensors, thetrol unit calculates and controls the openinges of the electrically operated fuel injectiones (206). The control unit receives information onengine speed by sensing the pulses from ignitiontern.

rottle angle transmitter 203 provides informationthe throttle angle, i.e. the engine load. The trans-

'tter has two contact positions, i.e. 0° (idlingeed) and 72° throttle angle.

mperature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temper­ure Coefficient (NTC) type and provides continuous

ngine temperature information to the control unit.the event of loss of this signal, the control unitwill

imulate, by default, an engine temperature of20°C (68 OF). "

ir mass meter 205 includes a platinum filamentnown as the hot filament. Regardless of the compo­ition of the air and the air flow, the temperature of

the filament is maintained constant at about 100°Cabove the temperature of the intake air;

The current necessary for maintaining the temper­ature of the filament constant is controlled by meansof a bridge circuit and a sensing resistor, the voltagevariation of which is directly proportional to the in­take air mass flow.

Sipce the filament is located in the intake air, it willgradually become fouled, which affects the mea­surement results. To keep the filament clean, itstemperature is raised to about 1000 °C (1800 oF) forone second. This takes place four seconds after theengine has been stopped, provided that the enginespeed has earlier been in excess of 2000 r/min. Thisprocess is controlled by the control unit.

In the event of a loss of signal from the air massmeter, e.g. if the filament should fail, an emergencysystem known as the "Limp home" function in thecontrol unit will come into operation. The car canthen be driven, although its drivabi Ijty wi II be limited.When the "Limp home" function is operative, warninglamp 47P, CHECK ENGINE, will light up. The lamp is

-located in the combined instrument, and is suppliedfrom fuse 7. (The lamp can also be energised fromthe EZK ignition system.)

"Saab900

Tlie engine is supplied with fuel by electrically drivenfuel pump 103 and feed pump 101 drawing fuel fromthe fuel tank and bUilding up a pressure in the fuelsystem. The fuel pump circuit includes a boost pres­sure switch (144) which will trip the fuel pumps iftheturbocharger boost pressure should exceed a prede­termined value.

When fuel pump relay 102 is energised, the heatingcoil in auxiliary air valve 95 will be energised. (Thevalve increases the air flow when the engine is cold.)

Test connector 204 has the following terminals:

1 Voltage to the test cpnnector2 "Limp home" (CHECK ENGINE)

.if

.-r,-,"

//:!>

\

....

Fault-tracing hintsWhen fault-tracing in the wiring for the fuel system,always observe the following:

1. Always disconnect the 25-pole connector on thecontrol unit and the connector on theair"mas$meter. N.B. These two components can, easilybe seriously damaged if measurements ~re car­ried out on their terminal pins.

2. Always disconnect the connection to the sus­pected component.

3. Use an ohmmeter - not a buzzer - for checkingthe wiring.

Before checking the wiring, always start by checkingfuses 7 and 22, and checkingthatthe supply to themis live.

For comprehensive fault-tracing instructions for thesystem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuelsystem, injection engine.

Earthing point 201 on the engine lifting lug is impor­tant for correct operation of the fuel system. If thelocation of the earthing point is altered, such aswhen other work is being carried out on the engine,the performance of the system may be disturbed.

\

Saab900

Saab900

\

Saab900

70 LH 2.2 fuel system: 1989 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE

locations of componentsThe locations of the components presented beloware the same for all variants of LH 2.2 fuel system.

1 Batteryon the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47P CHECK ENGINE warning lampin the combined instrument in the instru­ment panel

57 3-pole connectorin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand headlamp (test connector 204)in the engine compartment, on the right­hand side, at the air intake (116)

59 2-pole connector (1989 model)at the fuel pump, under the luggage com­partment floor

60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution boxone (for the automatic transmission) at thecontrol unit, forward of the right-hand frontdoor, below the fascia (behind the trim)

67 6-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side at the air intake

75 Distribution block, positive supply from bat­teryin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

95 Auxiliary air valveat the extreme front of the engine intakemanifold

101 Fuel feed pump (ME, FE) (1989 model)in the fuel tank, under the luggage compart­ment floor

102 Fuel pump relayat the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

103 Fuel pump (1989 model)in the fuel tank, under the luggage compart­ment floor

12& 4-pole connector (1990 model)at the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, below the fascia (behind the trim)

144 Boost pressure switch (T16) (1989 model)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn (behind the knee shield)

146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition system(T16) (1989 model)in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing.The connectors are accessible from the inte­rior of the car

159 Distribution terminal +15inthe electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

176 Control unit for EZK ignition system (116)in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

200 Control unit for the LH systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

201 Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug

202 Engine temperature transmitteron the intake manifold flange, between cyl­inders 2 and 3

203 Throttle angle transmitteron the engine throttle housing

204 Test connectorin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing

205 Air mass meteron the air cleaner

206 Fuel injection valveson the engine intake manifold

211 Earthing point on the gearbox

229 Main relay for the fuel injection systematthe control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, below the fascia (behind the trim)

323 Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpin the fuel tank, below the luggage compart­ment floor

200

95

323

75

Saab900

206

LH "2.2 fuel system: 19.i9 model T16 - FI, EU, GB, ME, FE

ponents

1-

w

e

1­

el

e-

m

n­el

le

+15 ~'J';.+15",/ I

I

1

12JKGN/VT 1.0

,AU

rnl;rda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU

116.\:SE,EU,CA

559 RD 2.5

18

200

5 25

75

;!! ;(? ;(?.; .; .;0 0 0 on

'" '" '".... on

"- .; .;a:l ffi ~

'" ~aJ

« aJ!'! 9 :::: on

~1..

'" '"1

;(?2.;0

~0

~ '"z z z" <> <>« u

~~ ~

541GN/RD 2.5

If) 566AN SV 0.75...> 566 SV 0.75

559A RD 2.5

561 Bl/RD 2.5

5621.0

229

on.....;

Gz<>m:g

201

9 15 29

III

27 24 17

(

559BRD 0.5

Saab900

01~H ro7o

'".;'!;.J

"..o...,:" .-'-.,/;

2:4'foel system: T16 lambd~;i;

1989 model -- SE, EU;116 Lambda -- US, CA, AU, JP,

r-,I .....",61",0-"GN",--"0,,,.5--1 2 1132

1._..1

1528,--_5",0",0-"B,,-L-"0.,,,5_-1>14 <1-----,

+54,IllCVT 2.5

on.....;0

z«L(f):J on on.... '" ....

.; .; .;

!; ... ...>

~ on '" ~

> .... <> aJ

*.; .... '"'" :ll ~

'" 0on

«

~

0O 12 16 21 OJ

I200 I

I2J 2226 1 34 13 ," 6 7 8

'".... C!.;'".... ....; >

u ili

f

Saab900

.exhaust emissions shouldi~l')'lp,:",.~JII.)'~Pt,.. uP. For'tJltc9q~, :~~e~'roup 2:3

Air mass meter 205 is builtinto a plastic housing. Inthe event of a lossof ~ignal from the air mass meter,e.g. ifthe filament should fail, an emergency systemknown as the "Limp home" function in the control unitwill come into operation. The car can then be driven,although its drivability will be limited. When the"Limp home'! function is operative; warning lamp47,Pj CHECKENGINE, willlightup. The lamp is locatedin:Jthe,corobined instrument, and is supplied from

can also be energised from the EZK

Automatic transmissionCars with automatic transmission are also equipped ">,

with switch 76 which will close when the selector '0.

lever is set to "Drive", and the control unit will thencompensate for the increased load applied by theautomatic transmission when the engine is runningat idling speed.

EXhaust gas emission control, LambdaThe car is equipped with an adaptive Lambda system,which compensates for variations in the fuel/air mix­ture caused by changes in the fuel system.

Lambda sensor 136 continually measures the ox­ygen content ofthe exhaust gases, thus enablingthecontrol unit to adjust the mixture to as close toLambda':::: 1 as possible. The sensor is heated bypreheater 271 (protected by fuse 1).

pa" ,of theSe ,

Thb~ggigJ'j$ ~~·BSII~~Wi'th'tY~I·~itny~.~Y~lectrica Ilydriven fuel pump 103 and feed pumpTOl orby fuelpump 323 with integrated feed pump. In both cases,the pumps draw fuel from the fuel tank and pressur­ise the fuel system.

The control unit 200 is connected to the air-condi­tioning system via pin 14 (AC compressor relay 156,pin 16). When the AC compressor is running, thecontrol unit will compensate for the increased loadapplied by the compressor at engine idling speed. Asignal (earth) is applied from pin 3 at full throttle,~~ich disconnects the AC compressor. .

Test connector 347 is used for fault tracing. When pin2 inthe connector is earthed, flashing codes will beobtained on the CHECK ENGINE lamp.

tlon

uel system: T16 Lambda - US, CA, AU 1989model- SE, EU, JP. 116 Lambda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU

with 16-valve engines and Lambda areed with the Bosch LH Jetronic 2.4 fuel in­

n system, which is an updated version of the LHic 2.2 system. LH is an abbreviation of Luft­

enmesser Hitzdraht (air mass meter with hotent). The fuel injection system is controlled andrvised by control \pnit 200, which includes aprocessor. I

!ber of new featu,is ~ave been introduced, such

aptive Lambda control system

(Automatic Idling Control! valve with built-inmp home" function. When necessary, the valve

ovides a, high, fixed idling speed of approxi­ately 1200 r/min.

daptive idling control system. Normal changesre compensated. for automatically. The idlingpeed is controlled by means of valve 272.

uilt-in deceleration function. During overrunraking, it shuts off the fuel supply within a certainngine speed range.

\

new, electrically-operated vent valve (321) forthe charcoal ,canister. Controlled by signals fromthe control unit. The charcoal in the canister ab­sorbs fuel fumes in the vent line from the tank.

,Built-in fault diagJosis system. Gives fault codesvia the CHECK J::NGINE lamp or the ISAT test in­strument/

The pressure monitoring function is built into thecontrol unit. If a fault should occur on the tur­bocharger pressure control system (T16 Lambda),the LH control unit will interrupt the signals to theinjection valves.

The gear indication fUl')ction is built into the con­trol unit (US only).

.he system receives apositive s,upply from fuse 22hen the ignitfon switch is in the start or drive posi-

ion, and a constant supply from +30 to relays 229n9 102.

n the basis ofthe data stored in the control unit andhe incoming information from various sensors, theontrol unit calculates and controls t,he openingimes of the electrically operated fuel injectionalves (206). Control .unit 200 receives informationn the engine speed by sensing the pulses from the

Ignition system.

Throttle angle transmitter 203 provides informationto the control unit on the throttle angle. The transmit­er has two contact positions, i.e. 00 (idling speed)

and ),20 throttle angle.

Temperature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temper­ature Coefficient (NTC) type and provides continuousengine temperature information to the control unit.In the event ofloss ofthis signal, the control unit willsimulate, by default, an engine temperature of+45 DC (113 of)':'

EU

9

<VT 1.0

I122AI

\

'fl4 LH 2.4 fuel system: Ti6 Lambda - US, CA, AU 1989 model- SE, EU, JP. 116 Lambda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU<---..............;""-------'""--------------------------

Fault·traclng hintsWhen fault tracing in the wi(ialways observe the followi

1. Read thefaulLc:p,dfore discormegtil1codeSareJ6lfaSe .energisedf)iUse ___ _._ _ _scribed irFGroup2'.:!3;oft'£ne.. Sef;vi'e~!flifi:tntl·~·li ..i

2. AIWaySdiSC~r1necithej5:b61~·c6Hp~Pt~f; .. econtrol unit and the connector onthe'@' m Smeter. N.B. These two componel1tscahe'a~jlybe seriously damaged if measurements are car­ried out on their terminal pins.

3. Always disconnect the connection to the sus­pected component.

4. Use an ohmmeter - not a buzzer - for checkingthe wiring.

Before checking the wiring, always start by checkingfuse 22 and checking that the supply to it is live. Alsocheck fuse 7 and fuse 1 for the Lambda sensor pre­heater.

For comprehensive fault-tracing instructions for thesystem, see the Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuelsystem, injection engine.

Earthing point 201 on the engine lifting lug is impor­tant for correct operation of the fuel system. If thelocation of the earthing point is altered, such aswhen other work is being carried out on the engine,the performanceof~may be disturbed.

Saab900

fuel system: T16 Lambda - US, CA, AU 1989 model- SE, EU, JP. 116 Lambda - US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU

·.47K .··.~fLii~i0Rwar~I~ .···.9r11Pin. thecombine<:\Instrument in the instru­ment panel

47P CHECK ENGINE warning lampin the combined instrument in the instru­mentpanel

57 3-pole connector(322) at the control unit, forward of the right-hand

front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

59 2-pole connectorone at the fuel pump, under the luggagecompartment floor (1989 model) .

(368) one at the control unit, forward of the right­hand front door, below the fascia (behindilie~m) \one (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the battery

60 Single-pole connectorone (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the batteryone (for the automatic transmission) at thecontrol unit, forward of the right-hand frontdoor, below the fascia (behind the trim)one in the electrical distribution boxone on the right41and side of the enginecompartment, at the air intake (1990model)

67 6-pole connectortwo in the engine compartment, on the right­hand side at the air intake

75 Distribution block, positive supply from bat­teryin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

76 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.under the centre console, at tm.!?\~electorlever ..

Locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

22A Fuse holderinthe electrical distribution' box, in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel

'ti\pWsirigI:~g light 'tch~~e' 'phsble, at the selector

fuel injection systemi-hand front door, belowcthe trim)

'ambda~ US, CA, AU, JP, SE, EU

Idling spee fmotorat the extre . "rr'theleft-hand side ofthe cylinderhea· >

Valve for charcoar'c:'in the engine comp , forward of theleft-hand wheel homW. 'tWeen the wheelhousing member andt ,', ,Jerwing

Connector, Auto/Man, Lhl7Aat the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpin the fuel tank, belowthe luggage compart­ment floor

Test connector, diagnosticson the right-hand side, under the back seatunder the rubber bellows, behind the centreconsole (Convertible)under the bellows (Convertible)

Connector, cold-starting valveat the control unit, forward ofthe right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

NTC resistor ~,

in the engine compartment, under the throt-tie housing (19~O model) ,

Modulatingvalve··.in the engine compartment, foi'Wcjr'd of theleft-hand wheel housing (1990 model)

347

323

272

322

321

271

368

390

389

229

Saab900

Cold starting valveon the engine throttle housing

Fuel feed pump (1989 model)in the fuel tank, underthe luggage compart­ment floor

Fuel pump relayat the control unit, forward of the right-hand'front door, below the fascia (behind the trim)

Fuel pump (1989 model)in the fuel tank, under the luggage compart­ment floor 76

4-pole connectorat the control unit, forward of the right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)one at the fuel pump, below the luggagecompartment floor (1990 model)

Speed transmitteron the rear of the combined instrument

Lambda sensoron the exhaust manifold

29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car

Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Control unit for EZK ignition systemin the engine compartment, forware1 of the

, left-hand wheel housing /

Control unit for the LH systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug

Engine temperature transmitteron the intake manifold flange, between cyl­inders 2 and 3

Throttle angle transmitteron the engine throttle housing

Air mass meteron the air hose at the air cleaner

Fuel injection valveson the engine intake manifold

Earthing point on the gearbox

203

205

206

201

202

200

211

156

152A1528

136

176

159

132

103

123

'•• 94

102

f01

200390

Saab900

389

fuel system: T16 Lambda-US, CA, AU 1989 model-SE, EU,JP.116 Lambda-U$,CA,AU, JP, SE, EU.

341

of

li-

t-

ldn)

::U

atre

15

156 159'---..

Idn)

~\I

It-

10',103,M1989 176

Ie

~.~

202136

203 205 206 271

229 102

~321 323

1e

el

)W

o

'"

+15 159

+15II

123KIGN/VT 1.0

22A~L-...

559C RD 1.0

on '" :!?" " C!0 0 0

§ %~ ~,

o z 15m a: <:>

'" ..~ ~

~..'" '" '"

'I~I 1*1667

'" '" ~I" " L0 0

§ I-

<:.0

m 0:

'" ~0.. '"... 65 ,

I 156 IL_.J

~~:402 1168BL 0.75 BL 0.75

I 5 27 26 1152C

405 406 11168BL/VT 0.75 BL 0.75 IBL '0.75

r-1 <>[4]7 116E1 1 IGL/Ro 1.5

IT,L.._...J

AC 169

'""o85nn'"

'"'"

261GR/RD 2.5

38152A

12312

261GR/RD 2.5

o'" 0> '"In >'" Ul'" m'" ..on '"

::~ ~~ ~:~: >-

261 OR 2.5

262 5V 2.5 2625v 2.5

9

13 16 33 15

I I200:CU 14 I I

~ I I .4 27 4014 34 3132 30 21 36 '9

-<<0

f-

'"N"l

~>Ul ~.. ;;;non '"

560BR/VT 0.5

<>

560A 59BRI\JT 0.5 T

144rtJ

560 illBR/VT 0.5

M 323

540ON/OL 1.0

Saab900

11

....... --~ lQ ~ci ci ciQ 0 0

~ ~ ~m m m

« m u a;;; ;;; 206;;; ;;; ~

X§?1~>~>~~4r-- r-.. ,... .....

395 0 0 0 0~ a a 0 0y~~ ...... .e:. .e:. .g: .g:- z 15 z Z

1'1:1 59- I~ ~ ~ ~ ~'" "'~ '"

541 GN/RO 2.5/

541EGN/RD 1.0

57QABL/RD 0.75

570 BLiRD 0.75

292B261

272

17 23

~ ~,~~ffi G ffi 5en 0 (0 I"')"""l I/') 10 '<tU'l1l) If) U1

2 159571 SV 0.75

( I'\._-------Hh:!'o rll:~ 1.0

~ ~~~<:> _~0.75

~ ........~ 136-~

fVVl 2711--1

RD 0.75 VT 0.75

560A BR IVT 0.5

ron° 16.0 + - 0 0,.'

~ ~'-~ ~

75W ~ ~r,..- -"55""9"'A-"R""0..o2"'.5_---/ '--.:5"'59"-"'RO'--"'2.5"- -.

2

II

570Ar,I;r----cmr:l.'iBL/RD 0.75

W I 357

CU14

559B

~

86 30

~: .-;\ 22985 Y87B 87

/ /\ "561 BLIRO 2.5

12

III

35 22

9 1B

347

25

-<>555

~5V/VT 0.75

2f1U203

200:CU 14

16A:AUT

+54II11MVT 2.5

6 3 20 7

... -,,---"6"",'3,-,O""N,-,0,,,.5'-------1 2 11 32

[~60 L _.Jono

10 39

152B~::;ono

~<:>..?::

+54IIllCVT 2.5

[~60

1;l 76~31... 3' )~.I Q~ 147PL 4.J

I fCHECKlI~

Saab900

rationengine is equipped with a CU14 electronic fuelction system. The injection system is controlledsupervised by control unit 200 which includes a

roprocessor.

system receives a positive supply from fuse 22distribution terminal +15 when the ignition

tch is in the start or drive position, and a constantply from +30to relays 229and 102 and to pin 15he RAM (random access memory) of the elec­ic unit. On the basis of the data stored in thetrol unit and the incoming information from vari­sensors, the control unit calculates and controlsopening times of injection valves 206. The in­

tion valves are of low-impedance type and muster be connected to the battery voltage.

e injection pulse consists of two stages, i.e. theening phase and the holding phase. During thee~ing phase (short time) the full battery voltage isplied across the injection valves. Electronic unito then earths the valves via pin 11. During the

mainder of the injection pulse duration (i.e. theolding phase), the valves are earthed instead acrossseries resistor at pin 13 of electronic unit 200. TheItage across the valves is then reduced to about

2.5 volt.

his method provides accurate fuel metering, evenduring short opening times. .

Via pin 39, electronic unit 200 receives informationon the engine speed in the form of pulses from theignition system. Via pin 20, the electronic unit re­ceives information on the throttle angle from throttle

.angle transmitter 203. (Analog signal between 0.1and 4.9 V.)

Temperature transmitter 202 is of Negative Temper­ature Coefficient (NTC)type and provides continuousengine temperature information to the control unit.Air mass meter 205 in the CU14 system measuresthe air mass flowing through a separate air passagein parallel with themain air path. This minimises therisk of fouling of the hot filament and no burning-off,

.. such as in the LH system, is therefore necessary.

In the event of loss of signal to the electronic unit, anemergency system known as the "Limp home" func­tion will come into operation, which enables the carto be driven, although the engine performance will berestricted. At the same time, the CHECK ENGINEwarning lamp will light up.

Signals to and from air mass meter 205:

Pins 1 and 2: earthPin 3: air mass signal to pin 35 of electronic unit 200Pin 5: positive supply from relay 229Pin 6: idling CO adjustment to pin 22 of electronicunit 200 (only cars without catalytic converter)The system for cars with catalytic converter is adap­tive.

CU14 fuel system ,79

The engine is supplied withfael by electrically driven­fuel pump 323 which draws fuel from the fuel tankand pressurises the fuels}l.~tem.

Automatic Idling Control (Ale) motor 27?is a two­phase stepping motor Wh,tRh.;~i$controlle(:fby elec­tronic unit 200 via pins 1,~~,:,~8and29. This controlcircuit is adaptive (remem¥b'ersittl.e setting during theimmediately preceding idlin~period).

Electronic unit 200 contf7conditioning (AC)system via pin 21 and via pin 36.

The electronic unit ault diagnosis.Fault codes areobof the CHECKENGINE lamp. THe' ¥pln 1 of testsocket 391 (locat .side of theengine cQrnpa!'1: . .(.¢Qnnected topin 31 of electr . ..

Autom~t'~:tt~Cars with atJtoma~ic,t:raAsrnissionarealso,'e:quippedwith swifeb 76. When the selector lever is set to thedrive position, the switch wi II close, which wilfapply asignal to pin 5 of the electronic unit. The AICmotorwill then compensate for the increased load appliedby the automatic transmission when the engine isrunning at idling speed. ,

Exhaust emission control, lambdaOn cars destined for markets on which catalytic emis­sion control is mandatory, the system also includescomponents for refined fuel control. Lambda sensor136 continually measures the oxygen content of theexhaust gases, thus enabling the electronic unit tocorrect the fuel/air mixture to its optimum value. Thesensor is heated by preheater 271 which is protectedby fuse 1.

The gaseous hydrocarbons (fuel fumes) vented fromthe fuel tank are discharged to a charcoal canisterand are dumped into the engine for burning. This iscontrolled by ELCD valve 321 which is controlled frompin 17 of electronic unit 200.

Fault tracingSee the Service Manual, Group 2:3, CU14 injectionsystem.

Saab 900 CV 1991 Trionic 5.5by Misu

'"NCI

'"

+15 +30II

~'D8j:1

\1>

~

00.-:..-:w">-0

0.c

'"~rl 179 "~

2 .c3 '"

1 3~X ~0

~~

... c

" ~ ~

I

lot') -.n r.n lot')

cicic:::icI-Z:::;)>­

~"Ill"zIII

'" ;a""' d

" ~III

IS

~

~.,;

~~

'Xt; p72

1:1 ':i ~,;

I~ ~ "~I~ fj

".. y ~

ll> :l

AUT+54

II

l11lAVT 2.5

+54IIHevr 2.$

q 1~

~'Iff I."

<>~ 1>:\"

VJ 1.0

~tJ152B 152A~t:~

,;

~I~-~GlNrl

I EDU II (~ 147P 7 ~ 1

~5

14

32 34 58 39

33 31 49 9 10 11 12 44 17 18 3 4 5 • 66

I I200 I I 200

I I66 41 22 43 4. 21 27 23 24 2547 50 3. 15 45 42 6667 59 54

~u 2 47/110

YEIBU 0.75

I

01$H ~,

•

233

171

'" .. n.. ~ N 0ci 6

~.c

~I% I~.: Ii! 3. ~ .... J,

!~Jnl 1.;IH,6., ;1'" ~~

,;

~.:: .:5 ~

156 i:AC

LH 2.4 Fuel System Diagrams

Saab900.·

CU14 fuel system

~cations If components1 Battery\

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

31 Reversing light switchunder the centre console, at the selectorlever

47P CHECK ENGINE warning lampin the 'combined instrument in the instru­ment panel

57 3-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side, at the air intake

59 2-pole connectorone at the fuel pump, under the luggagecompartment floorone at the control unit, forward of the right­hand front door, below the fascia (behindthe trim)one (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the batteryone at the expansion tank, on the right-handside of the engine compartment

60 Single-pole connectorone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingone (for the Lambda sensor) in the enginecompartment, on the right-hand wheelhousing, next to the distribution block forthe positive supply from the batteryone (for the automatic transmission) at thecontrol unit, forward of the right-hand frontdoor, below the fascia (behind the trim)one (for the automatic transmission) underthe centre console, at the selector lever

67 6-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side at the air intake

75 Distribution block, positive supply from bat­teryin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

76 Switch ·for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.under the centre console, at the select{)rlever

94 Cold starting valveon the engine throttle housing

Fuel inje ·8on the engiffl emanifold

Earthing poinfdn'the gearbox

Main relay for the fuel injection systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

Preheaterin the Lambda sensor, on the exhaust mahi­fold

Idling speed adjustment motorat the extreme front, on the left-hand side ofthe cylinder head

Valve for charcoal canisterin the engine compartment, forward of the·left-hand wheel housing, between the wheelhousing member and the outer wing

Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpin the fuel tank, below the luggage compart­ment floor

Test connector, diagnosticson the right-hand side, under the back seat

Connector, cold-starting valveat the control unit, fOlWard of the right-handfront door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

CU14 test socket, flashing codesin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side, at the fresh air intake

Series resistor for the CU14 systemin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing

395

391

321

323

347

272

368

271

211

229

205

206

203

Saab900

Fuel pump relayat the control unit, fOlWard of the right-handfront door, belowthefascia (behind the trim)

4-pole connectorat the control unit, forward of the right-handfront door, below the fascia (behind the trim)one at the fuel pump, below the luggagecompartment floor (1990 model)

Speed transmitteron the rear of the combined instrument

Lambda sensoron the exhaust manifold

800st pressure switch (T8)under the fascia, to the left of the steeringwheel, behind the knee shield (behind theflasher relay holder)

Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

29-pole white connector29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car

Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the I~ft-hand wheelhousing

Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Pressure switch for the AC radiator fanin the engine compartment, on the dryingagent container, forward of the right-handwheel housing

Switch, ACon the fascia

171 Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch con­tact) for the ACin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side of the air conditioner housing

176 Control unit for EZK ignition systemin the engine compartment, fOlWard of theleft-hand wheel housing

200 Control unit for the CU14 systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

201 Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug

202 Engine temperature transmitteron the intake manifold flange, between cyl­inders 2 and 3

169

166

159

152A1528152C

146

144

136

132

123

102

229 102

200

205

146

CU14 fuel system 83

395

321

203

136

Saab900 '

~~~'

". ~ ~\,,'~-

CJ·· \.. .! ..~ \ :

-.". -'- .'

321 146

347

272

landtrim)

75ight-

159

~

~202

3

193SV 0.75.

1528182 8l 0.5

73

71Gl/RD 1.0

+541I

7 GR 2.5

204

284A8l 0.5

~~42.5 60 6 T16,\ Gl/VT 0.5 }

)-,=-,~--fO=:ot-'<CS, IS, IS,\,

M89: TS T8,\284A 204

8l 0.75 Gl/VT 0.5

318

102

284? 8l 0.5

D15H 292A

f~21

281SV 0.75

15S

123CGN/VT 0.75

123D GN VT 1.0

393SV 1.5

2

93

4

146

58 GR 4.0

.-; .. -., --:

system(Witl1:i,t!~~hometer) C8, 18, 'j~ff.ambda, Ti6

5

7

8L 16.0

SaabgOO

+30I1

1238GN/VT 1.5

~

.lilli9 .MilO

rfl22AI"--+-......

~-------{_-.l----.jl-----<123HGNjVT 1.5

211

Bl 25.0

123DGN/VT 1.0

I" on em hominstrument socket for , ,T16 m 1 model of

Saab900

For a more detailed description of each component inthe ignition system, see the Service Manual, 3:1,Electrical system, Instruments.

fault...tracing hintsThe ignition system will be energised when the igni­tion switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 3, and check that terminal 15 oftheignition coil and terminal 4 on the timing serviceinstrument socket are live.

2. Check that terminal 4 of amplifier 146 is live:

3. Tachometer: First check fuse 7, and check thatthe supply to it is live. Check that terminal 3 onthe circuit board for tachometer 110 is live, andthat ignition pulses are being supplied from theamplifier.

4: ." ·>Che'tkallcohnectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

See also the fault-tracing section for each compo­nent in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.

ration

:ion system (with tachometer) C8, 18, 18 Lambda, T16, T16 Lambda 1989 model otT8, T8 Lambda 85

6.

9 breakerless ignition system is equipped with aII sensor. (The EZK ignition system is discussed ineparate section.)

en ignition switch 20 is in the start or drive posi-n, ignition coil 5 and amplifier 146 will be ener-ed"{+15). "

e amplifier receives ignition pulses (via a 3-coreielded cable) from the Hall sensor in ignition dis-

ibutor 6.

e pulses are amplified and adapted in alY16, A high-tension pulse is generated in tl) c­dary winding each time a pulse breaks th~p~'r:Qary

rcuit of the ignition coil. The high-tensionpl..t1s~isensuppl ied to the correspond ing spark piugvia the

istributor.

achometer' 110 is supplied across fuse 7. The con­rol pulses required for displaying the engine speedre supplied from the ignition amplifier.

iming service instrument (TSI) socket 73 is intendedor a special ignition service instrument and has the

. ollowing terminals:

Positive supply direct from battery 1

Earth

Solenoid (terminal 50) on starter motor 4

Positive supply (+15) from the ignition switchwhen the latter is in the start or drive position

Ignition pulses from ignition system amplifier146

Not used

75

20"

:e

86 Ignition system (with tachometer) C8, /8, 18 Lambda, T16, T16 Lambda 1989 model on8, T8 Lambda

Saab900

Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Earthing point on the gearbox211

158locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

3 Earthing point in the fascia

4 Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)

5 Ignition coilon the cross-member above the radiator

6 Ignition distributorat the front of the en-gine

7 Earthing pointon the radiatorcross-member

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47 Combined instrumenton the fascia

60 Single-pole connectorin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

73 Timing service instrument socketiA the electrical distribution box, in the en-·gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous­ing member

102 Fuel pump relayin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay positions F and G(T8 and T8 Lambda) or relay position G (18and 18 Lambda)

110 Tachometerin combined instrument 47 on the fascia

146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

152A 29-poJe white connector152B 29-pole red connector

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

157 Spark plugon the engine

87

146

6

110(47)

Saab900

5

102

system (with tachometer) C8, 18, 18 lambda, T16, T16lambda 1989 model ofT8, T8lambda

20

CHECKENGINE

182 BL 0.5

123 e~\T 0754 .

r and timingm el

152A

01SO 342C

+54II11CVT 2.5

158

281. , ..__. 280SV 0.75 GR 1.5

93

+30II

122 GL 2.5

4

t655A GL 0.75 }

~~'iOiiOl- 655A 549AGL 0.75 VL VT 0.75

h homesocket, 1

Saab900

~57

204

+54II11EVT 2.5

mme

200'---'='-='-==-__---"'r;- ;- ,

'----="--""'-"'''-'''=----' 24 25 ,, ,, ,649A} , ,

SV 0.75 , ,

, 201 --,5 5 ,566A SV 0.75 I.: __ ::J

L!..7~G!>-R .=,2.",5__-1>29 ct----'-7--'G"'R--'2"".5'-- --,

I­>z'-'

'"OJ

'"

7

201

BL 16.0

649SV 0.75

157

345

o

'"

16 6 13 12 15 310 1528 l284 284C 6024 176 17

BL 0.5 BL 0.5lE

OJ i....0

OJ OJ t0 .... .... on

'" 0 0 "-z 0 0 d 203 \'-' '" '" '"'" N --' '-'0 ;:: 649 m....

SV 1.5

o'"G

SL

>l/l

11II

I

se

88 EZK ignition system (with tachometer),~1989 model.

1230GN/VT 1.0

.- ~~L"_"=_'-"'---C>_---------~1"'23!..:G""N"-V.!.!T'--1"'.5"---I>28q_-"12~3s.E~G':'.IN~T~1.2.5_<>_~2..l'~C!...!d-J

EZK ignition system (with tachometer), 1989 model g~'

15

onignition system is fitted only to Hi-valve

without turbocharger. This breakerless igni­tern is equipped with a Hall sensor. It ised by a knock sensor, which provides thepossible engine perform"ance on any grade ofis provides good fuel economy and cleanergases.

~ ignition switch is in the start or drive posi­ition coil 320 with integrated amplifier and

.ntrol unit 176 will be energised (+15).

I unit 176 receives ignition pulses via a three­ielded cable from crankshaft sensor 345. Thecy of the pulses is proportional to the engineThe control unit then adjusts the timing on thef the following factors:

'nespeed

ine load

knocking tendencies

nition pulses supplied from terminal 16 of theI unit are amplified and adjusted in ignition

320 with integrated amplifier. A high-tensionis generated in the secondary winding each

a pulse breaks the primary circuit ofthe ignition; The high-tension pulse is then supplied to theesponding spark plug (157) via distributor 6.

ignition is set at 5° when the engine is started.ignition setting is dependent on the speed of the

ine, and adjustment starts ataround 700 r/min.ltdjusted in accordance with the values stored incontrol unit. (The distributor has no centrifugal oruum advance mechanisms.)

I systell) control unit 200 provides the ignitionem with information on the engine load. ThrottleIe transmitter 203 is closed (earthed) when the

, ttle is closed, i.e. when the engine is idling.en the load has exceeded the value stored in the

ntrol unit, thetimingwill be retarded by about 6° on'cylinders. The timing will return to normal in stepsaround 1° after the load has ceased to increase.

e control unit receives information on knocking inyofthe cylinders via knock sensor 178. Thetimingthen retarded only in the cylinder in which knockings detected (in steps of around 3°). This will contin­until knocking has ceased or until the timing has

en retarded by a total of about 13°. The timingeturns to normal in steps of 0.35°.

EZK test tapping 145 is intended for special testequipment. Terminal 15 of the.control unit delivers apulse for each knock detected. (Positive voltage issupplied t!2 the cgnnectorwhen,the ignition switch isin the drive positiOn.) .. .

If a fault shoult(occur in the control unit, a signal(earth) will b~ delivered from terminal 3, which willcause CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 47P to flash.(This lamp can also be activated by the fuel injectionsystem.)

.:..u,

Ignition pulses are supplied from terminal 16 of thecontrol unit to timing service instrument socket 73,tachometer 110 and other syste'rristhat are depend- ~ent on ignition pulses.

TachometerTachometer 110, located in combined instrument47, is supplied across fuse 7 and red 29-pole con­nector 1528. The control pulses required for display­ing the engine speed are supplied from EZK controlunit 176.

Timing service instrument socketTiming service instrument (TSI) socket 73 is intendedfor a special ignition service instrument and has thefollowing terminals:

1. Positive supply direct from battery 1

2. Earth

3. Solenoid (terminal 50) of starter motor 4

4. Positive supply from the ignition switch whenthe latter is in the start or drive position

5. Ignition pulses from EZK control unit 176

6. Not used

For a more detailed description of each component inthe ignition system, see the Service Manual, 3:1,Electrical system, Instruments.

fault..tracing hintsAs a general rule, the connector to the, control unitshould always be disconnected when measurementsare made on the ignition system cable harness. Usean ohmmeter, not a buzzer.

The ignition system will be energised when the igni­tion switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 3, and check that terminal 30f theignition coil and terminal 4 of the timing serviceinstrument socket are live.

2. Check that terminal 6 of control unit 176 is live.

3. Tachometer: First check fuse 7 and check thatthe supply to it is live. Check that terminal 3 ofthe circuit board for tachometer 110 is live, andthat ignition pulses are being supplied fromcontrol unit 176. .

4. Check all connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

'See also the faUlt-tracing section for each compo­nent in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.

:and timingel

93

2B417 6L 0.5

'"'"'"

15 3

+54II11EVT 2.5

178

+30II

56 GR 4.0'.()1SH 342

8

1230 GN T 1.0

Saab.90Q.'"

....>z"

emment socket,

201

.., N

'" '"'" '"

200-,2 I

II II I

}__15 5:

>-__....:5""6""6A'--S"'V'-0"'-.7""-S ~l,t 112~

16 13 1210

24 1764 20 8 7

649A aJSV 1.5 r-

0D

'"649

SV 1.5

649SV 0.75

211

BL 25.0

146

ons

'"r-aJ

0r- D ~,0 '" d> Z DUl " '".., OJ N

r:: 0 r::r-

1230GN/VT 1.0

651 BL 1.5

648 SV 1.5

f!? () r(} ~ l,..' 1

a8......-/ (

2- --:{- ~ik'!.\

ElK ignition system (wi'tM: 'tacMoli1eter)';·/

ignition system is fitted only to 16-valvewithout turbocharger. This breakerless igni­tem is equipped with a Hall sensor. It ised by a knock sensor, which provides thepossible engine performance on any grade ofis provides good fuel economy and cleanergases.

e ignition switch is in the start or drive posi­plifier 146 and ElK control unit 176 will be

sed (:+15).

I unit 176 receives ignition pulses via a three­ielded cable from crankshaft sensor 345. The

ncy of the pulses is proportional to the engine".The control unitthen adjusts the timing on theof the following faCtors:'

inespeed

gine load

y knocking tendencies ~ ~

'gnitio~ pUI~s supplied from terminal 16 of the-01 unit are amplified and adjusted in amplifierA high-tension pulse is generated in the sec­rywindingeach time a pulse breaks the primaryit of the ignition coil. The high-tension pulse is

n supplied to the corresponding spark plug (157)distributor 6.

ignition is set at 10° when the engine is started.sign ition setting is dependent on the speed of the

.gine, and adjustment starts at around 700 r/min. Itadjusted in a.ccordance with the values stored in~controli!,lnit. (The distributor has no centrifugal orcuumadvance mec.bflnisms.) The basic setting is° at 850.rJmin, with the'throttle switch closed.

tel system control unit 200 provides the ignitionstem with i'nformation on the engine load (load

i'gnal). Throttle angle transmitter 203 is closedrthed) when the throttle is closed, Le. when the

ilgine is idling. When the load has exceeded a cer­invalue stored in the control unit, thetimingwill betarded by about 5° - go (engine speed-dependent)n all cylinders. The timing will return to normal inteps of around O.r (1.4° per engine revolution)fter the load has ceased to increase.

he control unit receives information on knocking inny ofthe cylinders via knock sensor 178. The timing

js then retarded only in the cylinder in which knocking¥Vas detected (in steps of around 3°). This will contin­lie until knocking has ceased or until the timing hasbee'n retarded by a total of about 13°. The timingreturns to normal in steps of 0.7° per spark firing(1.4° per engine reVOlution).

Test tapping 145 is intended for special test equip­ment. Terminal 15 of the control unit delivers a pulsefor each knock detected. (Positive voltage is suppl iedto the connector when the ignition switch is in thedrive position.)

Saab900

If a fault should occur in the control uH'il:;(e-arth) will be delivered from terminal 3, which willcause CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 47P to frash.(This lamp can also be activated by the fuel injectionsystem.)

Ignition pulses are supplied from terminal 16 of thecontrol unit to timing service instrument socket 73,tachometer 110 and other systems that are depend­ent on ignition pulses.

TachometerTachometer 110, located in combined instrument47, is supplied across fuse 7 and red 29-pole con­nector 1528. The control pulses required for display­ing the engine speed are supplied from ElK controlunit 176.

Timing service Instrument socketTiming service instrument (TSI) socket 73 ijintendedfor a special ignition service instrument and has thefollowing terminals:

1. Positive supply direct from battery 1

2. Earth

3. Solenoid (terminal 50) on starter motor 4

4. Positive supply from the ignition switch whenthe latter is in the start or drive position

5. Ignition pulses from ElK control unit 176

6. Not used

For a more detailed description of each component inthe ignition system, see the Service Manual, Group3:1, Electrical system, Instruments.

Fault..traclng hintsAs a,general rule, the connector to the control unitshould always be disconnected when measurementsare made on the ignition system cable harness. Use,an ohmmeter, not a buzzer. .,

The ignition system will be energised when the igni­tion switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 3, and check that terminal 3 of the ­ignition coil and terminal 4 ofthe timing serviceinstrument socket are live.

2. Check thatterminai 6 of control unit 176 is live.

3. Tachometer: First check fuse 7 and check thatthe supply to it is live. Check that terminal 3 ofthe circuit board for tachometer 110 is live, andthat ignition pulses are being supplied fromcontrol unit 176.

4. Check all Qonnectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

See also the faUlt-tracing section for each compo­nent in the Service Manual, Group 3:1, Electricalsystem, Instruments.

6

47

artment, forward of the.:sing

e electronic ignition systemA(~

iQ,\left~

29-pe.ctor29"13 rin the•.eii'tplent, in the electricaldistributin bQXOh the left-hand wheelhousing;.Th~:i~· tors are accessiblefrom the iht~riB~:'1 !~car. .

Spark plugon the engine

Negative distributiol1itetminalin the electrical distribution box, in the en-.gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel.housing

Control unit for the ElK ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

Knock sensor for the ElK systemon the engine, between the two centre in­take ports

Control unit for the LH fuel injection systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

Earthing point on the engineat the engine lifting lug

Throttle angle transmitter- LH fuel injectionsystemon the throttle housing

Test connector - LH fuel injection systemin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing

Earthing point on the gearbox

Ignition coil with integrpted amplifier (1989model)in the engine compartment on the right­hand side, above, the battery

Crankshaft sensorbehind the crankshaft pUlley

211

320

178

345

204

203

201

200

157

176

158

152A1528

146

3

4

67

75

47P

73

60

22A

7

20

57

Saab900

j~:~IlJP~l1ents

~~~~~!~;:i;;i;'~.·'·•• ':::~~n·:'t~~rlgnt41alidside of the engine com-.partinent

Earthing point in the fascia

Starter motoron the left-hand side of the engine (intakeside)

Ignition distributorat the front of the engine

Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Combined instrumenton the fascia

CHECK ENGINE warning lampin combined instrument 47 on the fascia

3-pole connector (116)in the engine compartment, on the right­hand side, at the air intake

Single-pole connectorin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

6-pole connectortwo in the engine compartment, on the right­hand side, at the air intake (one is for the116 Lambda)

Timing service instrument socketin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous­ing member

110 Tachometerin combined instrument 47 on the fascia

123 4-pole connectorin the engine compartment on the left-handwheel housing, forward ofthe electrical dis­tribution box (EZK test tapping)

145 Test tapping, ElKin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing, forward ofthe electrical dis­tribution box

73

178

47P,110

176

Saab900

EZK ignition system (with tachometer), 1990 model 9~

6

146 M"i990

203

t-

n-

Ie

:9

he

:::al~el

)Ie

em

:he

20

182BL 0.5

54

195GN/VT 0.5

01SH 402A

... - .....~3

§I II 147E

I IL_ 8 _..I

152A

152A

152B

152C

21

59

11VT 2.5

~CAB

Saab900

10VT 6.0

30 86

71 GL RD 1.0

11VT 2.5

75

11CVT 2.5

~

RO 25.0

211

BL 25.0

Q:l¢ Battery-charging system

Saab900

lionharging warning lamp informs the, driver of:er or not the alternator is charging.

the ignition switch is in the drivepositiofl, ae voltage will be supplied across;fuse 7;;and

9-pole connector 1528 to chargifrlg war'ning7E in the combined instrument. rheothehsidelamp is connected to alternator 2. ',1::the alternator is not rotating Qrcdf it J

ing the battery for any other reasqn,;y;charging warning lampwill beeatttledf,

inal 0+ on the alternator, and theJarn

the alternator is charging, termiJ~same voltage as the supplll.fro hevoltage will then be appliedtoil:;>o:lIi1iiterl'liinals.of

warning lamp, and the lamp;will·:therefore benguished.

Battery-charging system 95

Fault-tracing hints1. Check the battery voltage at terminal 8+ of the

alternator.

2. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.

3. Check that the bulb in the warning lamp is in-tact.

Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theh connection of the alternator.

ktnat terminal 0+ of the alternator is live.

...ffl~en:ille and .measure the voltage be­, e'h'~;l-{)~Itc~rnator and earth. Also mea­

~l.1re·lhevoltagebetween D+ on the alternatorand earth. The difference between these twovoltages should not be greater than 0.7 V.

NOTEIf the charging warning lamp bulb should blow, thealternator will cease charging.

Saab900

locationt!)~.f·.~omponents

1 Batte .on thejlrI~.!l~?I:ftlnd. side of the engine com­partment),·

2 Alternatori'c' ;.iiw{~U;:

on the Ie

4 Starter mgt c" c .on the left~fia'hdside of the engine (intakeside)

7 Earthing pointpofhe radiator cross-member

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, relay position E

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47E Charging warning lampin the combined instrument

59 2-pole connector (CAB)in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

211 Earthing point on the gearbox

257 Earthing point on the alternator bracket

nents

2122A59

152A1528152C

Saab900

~180

23 10

483 484SV 1.0 GN/RD 1.0

Q15H 472A

29

767 483VT 0.75(M89) SV 1.0VT 0.5(M90)

131RD 1.0

em

5

152A

152A

93

487SV 1.5

767VT 0.75

131RDjVT 1.0

5CGR 1.0

20

+30II

Saab900

-187

486GRjRD 1.5

177

11GVT 2.5

13

+54II

p

233

178

481AGLjVT 1.5

488 489GN 0.5 BR 0.5

481BGL/VT 1.5

12

485BL/RD 0.75

284BL 0.5

25

481GLjVT 1.5

481AGLjVT 1.5

146r-,I IL 7 ..J

T

,-----"''------I ~\

98 APe system

Saab900

c

1,0

Iongine is equipped with an Automatic Perform­ontrol (APC) system, which enables the enginest itself automatically to the grade of fueld to it at any particular time. :-.C system is controlled by cont"rohunit 177,is supplied (+54) from fuse 10:Jne unit re­signals frpm various sensors,p;t6:~~sses the

sand then controls the boost pressure of theharger v.ia solenoid valve1!79:

stem receives informationfrdm the fOllowingrs:

ock sensor 178, which s~hs;es any knocking inengine '

'ssure transmitter 18Q Wt:lJch senses the pres­re in the intake pipeUi?,str~arn of the throttle.

signals from the sensors and from ignition sys­amplifier 146 are fed continuously into the con­ynit. On the basis of the electrical signais re­d, the unit then controls the solenoid valve andthe boost pressure from the turbocharger. In

tion, it receives a signal from brake light switchwhen the foot brake is applied, which enables thetrol unit to reduce the boost pressure to the basic

tie. Since the boost pressure is continuously ad­ted to the octane rating of the fuel and the runningnditions of the engine, it has proved unnecessary,provide the adjustment margins, that must nor­'Ily be allowed to avoid damage to the engine. As asuit, maximum energy can be extracted from theel used on any particular occasion.

rs with the Turbo engine and Cruise Control areUipped with vacuum switch 233, which is actuated

y vacuum pump 187 via a vacuum hose. When thentacts have opened, the control unit reduces theost pressure to the basic value.

ARGsystem 99

Fault·traclng hintsAlways take the following measures before fault-trac­ing in the APC system:

1. Disconnect the connector from the control unit.

2. Disconnect the connector from the componentwhich is suspected to be faulty.

3. Use an ohmmeter to check the wiring for anyopen circuits, etc.

The resistance ofthe pressure transmitter (measuredat atmospheric pressure) is 5 -13 ohm.

For other particulars, see theJault-tracing section inthe Service Manual, Group 2:3, Fuel system, injec­tion engine.

:E~O ;~P;>C'systetn

ibution box, in the en­"'the left-hand wheel

29

59on the left-hand

93 Earthing point Qlltt1e"I~ftThCJndwheel hous-ing member ,,;,,'.1, '

146 Amplifier for the ele,ctnm,i,gignition systemin the engine compa,rfrMnt, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing;

152A 29-pole white connector,152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

177 Control unit for the APC systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

178 Knock sensoron the engine, below the intake manifold

179 Solenoid valveon the radiator fan casing

180 Pressure transmitterunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn (behind the knee shield)

187 Vacuum pump for Cruise Controlin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

233 Vacuum switchin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

Saab900

Saab~OO

29

ponents

~ en­heel

12 11

015H 422

•26 VT 1.524 GL 1.5

1GN 0.5

3

1259

20

41BGN 0.5

12(M89)123P(M90)GR/Vl 1.5

1

~

41A SV 0.5

T,M90: GB

EU,GB

10

3

I SE,FI,EU, US,CA,GB,M90: JP ME,FE,AU M89: JP

,,~I3 3

373SV 0.75

SE'F1'EU'GB'ME}FE,AU,M90: JP .

59G -----1-'''''''_.BR r 0.75 US,CA,M89: JP

59BR/Vr 0.75

17

158

'--- 13, 14,

234 (US,CA)

'-- ... 13, 14,15,234 (US,CA)

Saab900

Headlam

~M89: GB

~~B2'5

B 60

'"- 18GL 1.5 ~

~ c

19A 18A ~~BL 1.0 GL 1.0 ""-=t.'J,, ~--'-'''--I>

20GR 1.5

SAGR 4.0

+30I

s

31

56B56A

7

8

30 31 GL 1.5 } 1528r-+--_-;-.......=86=t-__{ 31A 60 31 ~8c1-"'31'--GL~1!=.5~-+ ....J

~~L

23 GR 1.525 BL VT 1.5

XX't/- --=-28"-='SV-'--'-1."'5,

11 12

Saab900

Cars for Italian market and 1990 models for GB

Cars delivered to these market are fitted with warninglamp 47V which shows when the headlamps areswitched on. '

Headlamps diQ3

fault..tracing hintsThe headlamps wi II be operative when ignition switch20 is in the drive position and when light switch 10 isin position 2.

1. Check fuses 14 and 15 (full beams) and fuses16 and 17 (dipped beams) and check that thesupply to them is live.

2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live. Check the earthing at each lamp.

3. Check the light switch, the lighting relay and theterminals of the dip switch.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

For particulars of fault-tracing on the parking lights,see the section entitled "Parking lights".

GB market (1989 model)

Cars delivered to the GB market also have dim dippedbeams. These cars are fitted with two single-poleconnectors (60) in the electrical distribution pox.

ration

,n the light switch is in position.2 upplywillal<en from terminal 56 to th' r" coil in

ting relay 8, via red 29-pole con 52B. They coil will be energised and t8.;9ts will beto their "right-hand" P?~iti~~~;':~ I' ,,' beam fil­

, nts 11 are supplied (+30pJiatlle'contacts oftheer" coil and terminaI56~,iqcrrO$S fuses 14 and

eadlamps can be switched on onlywhenigni­switch 20 is in the parked ordrjX,~,' position.ntwill then flow to terminal XOflighJ~Witch 10.

"lower" coil is used for switching between fullm and dipped beam. Each time the coil is ener­

ed by operation of dips""itch 215, the contactsange position and remaTnthere until the dip switchoperated again.

e supply from fuse 15 is also taken to full beamrning lamp 47G in the combined instrument.

r particulars ofthe lighting wiring in light switch 10n cars destined for the US and CA markets and the989 model for JP, see the section entitled "Lighting

or controls, US, CA and 1989 model for JP".

Parking lights

When the headlamps are switched on, parking lights13, which also include rear lights 14 and numberplate illumination 15, will also be alight. (On certainmarkets, side marker lights 234 are also included.)

When the headlamps are switched on, the supply tothe parking lights is taken from light switch 10 inposition 2 via terminals Xand 58. The parking lightsare discussed in a separate section.

eadlamp flasher

he full beams can also be switched on by means ofdip switch 215, regardless of the setting of the igni­tion switch and the light switch.

When the dip switch is operated, both coils in thelighting relay will be energised. Full beam filaments11 are then supplied (+30) from terminal 30 of light­ing relay 8, via the relay contacts and terminal 56A.

Dipped beamsWhen the light switch is in position 2, the supply willbe taken from terminal 56 to the "upper" coil inlighting relay 8, via 29-pole red connector 1528. Therelay coil will be energised and the contacts will beset to their "right-hand" position. Dipped beam fil­aments 12 are supplied (+30) via the contacts of the"lower" coil and terminal 56B, across fuses 16 and17.

Saab900

104 Headlamps

Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia

7 Earthing point on the radiatorcross-member

8 Lighting relayin the electrical distributlonbm< in the en­gine compartment, relay positions A and B

10 Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia

11 Full beam filamentin the left-hand andiJiight,:\haQcL/leadlamps

,--'.- .-- ':t-;::".-" ':':':--"--

12 Dipped beam filament: ;J,;'"

in the left-hand and right-hanctheadlamps

13 Parking lightsin the front light clusters

14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-0in the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2-D and 4-0in the rear light clusters

15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-0)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-0)

17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47G Full beam warning lampin the combined instrument in the instru­ment panel

47V Warning lamp, headlamps switched onin the combined instrument in the instru­ment panel

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

592-pole connectorin the fascia, beside light switch 10

60 Single-pole connector (GB) (1989 model)two in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

113 Relay for the electrically heated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

152A152B

158

215

234

29-pole white connector29-polered connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car

Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Dip switchon the left-hand side of the steering column

Side marker lightsin the. front light clusters

B22A

60t60 M1989

152A1528158

41G,41V

Saab900'

Headlamps 105

21ti

0150 412B

1528

24 GL 1.5

Saab900

m -- GB, 1989 model

T 0.5

12

29 SV 1.$ XX7

+30II 152A

7 GR 2.$

60568 86r=..:.-=-...:.=------i2::~---.::.3"-'""GL,,--,-,,1.5=----p 18 q---=.31,-,G""L,-,1;;o;.5'---J

15287A GR 1.0

$]7A GR 1.0

1

~ 12GR/VT 1.5

'"ci

'" l-N >l- n:> '"« m

~

312ASV 0.75

161 5

373SV 0.75

1528 3

[12

Dim dip

23 GR 1.5

Dim dipped beam - GB 1989 model

XX)f--------:--;=:;;7TTT}';":'---:----_____

12

106

Saab900

rationdipped beams are fitted only toc'arts'for the GBet.

n the dim dipped beams areslJlfilsh~d on. the~d beams will be alight at 1QrQ;iQi~~11§ity,and theing lights will also be switched qri., ,

-~---.. " ;', '..;' \ ~/:< :,

n the parking lights are swlt,,grl:t switch 10 is in position1.' '}j'Q-( relay 78 isrgised across fuse 19 and the r ay is energised.circuit is earthed acrossteFaY(2S9. When relay

>is energised, the dipped'oeaiTlfilamEmts will bepplied from fuse 4, across tl;l~ relay contacts andistor 80. .' .m the relay, dipped beam filaments 12 are sup­ed across fuses 16 arid'·!t '7.en the headlampsa~~wltched to dipped beam:

ght switch 10 is in position 2, and the bulbs arepplied across the lighting relay 8. The coil of relay

8 is not energised. and the relay contacts open theircuit across resistor 80.

fault-tracing hints1. Set the ignition switch to the parked position.

2. Check fuse 4 and check that the supply to it islive.

3. Check the headlamp bulbs and check that thesupply to them is live.

4. Check fuses 16 and 17.

5. Check the operation of light switch 10 and re­lays 78 and 259 by measuring at their termi­nals.

6. Check resistor 80.

7. Check the cable harnesses and earth connec­tions.

".;f.

'tilm box in the en­yipositions A and 8

Ea

Earthi

Lighffn ..in the"'e'rgine cbWlb

Light sWitcn;y(on the left-hand·

3

7

8

10

': -;;-:;;-<>

12 Dipped beam filam\l«til~ft;'>

in the left-handql)chright..hand headlamps

13 Parking lightsin the front light clustersi

14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2~D and 4-0in the rear light clusters

15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-0)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-0)

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

60 Single-pole connector. two in the electrical distribution box in the

engine compartment, on· the left-handwheel housing

78 Relaybehind the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment

80 Resistorbehind the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car,

158 Negative distribution terminal. in the electrical distribution box in the en­

gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

259 Reverse current protection relaybehind the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

Saab900

10

Saab900

86060

152A1528158

Dirn dipped b . ...' .earn-GS::

nents

ed

ond)

1­

~I

m­~el

alslIe

he1d

en­:i B

24 GL 1.5

ing lightStd

Saab900

'-- 13, 14,

234'--- .._ 13, 14, 15,

234

D

oq

'" oq 20C!)

0 l-N > 15

80

'"'"0> 1528<Xl

1860 895 GL 0.5 "'

I->Z<:>

'"~

60 894A GL VT 1.5on

1 I->

+30

~z<:>

I "-I '"~

1528 7AGR 1.0

894-GL/VT 1.0

56 31 GL 1.5

10on

"0 on"I- 0

> >'" III[Q

""t> N0> ;;:;on

3on

"0I->

'"[Q

0>on

17

152818A GL 1.0

23 GR 1.5

12

XX 28 SV 1.5 29 SV 1.5

7

+30 +54 +30I I II I II I I

0 on..,: N on

'"l- N

C!) >'""" 11N "" <:>

on VT 2.5 "

Saab900

fault..traclng hintsThe daylight driving lights will be operative whenignition switch 20 is in the drive position and lightswitch 10 is in position 0 or 1.

1. Check fuses 16 and 17 (dipped beams) andcheck that the supply to them is live.

2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live. Check the earthing.

3. Check light switch 10 and relay 174.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

rationars for the CA market, the headlamp. di~peds also serve as daylightdriving Iigl1tS.;The lightse switched on when the ignition sv,htch is in theposition and the Iight switch isseftoi ®or1:'The

ihg lights, rear lights, number pi H.lminationside marker lights will also be a

n ignition switch 20 is in the dtjv~;;position andswitch 10 is in position 0 or1i,tt¥rmiinal 87A of174 will supply dippedb~pl}l>f!'i3ments 12

s fuses 16 and 17.

n the light switch is in PQ§!li;9P\fyreJay 174 willnergised from terminal5(3pfil!gfutswitch 10. They will be energised, thuss~it9hing out the day­t driving lights, in ordert'o'avo'd·reverse currents.

Saab900

10 Light ;:'WI'Lt;II

on the left:-h.cl'l~~~.ij€~~:i~)ftli:le fascia

12 Dipped beamfWi1lin the left-hand and

13 Parking lightsin the front light cluster~{i

14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2-D and 4-Din the rear light clusters

15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)

17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

60 Single-pole connectortwo in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

113 Relay for the electrically heated rearwindowin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

174 Relay for daylight driving lights (CA)in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position F

234 Side marker lightsin the front light clusters

(

14

, ..... g ... __ 14

11'4

113,8 'I¢l1....- ---'

Daylight driving lights - CA 113

Saab90()

mponents

n)

j-

e

ed

:e s22A60

113152A15213174 14

S

N

1-

1­

~I

~r

It

1­

3

7

11

015H 142A .

29 26SV 1.5 VI 1.5

278l/vT 0.75

88/ ID ,

'-...

477VI 0.75

19A 8l 1.0

4768l/vI 0.75

Saab9.00

CA

174~+30

894+30 +15

1-GL/VT 1.0 .

I II 1528 21 I I475 894 7A 12(M89)

-'i;S: GR 1.5 GL/VI 1.0 GR 1.0 123P(M90)GR/VT 1.5

0 2

1

10

~3l2ASV 0.75

3 17

59C 8R VT 0.75

474GR 1.5

7

28SV 1.5

Extra fog

11

258l/vI 1.5

114

./

Saab900

Fault-tracing hints 0

The extra fog lamps can be switched on by settinglight switch 10 to position 1 or 2 and depressingswitch 88.

1. Check fuse 21 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check full beam filaments 11 and full beamwarning lamp 47G.

o. Check each fog lamp and check that the supplyto it is live. Check the earthing at the lamp.

4. Check fuse 15. If the fuse has blown, the fog 0

lamps will not be extinguished when the fullbeams are switched on.

5. Check rel'ay 107, light switch 10 and switch 88,by measuring at their terminals.

6. Check the relevant cable harness and earth con­nections. .

ong lamps are fitted only to carsdestinedforthed Canada, and to the 1989 mOd~Is for,JP.

'lamps are wired so that theycCiQ.ge svvi.~c:hed

when the parking lights or diPR~~,:,beams areed on. " '"

supplied to Canada, the ~*~~~0~~¢lampscanched on regardless of thepoS'ition of light

'10.

light switch 10 is in pq~i~iqH;~~,~~~fking lights)ull beam/dipped beamY,switd, 88 for the extra

pswill be supplied viqt.~~minaloo or termina.lght switch 10. ,..... 0,

n the switch is depreS$ea,'r~Iay 107 will bergised, since its coli wUiibe earthed across fil­nts 11 for the left '00 "and right-hand fullms, and across fullb arning lamp 47G. Thep in the switch will then light up with full bright-

h extra fog lamps 85 then receive a positive sup­from fuse 21, across the relay contacts, which aresed.

en the full beams are switched on, the relay will be;-energised, and the fog lamps will be switched off,n if the switch is depressed. This isdue to the fact

at a positive voltage is then being supplied to bothides of the relay.coil.

·ars for this market are equipped with daylightdriv­ing lights. Relay 174 for the daylight driving lightsgives a positive supply to the extra fog lamps when~he light switch is in position O.

1.5

Saab900

3

7 Eartllih

10 Light swiii'on theleftl ofthe fascia

11 Full beam filament ...in the left-hand~;r1(:j«lght""handheadlamps

17 Extra rheostat fortAl'lighting of switchesand controlson the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47G Full beam warning Iqmpin the combined instrument in the instru­mentpanel

85 Extra fog lampsunder the front bumper

88 Switch for extra fog lampson the fascia

107 Relay for extra fog lampsin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position D

1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

ponents

Saab900

+15I

17 CA174~ +30

Ie 894 I

d GL/VT 1.0 II-

1528 21 ~I>0: 0:lD 894 <>

m GL/VT 1.0 ..t-

Ied 128I- GR/VT 0.5>0:lD

g.,

149 SV 0.5149A SV 0.5

47C GN 0.75

211A SV 1.5

189A SV 0.75

41 GN RD 1.0

15

7

189 sv 1.544 GN 0.75

Saab900

1528

44GN 0.75

93

45 GN 0.75

60

42 8L 0.75

148 SV 0.5148A SV 0.5

42 BL 0.75

189D SV 1.0

14

US,CA

{--1-W -"47-'-"G"-N-"0"-'.7-"5 -;::~5~7;=====4~~j]fA~G~~ViOI·~:[5:::;-l

123 (SE,FJ,EU,GB)Ie 59(ME,FE,AU,US,CA,JP)dz<>!;t

Ied-'lD

60' ", ~

14

2-0,4-0

3-0,5-0

43 BL 0.75

rking I

:·<:;i~,('-"lD

Q

~d

~ 3~ ~..

QL--+---'====Mag: GB

59

rationarking lights can be switched on and off bys of light switch 10, to which the supply (+30)ays live, regardless of the position Of theigni­

switch.

n the light switch is to position 1- "Parkings" the supply to parking lights 13 is taken acrossred 29-pole connector 152B and fuses 18 andThe left-hand side of the car is supplied across19 and the right-hand side across fuse 18.

r lights 14 are also supplied across fuses 18 andand the white 29-pole connector 152A. Numbere illumination 15 is supplied across fuse 18.

rear-light supplies of the 3-D and 5-D modelser somewhat from each those of the 2-D and 4-Ddels. The 3-D and 5-D models are equipped withadditional rear lights (14) on the tailgate.

particulars of the lightingwiring in light switch 10cars destined for US, CA and JP, see the section

titled "Lighting for controls, US, CA, JP".

ht fittings marked "A" are for cars without inte­ated bumpers.

and·CA marketsars for the US and CA markets are also equippedith side marker lights 234, which are supplied viarking lights 13. One-half of the bulb for each direc-

ion indicator is used for the corresponding sidearker light.

B market (1989 model)Cars delivered to the GB market also have dim dippedbeams. These cars are also provided with a single­pole connector 60 in the electrical distribution box.

On cars for the CA market, the parking lights will beswitched on when the light switch is in position 0 andthe ignition is switched on.

Italian market and 1989 cars for GOCars for these market are equipped with warninglamp 47Vwhich lights up when the parking lights areswitched on.

Saab900

Fault..traclng hintsThe parking lights are switched on when light switch10 is set to position 1.

1. Check fuses 18 and 19 and check that the sup­ply to them is live.

2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live. Check the earthing at each lamp.

3. Check the operation of light switch 10 by mea­suring at the light switch terminals.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Saab900

locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

10 Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia

13 Parking lightsin the front light clusters

14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgateRear lights, 2-D and 4-Din the rear light clusters

15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)

17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47V Warning lamp, headlamps switched onin the combined instrument in the instru­ment panel

57 3-pole connector (3-D and 5-D)in the luggage compartment, at the left­hand air outlet

59 2-pole connector (2-D and 4-D)in the boot lidin the fascia, beside light switch 10

59 2-pole connector (3-D and 5-D) (1990model)in the boot lid, on the left-hand side

60 Single-pole connectortwo in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing (G8) (1989 model)in the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)

93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous­ing member

123 4-pole connector (3.;D and 5-D) (1990model)in the luggage compartment, on the left­hand side

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car

234

driving lights (CA)ibution box in the en­, y position F

Saab900

0150 OOJA

59132 RO 1.0

133 RO 0.75

9

372 8L RO 1.5189 SV 1.5

109 10959

onr-ei0

l8ge0: SV 0.75

SE,FI,GB,US,CA ~ SE,FI,GB,US,CAJP,AU,ME,FE

....JP,AU,ME,FE

189E SV 0.75

1320 RO 0.75

1890 SV 1.0

132 RO 1.0

Brake lights,

132 RO 1.0

Saab900

2-0,4-Q

+30II

31

e;~

2-D, 4-0

3-D, 5-0

30 132ARO 1.5

Saab 900

pply to brake Iight switch 29 is takerifft6inifdse,gcross the white 29-pole connector 152A. When'brakes are applied, the contacts will close ande lamps 30 will be energised.

nding on the market, one or twol<;lmps (30) areon each side for the brake IigMtS.lf two lampssed, the second lamp is connecteg by means of

Ie 132A (3-D and 5-D) or cable 132Bwith connec­69 (2-D and 4-D).

pean market

Ie 132A (3-D and 5-D) is,nolused and connector(2-D and 4-D) is not fitted. Only one lamp on

h side will light up when the brakes are applied.e extra lamps are used for the rear fog lightstead.)

rs for the SE, FI and GB markets are fitted withh-Ievel brake light at the bottom of the rear win­

w. On 3-D and 5-D cars, the brake light is con­ted across two single-pole connectors (one in thegage compartment at the left-hand air outlet and

e in the tailgate), whereas on the 2-D and 4-Dodels, it is connected across two-pole connector9.

stmUan, Middle East and Far EastmarketsCable 132A (3-D and 5-D) is used. Connector 269(2-D and 4-D) is fitted, and two lamps will thereforelight up on each side of the car.

In addition, cars forthese markets are equipped withhigh-level brake light 109 at the bottom of the rearwindow. On 3-D and 5-D cars, the brake light is con­nected to the left-hand light cluster in the tailgate bymeans oftwo single-pole connectors, whereas on the2-D and 4-D models, it is connected across two-poleconnector 59.

USA, Canadian and Japanese marketsOn cars for these markets, cable 132A (3-D) andcable 138B (2-D and 4-D) is used, and two lampsthus light up on each side of the car.

In addition, cars for these markets are equipped withhigh-level brake light 109 at the bottom of the rear.window. On 3-D cars, the brake light is connected tothe left-hand light cluster in the tailgate by means oftwo single-pole connectors, whereas on the 2-D and4':D models, it is connected across two-pole connec­tor 59.

ConvertibleOn the Convertible, high-level brake light 109 is lo­cated in the spoiler and is connected by means oftwo2-pole connectors 59. The connectors are located atthe left-hand hinge of the boot lid.

Fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 31 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to brake Iight switch 29 islive.

3. Operate the brake light switch. Check the bulbsand check that the supplies to them are live.Check the earthing at each lamp.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

015H 003C

10959

59

189CSV 0.75

132A RO 0.75

189£ SV 1.0

133 RO 0.75

1890 SV 0.75

211ASV 1.5

109

189 SV 1.5

1328 RO 0.75

Saab900

30

(US.CA.JP.~

133A RO 0.75

30

132RO 1.0

132A RO 0.75

1890 S>I 1.0

132A RO 0.75

Brake Ii

2 0,4 D

+30II

?:.J

13<>on

2-D, 4-0

3-D, 5-0

30

124

Saab900

pply to brake light switch 29 is takenfromfuse, cross the white 29-pole connector 152A. When

rakes are applied, the contacts will close ande lamps 30 will be energised.

nding on the market, one or two lamps (30) areon each side for the brake lights. If two lampssed, the second lamp is connected by means of

e 132A (3-0 and 5-0) or cable 132B and cableA (2-0 and 4-0).

pean marketone lamp on each side will light up when the

es are applied. (The extra lamps are used for ther fog lights instead.)

rs for the SE, FI, EU and GB markets are fitted withh-Ievel brake light at the bottom of the rear win­. On 3-0 and 5-0 cars, the brake light is con­

cted across a two-pole connector in the luggagempartment at the left-hand air outlet and a 4-pole

nector in the tailgate, whereas on the 2-0 and 4-0dels, it is connected across two-pole connector

stmllan, Middle East, Far East, USA,nadlan and Japanese marketscars for these markets, two lamps will light up on

ach side of the car when the brakes are applied.

,addition, cars for these markets are equipped withigh-Ievel brake light 109 at the bottom of the rearindow. On 3-0 and 5-0 cars, the brake light is con­ected to the right-hand light cluster in the tailgate,

ereas on the 2-0 and 4-0 models, it is connectedcross two-pole connector 59.

onvertiblen the Convertible, high-level brake light 109 is 10­ated in the spoiler and is connected by means of two-pole connectors 59. The connectors are located athe left-hand hinge of the boot lid.

Brake Iigl1ts,

fault..traclng hints1. Check fuse 31 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to brake light switch 29 islive.

3. Operate the brake light switch. Check the bulbsand check that the supplies to them are live.Check the earthing at each lamp~

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

\

9 luggage compartment

15 tion-5-0)A-O)

22A Fuse hdldein the electgine compartrrl'housing

29 Brake light switchat the brake pedal

30 Brake lampsin the rear light clusterson certain markets, also in thetailgate (3-0and 5-D)

57 3-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0 only)in the luggage compartment, at the left­hand air outlet

59 2-pole connectorone in the boot, to the left, under the parcelshelf (2-D and 4-0)two in the boot, at the left-hand boot lidhinge, behind the trim (Convertible)

59 2-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0) (1990model)one in the luggage compartment, at the left­hand air outletone in the tailgate, on the left-hand side

60 Single-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0 only)(1989 model)one in the luggage compartment, at the left­hand air outlettwo in the tailgate, at the left-hand lightcluster (US, CA, JP, AU, ME, FE)one in the tailgate, at the left-hand lightcluster (SE, FI,GB)

109 High-level brake lightat the bottom of the rear windowin the spoiler, on the boot lid (Convertible)

123 4-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0) (1990model)in the tailgate, on the left-hand side

152A 29-polewhite connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

Saab900

Saab900

1:990 mOde_I_1_27Brake lights, .

\

OISH 112A

119

32

1498 SVO.5

7

136VT 1.0

189E SV 1.0

31

76

9

AUT

Saab900

189D SV 1.0

136 VT 1.0

189 SV 1.5137 VT 0.75

93

~

I ,- { __----'::"':"'A'--V:!-'T'--1·1'-'°0"---- M.....-.-.._,_9_I.90} 137 VT 0.75

1'- .....::13:..:.7_V'-'T'--0"'-.7'-'5'-- ~

152A

Reversing Ii

135VT 1.5

1388 VT 0.75

1488 SV 0.5

11MVT 2.5

O __1!..::3",5A"-,,V.!..T...!.l''''0-l> 8 <1---,1",3,,-5...!.V.!..T...:;1.",-0__ <

+54

32

2-D, 4-D

3-D, 5-D

32

1388l/VT 1.0

USSE: T16.>--FI: T16,M89: T8,M90: T16)..

,..------,.--_._._.._---------_.

rationsupply to reversing light switch 31 is taken from13, across 29-pole white connector 152A.When

rse gear is engaged, the contacts will close andersing lamps 32 will light up.

ain models destined for certain markets are alsouipped with side reversing lights 119, located in

front light clusters. The side reversing lights areplied from the reversing light switch via conmactor

2A.

Saab900

Reversing liglflts 129

fault-tracing hintsThe reversing lights are switched on when reversegear is engaged and the ignition switch is in the driveposition.

1. Check fuse 13 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the reversing light switch terminalsare live.

3. Check the bulbs and check that the supplies tothem are live. Check the earthing at each ljilmp.

4. Check the connectors and the relevant cableharness.

Earthiflg'~ gage compartment

Fuse holder . {"H ti'; :,'r

in the elect~ibat'qi$~~i;9Mtiqnbox, in the en­gine compartmen'Cd:ri;x~Eileft-hand wheelhousing '.... ,' ,

Reversing light switchunder the centre console, to the left of theselector lever

Reversing lampsin the rear light clusters

Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.under the centre console, at the selectorlever

Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous­ing member

Side reversing lightsin the front light clusters

29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car

76

93

32

7

9

22A

31

152A

119

Saab900

I

131Reve.rsing lights

-=

32

saab900'~'===~------------

ponents

uto.

en­. leel

'om

189A SV 0.75

15

189 SV 1.5372 BL RD 1.5

Saab900

. 132A RD 1.559

372 BL RD 1.5

2-D, 4-0

3-D, 5-0

/

Rear (

1528 C'31 GL 1.5 t8

mTI+15

I IiI~I re

GBI- 01>0:: fcCI

1 ~ tc

~wD& th

~ 5·...JCI * 10«:0r-.,.., of)

r-.

Gci>lJ)

«: C;N;;; bE

1528'P(

370 GR/VT 1.5 370 GR/VT 1.5 416

372A BL/VT 0.5 FI

51 @!] 01

@!] lil147N

13..J

358

372 BL/RD 1.59

372 BL 1.5

rationfor certain markets only, including the Europeanet, are equipped with rear fog lights.

supply (+15) is taken from the ignition switGh tot switch 10. This must be in position 2 beforethe,fog lights can be switched on (headlamp§i,on.fulljpped beam). The supply is then run to,switQh161he rear fog lights across the red 29-pole,connec-152B and fuse 21. .

en the switch for the rear fog lights i~!~J~~~gRdn,two rear fog lights 33 will light up. ql\lit., .. ndmodels, the lamps for the rear <fQg,~ t$; areted in the tailgate.

s delivered to the GB market alsohav~:ctimqJ~P,edms. These cars are also provided witp, ~(~lngle­

Ie connector 60 in the electrical distriQutionJ)ox.

cars for the FI market, only the left-hand rear foght is connected.

Saab900

Rear fog lights, 1989 model 133

Fault·tracing hintsThe rear fog lights can only be switched on when light Iswitch 10 is in position 2 and the ignition switch is inthe drive position.

1. Check fuse 21 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the bulbs and check that the supplies tothem are live. Check the earthing at each lamp.

3. Check the relevant cable harness.

I­>

~Q.

'"'"

+15I

<ill

'".....ci>(J)

«'";;;

4

189A SV 0.75

15

372 BL RD 1.0

189 SV 1.5

Saab900

372 BL RD 0.75

358

33

1528

Rear1528

.-_-----::3::..1...::G::;:L....:.1::;.5___�::18et------------8

'"

'--_...::3:.:.:70~GR~/....:V..:.T....:.1:.:::.5~_I:: 161-----~37:..::0:....G:::.R~/..:.VT:....:.:1 •.:::.5 .::::,,¥----<:II372A BL/VT 0.5

372BL/RD 1.0

{

G8- 372

SE,FI,EU BL RD 1.0

372BL/RD 0.'75

1;3jGBSE,

~

59r-I:q:z20l- ::..37:..::2~BL:L/~RD::....:.:1.~5-!J 9 1- --=-:37:..::2....:.B~Lc...:l~.5~ _.J

2-D, 4-0

3-D, 5-0

Saab900

Rear fog lights, ,:J.;990model 135

. fault-tracing hintsThe rear fog Iights can only be switched on when lightswitch 10 is in position 2 and the ignItion switch is inthe drive position.

1. Check fuse 21 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the bulbs and check that the supplies tothem are live. Check the earthing at each lamp.

Check the relevant cable harness.

:.::.;;::<

•i"':::-:" T;';-::~ :.:-~:-:'

,._-"" <

rationfor certain markets only, including the European

ket, are equipped with rear fog lights.

upply (+15) is taken from the ignition switcptoswitch 10. This must be in Position2ib~forethe

fog lights can be switched on (headl~~ps' "fLJHipped beam). The supply is then run to'sW,tt ..'1

the rear fog Iights across the red 29"J)Qle c152B and fuse 21.

en the switch for the rear fog Iightsis,;pre$two rear fog lights 33willlight up.On;tt\e'/models, the lamps for the rearlfog:.,Ji ,.ted in the tailgate.

_._.X ,. '::-'.::c-):::,' .,","'-::.'_"".: ,.,,_. <." .,,/~:'

rs delivered to the GB market aISQha't~;;~,irridibbedms. These cars are alsQlPrpVi.<j~d;;(iyit~ a sing1e­

Ie connector 60 in the electrlcaldi$tribution box.

cars for the SE, FI and EU markets, only the left­nd rear fog light is connected. On cars for the GBarket, only the right-hand rear fog light is con­cted.

Saab900

Ei'ldistribution box in the en-gin '.. fit, relay positions A and 8

9 Earti-r(Q~ luggage compartment

10 Light switcl'"j";'"on the left-handsidSJ:>fthe fascia

15 Number plateillt.1l11:iJ\lEitionon the tailgatet31iljarrd;5-0)on the rear sill (2;;[)'al1d4~0)

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

33 Rear fog lightsin the tailgate light clusters (3-0 and 5-0)in the rear light clusters (2-0 and 4-0)

47N Rear fog light warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia

57 3-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0)in the luggage compartment, at the left­hand air outlet

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

59 2-pole connectorin the luggage compartment, at the lefthand air outlet (3-0 and 5-0)

60 Single-pole connector (1989 model)one in the luggage compartment, at the lefthand light cluster (3-0 and 5-0)one in the electrical distribution box, in thengine compartment,. on the left-hanwheel housing (G8)

123 4-pole connector (3-0 and 5-0) (199model)in the luggage compartment, on the lefthand side

1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing. The connector is accessible frothe interior of the car.

161 Switch for the rear fog lightson the left-hand side of the fascia 137

, 161

Rear fog Iigh

33

47N

822A60 M1989

15218

822Aeo M1989

1528

Saab900

ponents

33

Ieft-

Ieft-

eft-

Ieft-

en­leel'om

a onield)

:ia

28

015H 014A

71 70GL/RD 1.0 OR 1.0

A

71AGL/RD 0.75

80RD/VT 1.0

76A VT 0.5

47r T2~ 4.

<)1 H I Ie)L 2 13-.J 9 152C BOA

RD/VT 0.75193 193ASV 0.75 SV 0.75

390

158

nirlg lights -SE, FI, EU, GB, ME, FE, AU

......

~25

189 SV 1.5

79 RD VT 0.75

79RD/VT 1.0

70A RD 1.0 2

rs,, EU, GB,

on indicaSE,

16 152C

93

27

2-0,4-0

14BASV 0.5

·77BL/VT ·1.0

"" Iii..._3_-_0_,_5_-_0__18_9_D_S_V_'_.O 9 1_89_E_S_V_1.0 ._._._~

Direction ··indicatPfS,i:malq.r

27

77ABL/VT 0.75

A

Di

138

Saab soo

irection indicators, hazard warning\lights - SE, FI, EU, GB.,ME, FE, AU 139

clion indicatorsrs for the USA and Canadian markets and 1989dels for the Japanese market are covered in a

parate section.

e supply is taken from fuse 7 to hazard warninght switch 25 via the red 29-pole connector 1528. Itthen taken through this switch (in the unactuated

osition) to flasher relay 23.

hen direction indicator stalk switch 24 is rnovedom the neutral position, current pulses will be,sup~lied from flasher relay 23 to left-hand direction in­icator lamps 27 or right-hand direction iridicatormps 28 (terminal Lor R), via connector58, anqpin1 (left) or pin 10 (right). The front larnPs are;'Cllsoupplied via the black 29-pole connector 152C.

n addition, the two direction indicator warningamps, 47H (left) and 471 (right) are connected inarallel with the direction indicator lamps for theespective side of the car.

ide direction indicators 89 and 90 are located onthe left-hand and right-hand front wings respectively.,The lamps are supplied in parallel with the direction'indica~or lamps in the front light clusters.

Light fittings marked "A" are for cars without inte­grated bumpers.

Hazard warning lightsThe supply is taken from fuse 27 to hazard warninglight switch 25 via the red 29-pole connector 1528.When this switch is depressed, current is supplied toflasher relay 23 vi.a terminal 2.

From the flasher relay, the current pulses return toswitch 25. Since the switch is closed, the currentpulses continue to terminals 7 (left-hand) and 6(right-hand). Current pulses will be obtained onlywhen the flasher relay is energised.

Front and rear left-hand direction indicator lamps 27are then supplied with current pulses via terminal Lofdirection indicator stalk switch 24, across pin 11 ofconnector 58.

Lamps 28 on the right-hand side of the car are sup­plied in the same way from terminal R of directionindicator stalk switch 24, across pin 10 of connector58.

The two direction indicator warning lamps 47H (Ieft­hand) and 471 (right-hand) will also flash.

Since switch 25 is closed, the lamp in the switch willalso flash.

fault-tracing hintsDirection indicatorsThe direction indicators are operative when the igni­tion switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 7 and check thCit the supply to it islive.

2. Check that terminals 1 and2Qf h?lzard warninglight switch 25 are live.

3. Check that terminals 49 and 49Aq:f.tlasher relay23 are live. ,~

4. Check that terminal 54 of direction indicatorstalk switch 24 is live.

5. Operate the direction indicator st,Hk s:NVitch.Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

6. Check the relevant cable harness and earth cofl­nections.

Hazard warning lightsThe supply to the hazard warning lights is always live.

1. Check fuse 27 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the supply to hazard warning light .switch 25 is live.

3. Press the switch and check that terminal 2 islive.

4. Check that terminals 49 and 49Aofflasher relay23 are live.

5. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

6. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and .earth connections.

Saab 900

nents

EU, GB, ME, FE, AU

3

7p eradiatorcross-member9 Earthirig1pOfnfil11il1Eiluggage compartment

22A Fuse holderin the electfic~J~I~trI~[JtiClnbox, in the en­gine compartm~nt;on the left-hand wheelhousing

23 Flasher relayunder the fascia on tile left-hand side, be­hind the knee shield

24 Direction indicator stalk switchon the left-hand side of the steering column

25 Hazard warning light switchon the right-hand side of the fascia

27 Direction indicator lamps, left-handin the front and rear light clusters onleft-hand side of the car

28 Direction indicator lamps, right-handin the front and rear light clusters on theright-hand side of the car

47H Left-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia

471 Right-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

89 Side direction indicator, left-handon the left-hand front wing

90 Side direction indicator, right-handon the right-hand front wing

93 Earthing point on the left-hand wheel ho'ing member

1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing 141

tionindicators, hazard warning lights

89,90

24

27 (28)

47H,471

23

Saab900

27(28)

Direction indicators, hazard war.qiqgJights -SE, FI, EU

27 (28)

Components

D15H 020A

-us,

f--

<:.o

'"oro

28

on"o'"'"NNN

1Ui14.........if~s:l~g/VT 0.75

.... ~90I~~ 0.75

rh158

and 1989 JP

59BR/VT

0.75

17

70OR 1.0

7

onof-­>o

'"«0>

"

71GL/RD 1.0

71GL/RD 1.D

llCVT 2.5

3

onof-­>«<D

" 47ri2-<=]1 H

LL_193 193ASV 0.75 SV 0.75

+54II

1528

wa1989JP

79 RD VT D.75

189 SV 1.5

80 RD VT 1.0

222 GR 0.75

79 RD VT 1.076 BL VT 1.0

24R

79BRD/VT 1.0

Icators,a

+xII

76BBL/VT 1.0

77 BL VT 1.0

'~~~---F-+7-9-----'~--~~~--='=-='-='---='-'"1'""1lRD/VT 1.0

EO

on I

on on 70A RD 1.0 2

" "~ 0 00 f--

f-- '" >> "-"- '" '"--' D mm

0

" N N

" N N

93

148 SV 0.5

Saab 900

148A SV 0.5

i!

~D~;-E- ~_~=_==.w .

77ABL/VT 0.75

89on"00

'"'"158 D

23 LNN

Di

Saab900

us, CA..and 1989 JP

5. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

6. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Hazard wamlng lightsThe supply to the hazard warning lights is always live.

1. Check fuse 27 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the supply to hazard warning lightswitch 25 is live.

3. Press the switch and check that terminal 2 islive.

4. Check that terminals 49 and 49A offlasher relay23 are live.

To check the comer UghtsActivate this system by turning the ignition switch tothe drive position.

1. Check fuse 20 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that terminal 1 of switch 24 is live.

3. Operate the direction indicator stalk switch.Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

4. Check the relevant cable harness and earth con­nections.

Fault..tracing hintsDirection indicatorsThe direction indicators are operative when the igni­tion switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that terminals 1 and 2 of hazard warninglight switch 25 are live.

3. Check that terminals 49 and 49A of flasher relay23 are live.

4. Check that terminal 54 of direction indicatorstalk switch 24 is live.

5. Operate the direction indicator stalk switch.Check the bulbs and check that the supply' tothem is live.

6. Check the relevant cable harness and earth con­nections.

ard warningector 1528. It

the unactuated

The supply is taken from fusIight switch 25 via the red2 .is then taken through thiSSposition) to flasher relay

When direction indicatorstalkf,switch 24 is movedfrom the neutral PositiOQr'gp'r[ehfpulses will be sup­plied from flasher relay 23"tb left-hand direction in­dicator lamps 270cright~hand direction indicatorlamps 28 (terminal LorR), via connector 58, and pin11 (left) or pin 10 (right). The front lamps are alsosupplied via theblack29-pole connector 152C.

In addition, the two direction indicator warninglamps, 47H (left) and 471 (right) are connected inparallel with the direction indicator lamps for therelevant side of the car.

OperationDirection Indicators

This section covers onlydian markets and 1989 IYlr,rl",lc'

market.

The front light clusters of cars for these markets arealso equipped with corner lights 118, which light upwith a steady white light when the correspondingdirection indicator flashes. The corner lights are issupplied directly from fuse 20 (not through theflasher relay). Fuse 20 is live when the ignition switchis in the parked or drive position.

The respective lamp 118 is supplied from terminal 3(left-hand) or 2 (right-hand) of direction indicatorstalk switch 24, via the black 29-pole connector152C.

Side direction indicators 89 and 90 are located onthe left-hand and right-hand front wings respectively.The lamps are supplied in parallel with the directionindicator lamps in the front light clusters.

Direction indicatorst

Hazard wamlng lights

The supply is taken from fuse 27 to hazard warninglight switch 25 via the red 29-pole connector 1528.When this switch is depressed, current will be sup­plied to flasher relay 23 via terminal 2.

From the flasher relay, the current pulses return toswitch 25. Since the switch is closed, the currentpulses continue to terminals 7 (left-hand) and 6(right-hand). Current pulses will be obtained onlywhen the flasher relay is energised.

Front and rear left-hand directi.on indicator lamps 27are then supplied with current pulses via terminal L ofdirection indicator stalk switch 24, across pin 11 ofconnector 58.

Lamps 28 on the right-hand side of the car are sup­plied in the same way from terminal R of direction

. irldicator switch 24, across pin 10 of connector 58.The two direction indicator warning lamps 47H (Ieft­hand) and 471 (right-hand) will also flash. Sinceswitch 25 is closed, the lamp in the switch will alsoflash.

Saab9C),.O .

.,

the fascia

.. ponents

and 1989 JP

Earthihg'poinli'o'!1ithll:fradiatorcross-member__:: ., _:.)~_·_,,<.-::-t:n· :r?·~~-/ (."::

Earthing 'poi'niin the luggage compartment

Fuse holder.. .. t\h/': ....•

in the electricatdi$V!pLition box, in the en­gine compartmenf,'on the left-hand wheelhousing

Flasher relayunder the fascia on the left-hand side, be­hind the knee shield

47H

89

58

471

28

27

24

93

90

25

23

Direction indicator stalk switchon the left-hand side ofthe steering column

Hazard warning light switchon the right-hand side of the fascia

Direction indicator lamps, left-handin the front and rear light clusters on thE'left-hand side of the car

Direction indicator lamps, right-handin the front and rear light clusters on theright-hand side of the car

Left-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the.fascia

Right-hand direction indicator warning lampin the combined instrument in the fascia

12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

Side direction indicator, left-handon the left-hand front wing

Side direction indicator, right-handon the right-hand front wing

Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous,(ing member'

Corner lightsin the fr:ont light clusters

29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

118

1528152C

LocatiQn~

3

7

9

22A

145

89,90

24

lights - us, CA and 1989 JP

4711,47;

23

27 (28)

Saab900

22,0..152B152C158

11827 (28)

27 (28)

Direction indicators,h

25

Components

, GB,

nd 1990 JP

+xI.I300RD 1.0

GB, FE, AU

ting r CO Is-­E, FE, AU and

Saab900

3

+xII300RD 1.0

Lighting fOr contrOls-=SE,F

SE, FI, EU, ME, M90: JP

206 BR/VT 0.75 206 BR/VT 0.75

14-:- - - - 1 14---·-1I 1I I147 147I I

2 2

9159 3 59 3BR/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.75

98 981

59A 58 59A 58BR/VT 0.5 BL/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.5 BL/VT 0.75

154

267 267

JM90 61B M90 61B

BR/VT 0.5 BR/VT 0.5

148 59 r 11 148 59 r '1I 1282 1 X 1282L 7..1

117 L 7.J 11318B 3188 128SV 0.75 SV 0.75 SV 0.75

160

7B5A 31BA 785ASV 0.75 sv 0.75 SV 0.75

36

146

Saab900

Fault·tracing hints1. Check the appropriate fuses and check that the

supply to them is live.

2. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Other switchesWhen the ignition switch is in the drive position, thelamps in the following switches will be supplied(+54) via a resistor in the corresponding switch,which reduces the brightness of the light. When theswitch is depressed, the resistor will be by-passed,and the lamp will light up with full brightness.

25 Hazard warning light switch116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win-

dow143 Recirculation switch, AC169 AC switch252 Driver's seat heating rheostat (not via resis-

tor)

For particulars ofthe wiring for the lighting in theseswitches, see the section dealing with the corre­sponding function.

In additio'n, the dial lighting for the radio (267) con­nected to connector 98 is adjusted via rheostat 16.

gforexcept

rJapan.

cnes, etc.

Combined Tr1strument lightingAshtray iIJYllJi flationLightingforthe cigarette lighterLighting for the heater controlsHeadlamp beam control lighting (1990model)

lighting for control

OperationThere are several market versionsthe controls. This section covers athe USA and Canada, andthe 198 '

The diagram shows the supply toon cars with built-in lamps.

Rheostat 16When the ignition switQh) ,arked,drive orstart position, rheostat16', lipplied via the red29-pole connector 152B~nafuse 23.

The brightness of tflihg instrument lightingcan be steplessly ad] 'd y means of rheostat 16in combined instrumentA7:

~~,

Switches on the centre consoleIf the car is equipped with electric windows, thebrightness of the built-in lamps in the electric win-

, , dow regulator switches will remain constant.

.For particulars of the wiring, see the section entitled"Electric window regulators".

162 ,Switch for driver's door electric window regu-lator

163 Switch for co-driver's door electric window','regulator

189 iSwitch for the rear-d.oor electric window reg-'ulators'

190 Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for left-hand rear electric windowregulator

191 Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulator

191A Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulator

(190A and 191A are located in the respective reardoor.)

Switch 181 for the electrically operated sunroof (orConvertible top) and gear indicating light 91 (on carswith automatic transmission) are also supplied viafuse 23.

Saab900

"of componentslng point in the fascia

E~rthing point on the radiator cross-member(1990 model)

Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument

18 Combined instrument lightingin the combined instrument on the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

25 Hazard warning light switchon the right-hand side of the fascia

36 Motor for the ventilation fanbehind the right-hand speaker grille

47 Combined instrumenton the fascia

48 Cigarette lighteron the fascia

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the ~teering column (behind theknee shield)

59 2-pole connectoron the fascia, behind the cigarette lighter

60 Single-pole connector. between the front seats, under the front sec­tion of the centre console

74 Resistor for ventilation fanaccessible under the left-hand speakergrille

91 Gear indicating lightbetween the front seats, at the gearselector(auto.)

98 10-pole connector (for radio 267)one in the fascia, behind the panel for theradioone to the left of the steering column, be­hind the fascia knee shield

116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win­dowon the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

143 Recirculation switch, ACon the fascia

148 Ashtray illuminationon the fascia, in the ashtray

1528152C

153

154

160

162

163

169

181

189

190

190A

191

191A

252

267

282

29- ector2~,ctorin t ribution box in the en­girie'S,;;nthe left-hand wheelhousing. ttors are accessiblefrom the'irite·car

Lighting for th~; ~ite lighteron the fascia, at the cigarette lighter

Lighting for heater~?ntr?lson the fascia, attheresPE;l'c1:ive heater con-trol ' ,,',

Switch for glove compartment illuminationon the right-hand side ofthe glove compart­ment

Switch for driver's doorelectric window regu­latorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch, ACon the fascia

Switch for the electrically operated sunroof(or Convertible top)between the front seats, at the front of thecentre console

Switch for the rear-door electric window reg­ulatorsbetween the front seats, on the centre con-sole .

Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the left-hand rear door

Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the right-hand rear door

Driver's seat heating rheostaton the fascia

Radio connectorone in the fascia, behind the radio panel.

Headlamp beam control switch (1990model)on the fascia

252

Saab900

190A '-::'~~::l191A

Lighting for controls

mponents

9 forJP

456Gsv 1.5

58 8R 0.75

01SH 072

•

on'09 C! "1 ...SV 0.75 0

> > >

'" '" '"" " ~..,

3 117

479 BR 0.75

456Csv .1.5

15- US,

71A BR

116C BR T 0.75

117

2148 BR VT 0.75

3188 sv 0.75

Saab900

.56ASV 1.5

2'5SV 0.75

4-'I(116

I5_J

592SV 2.5

r­I

154 IIL_

448 GN 0.75

456L... -'-- ""\ISV 1.5

r--­IIIIL _

g for con

618R/VT 0.5

117

CAB

592sv 2.5

467 BR VT 0.75467f BR T 0.75

4670 BR VT 0.75467E BR VT 0.75

593 467A 467C 4678GN 0.75 BR/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.75 BR/VT 0.75

r 4' r 4' r '41 r ., 1 r .,1 .1181 I (181 1 1162 1 11 63 P90A 1 J191AL 5...1 L 1...1 L' L '..J '..J L '-I4568

SV 1.5

2068R/VT 0.75

he diagram shows the supply to the sWitches, etc.hich have built-in lamps.

he supply to rheostats 16 and 17 itnviewhen thegnition switch is in the parked, drive ()r start posi­ion. The supply is taken from fuse23 Cjcross the red

29-pole connector 1528.

eostat16he brightness of instrumentlighting 18 can be step­

ressly adjusted by means ofrheostat 16 in-combinedinstrument 47.

In addition, the following instrument lighting can becontrolled by means of rheostat 17:

Switches and lighting on the centre console

91 Gear indicating light (cars with automatictransmission)Switch for driver's door electric window regu­latorSwitch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorSwitch for the electrically operated sunroof(or Convertible top)Switch for the rear-door electric window reg­ulatorsSwitch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorSwitch for right-hand rear electric windowregulator

Switches and lighting on the fascia

10 Light switch25 Hazard warning light switch88 Switch for extra fog lamps

116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win-dow

143 Recirculation switch, AC148 Ashtray illumination153 Lighting for the cigarette lighter154 Lighting for the heater controls169 Switch, AC252 Driver's seat heating rheostat (not via resis-

tor)

For particulars of the wiring for the lighting in theseswitches, see the section dealing with the corre­sponding function.

In addition, the dial lighting for the radio (267) con­nected to connector 98 is adjusted via rheostat 16.

Saab900

Fault..tracing hintsThe supply to the lighting for the controls is live whenthe ignition switch is in the parked, drive or startposition.

1. Check fuse 23 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the input and output of rheostat 17are live.

3. Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

.:liS;gl[ightingfor controls -.;;: US, CAanc.t1989 for JP

Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia

10 Light switch 152B

on the left-hand side of the fascia

16 Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument

17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches 153and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

15418 Combined instrument lighting

in the combined instrument on the fascia

22A Fuse holder 162in the electrical distribution box, in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

25 Hazard warning light switch 163on the right-hand side of the facia

47 Combined instrumenton the fascia

48 Cigarette lighter 169

on the fascia

57 3-pole connector 181

one at the left-hand B pillar, behind the trimone at the right-hand B pillar, behind thetrimone one under the driver's seat 189

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe .Ieft of the steering column (behind theknee shield) 190

59 2-pole connectorone on the fascia, behind the cigarettelighter

60 Single-pole connector 190A

one in each rear door/ one between the front seats, under the front

! section of the centre console 191!II

Switch for extra fog lamps88on the fascia

91 Gear indicating light191Abetween the front seats, atthe gear selector

98 10-pole connector (for radio 267)one in the fascia, in the radio contact box

252one to the left of the steering column, be-hind the fascia knee shield

116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win- 267

dowon the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand-brake lever

143 Recirculation switch, ACon the fascia

Saab 900

.~~htray .illumination.q@thE;lJascia, in the ashtray

~g-pol~ red connectorinth7~17c~rital distribution box in the en-

.giQ;e.;g9wp.~jr;1:rrJent, on the left-hand wheelhOySing.ThE;l...c:onnector is accessible fromthe interiorotthe car.

Lighting for the cigarette lighteron the fascia, at the cigarette lighter·

Lighting for heater controlson the fascia, at the respective heater con­trol

Switch for driver's door electric window regu­latorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch, ACon the fascia

Switch for the electrically operated sunroof(or Convertible top)between the front seats, at the front of thecentre console

Switch for the rear-door electric window reg­ulatorsbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con-"sole

Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the left-hand rear door

Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the right-hand rear door

Driver's seat heating rheostaton the fascia

Radio connectorone in the fascia, behind the radio panel

S848

Lighting for controls - US, CA and 1989 for JP 153

1847

a.:.:10::.- ---l '-'-'16:-- --' L.:..:17~ __I

~ ~ ~ ~c ...;.... ~...-

148153

143 154 169

"@@

fiB[tJ162 -163 W

189 i~190 190A"191 191A 252

Saab900,

Components

54

+30II

54

015H 052A

657GR/RD 1.0

500GN 1.0

500GN 1.0

5M 5KGR 1.5 GR 2.5

9 152A

1408VT 0.75

151

T16, T16AM89: T8, T8A

116A: US,CA,AU,M89: JP

+54I

150AVT 0.75

US, CA, 150M89: JP GL 0.75

82~

167D 8R SV 0.75

167C BR SV 0.75·J'

171 SV 0.75

117

168SV 0.75

Saab900 .

58

171SV 0.75

1678R/SV 0.75

167E BR SV 0.75

82r -.., 1678

1 2 8R SV 0.75

L_.JUS,CA,M89: JP

54

50

51

5EGR 1.5

I erior Ii

+30II

Interior lighting

170SV 0.75

161 164GL 0.5 8L 0.5

165 162BL 0.5 GL 0.5

154

Saab900

OperationThere are two versions of the interior'lighting system- one with a time delay and one without; Cars withdelayed extinguishing of the interiori lighting areequipped with an extra relay 151'(seethe specialsection below).

The lights are supplied across fuse 28 and 29-polewhite connector 152A, regardless of the position ofthe ignition switch.

The interior lights can be switched on and off bymeans of interior lighting switch 53, at the ignitionswitch.

When switch 53 is in position 2 (forward position),centreroof lamp 50, front roof lamp 51 and ignitionswitch lamp 52 are always switched on.

In position 1 (rear position), the interior lighting willbe switched on if one of the door switches (54) ,isclosed, Le. if a door is opened. In position °(centreposition), the interior lights are always off.

On cars for the USA and Canadian markets, and 1989models for Japan, door switch 54 for the left-handfront door is supplied via seat belt/ignition switchwarning relay 82.

Time delayCars with the interior lighting delay are equipped withtime-delay relay 151 which is supplied across fuse12 when the ignition switch is in the drive position,and with a constant supply from distribution terminal

,+30, regardless of the position of the ignitionswitch.

When the interior lighting is switched on, by a doorbeing opened or a switch being operated, terminal Twill be earthed and relay 151 will be energised.

When the circuit is sUbsequently broken, by the doorbeing closed or the switch being operated, the inte­rior lighting will remain switched on, since the timingcircuit of the relay will keep the earth circuit closedacross terminals T and 31.

The time delay is around 15 seconds, but will beinterrupted if the ignition switch is turned to the driveposition. A positive voltage (from +54) will then beslJPplied to terminal 15 ofthe relay. Both terminals­15 and 30 - will then receive a positive supply. Therelay will thus be de-energised and the earth circuitacross terminals T and 31 will be broken.

Fa_lIlt..tracing hints1. Check fuse 28 and check that the su[)ohlto:jf

live.

2. Check the bulbs for the interior lighting andcheck that the supply to them is live.

3. Check the switches and door switches.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Time delayOn cars with time delay, check also the followingpoints:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the drive position.Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that terminals 15 and 30 of relay 151 arelive.

Saab900

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Roof lamp, centrein the centre of the roof lining

Roof lamp, fronton the roof, behind the inner rear-view mirror

50

51

52 Ignition switch lightingbetween the front seats, at the ignitionswitch

53 Interior lighting switchbetween the front seats, at the gear lever

54 Door switches, interior lightingin each door pillar

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia 0

the left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

59 2~pole connectoroneinthe luggage compartment, above theleft~hand wheel housing, behind the trimone behind the roof lining, at the rear-viewmirror

60 Single-pole connectorbetween the front seats, under the centreconsole

82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, on the left-hand side

98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, behind theknee shield below the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand~

brake lever

151 Time-delay relay for the interior lightingunder the back seat, on the left-hand side

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

175 Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be­hind the knee shield

locations of components22A

156 Interior lighting

157Interior lighting

22A152A1528

~50

I,- D1=

52

~p

'II'~t(

54 75

Saab900

'Components

54

657GR/RD 0.75

500GN 1.0

500GN 1.0

9 152A

0l5H 172A

HOBVT 0.75

140Gl 2.5

ble

150AVT 0.75

US, CA.M89:JP

117

225

584] 1'-'.7-'-1-"S-'-V-"0'-'.7."-5 ~

316

US. CA,'" M89: JP....o>rn....<D

Saab900

ting-Conve

1678SV 0.75

160GL 0.75

+30 +54 +30I I I

I I I

5E l1L 5M 5KGR 1.5 VT 2.5 GR 1.5 GR 2.5

rior Ii

82r--,1 2

L_.JUS. CA, M89: JP

In

161 GL 0.75

Interior lighting - Convertible

164. 8l 0.75

52

170SV 0.75

54

rh

163A 163BGL 0.75 GL 0.75

51

167HGN 0.5

225

167.) 167KBL 0.75 BL 0.75

158

.OperationThe lighting is supplied across fusewhite connector 152A, regardless of the po~;iti(m()f

the ignition switch.

The interior lights can be switched on ·anlrk;ott:means of interior lighting switchswitch.

When the switch is in the front pO:51t10n\?),;tr~mtlcm')p51 at the rear-view mirror, ignitic'n·~5wttQ~;}I~lrnp I5~~.·; ••and reading lamps 225 are always !'>.witp.flA'H;hh

In the rear position (1), the int,eri()r!liglJ~i~:g;;~lllls;l)e;\

switched on if one of theLe. if a door is opened. In the cer1trE~P91S;i1;i()Jl (Iinterior lights are always

On cars for the USA and Car1adi.an.mRrkf',t!'>.· RY:lrI

1989 model for Japan, dQ()r~;wi1:ch 54hand front door is suplpliEldswitch warning relay

Time delayTime-delay relay 151 for the delayed interior lightingis supplied across fuse 12 when the ignition switch isin the drive position, and with a constant supply fromdistribution terminal +30, regardless of the positionof the ignition switch.

When the interior lighting is switched on by a doorbeing opened, terminal T will be earthed and relay151 will be energised.

When the circuit is subsequently broken by the doorbeing closed, the interior lighting will remainswitched on, since the timing circuit ofthe relay willkeep the earth circuit closed across terminals T and31.

The time delay is around 15 seconds, but will beinterrupted ifthe ignition switch is turned to the driveposition. A positive voltage (from +54) will then besupplied to terminal 15 of the relay. 80th terminals­15 and 30 - will then receive a positive supply. The

. relay will thus be de-energised and the earth circuitacross terminals T and 31 will be broken.

Saab900

Interior lighting - Convertible 159

Fault..tracing hints1. Check fuse 28 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check the bulbs for the interior lighting andcheck that the supply to them is live.

Check the interior lighting switch and the door

Turn ignition switch to the drive position.Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that terminals 15 and 30 of relay 151 arelive.

Saab900

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Roof lamp, frontbehind the inner rear-view mirror

51

52 Ignition switch lightingbetween the front seats, at the ignitionswitch

53 Interior lighting switchbetween the front seats, at the gear lever

54 Door switches, interior lightingin each door pillar

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia onthe left-hand side (behind the knee shield)

59 2-pole connectorbehind the trim, at each reading lamp

60 Single-pole connectorbetween the front seats, under the centreconsole

82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position E

98 10-pole connectorto the left ofthe steering column, behind theknee 'shield below the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

151 Time-delay relay for the interior lightingin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position 8

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

175 Electronic unit for the central locking sys­temunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be-hind the knee shield -

225 Reading lampone on each side of,the back seat

locations of components22A

160 Interior lighting- Convertible

53

225

52

175

Saab900

151

51

82

•••...c:o:m~p~o:n:e:n~ts:-----~~~#~.2I~nt~e~ri~o~r I~ig~h~t~in~g~C~o~n~v'.:e~rt~ib~le=-_ ~161

Saab900

015H 043A

3

107SV 2.5

30DRD 1.0

107ASV 2.5

ent illumination

+xII

Glove com

162 Glove compartmentiJlumination

Saab900

160

Locations of components3 Earthing point in thefascia

19 Glove compartment lampin the glove compartment, on the right-handside of the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

36 Motor for the ventilation fanunder the right-hand speaker grille

74 Resistor for ventilation fanto the right, under the left-hand speakergrille

1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

160 Switch for glove compartment illuminationon the right-hand side ofthe glove compart­ment

19

··GlovErtompartmentilluminatior1

Components

Fault·tmcing hintsThe glove compartmentillurnination is operativewhen the ignition switch'>rs in the parked, drive orstart position.

1. Check fuse 23.and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to it islive.

3. Check the switch.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Operation ... ,< ..,,~.....The supply for the gl ove compartm~flt.\'J'I~Q](~~tldg istaken from fuse 23, via 29-pole redccmneytor1528,when the ignition switch is in thepFlrk~d,drive orstart position.

When the glove compartmentlid.IS,,,)p~ned, switch160 will close, earthing glove {;ompClrtrnent lamp 19and causing it to light up.

52

55

5EGR 1.5

161GL 0.75

163GL 0.75

C@+30

II

015H 183A

59

189BSV 0.75

15

189BSV 0.75

rtment illumination

Saab900

com

52

56

a

5EGR 1.5

161GL 0.75

163GL 0.75

166SV 0.75

+30II

Lu

104 Luggage compartment illumination

Saab900

Luggage compartment illumination 165

.OperationThe supply to luggage compartment lamp55 is takenfrom fuse 28 and then on to switch 56: Whentqeluggage compartment lid is opened, the)switchwillclose the circuit to earth and the lampvviJIJigh;ipp.

The luggage compartment illuminatio~~~ri>beswitched off manually by means oftheSWiichirlttielamp fitting. . ..

.Convertible

• On the Saab 900 Convertible, the luggage compart­ment lamp is switched on and off by means of amercury switch (56) which closes the supply circuitwhen the lid is opened.

Fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 28 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to it islive.

.·3. Check the switch.

4.· .Check the connectors, cable harnesses and. earth connections.

166 Luggage compartment illumination

Locations of components15 Number plate illumination

on the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing

52 Ignition switch lightingbetween the front seats, under the centrconsole

55 Luggage compartment lampin the luggage compartment, on the lefthand sidein the luggage compartment, in the centrof the roof (CAB)

56 Luggage compartment light switch 3-D an5-Din the luggage compartment, at the tailgatstriker plate.2-D and 4-Din the luggage compartment, forward of theleft hinge of the luggage compartment lidConvertiblein the luggage compartment lid (mercuswitch)

59 2-pole connectorin the luggage compartment, on the left­hand sidetwo in the luggage compartment at the lefthand lid hinge, behind the trim (Convertible)

152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing. The connector is accessible frothe interior of the car

Saab900 ..

5656 (conv)

Saab900

./129ggage compartment illumination

55

mponents

y

e

e

d

t-

1­

~I

54

61

.. §p

ndscreen wi rs

Saab900

+54II11AVT 2.5

910 91A

63 {GL 0.75<>GL 0.75} 152C"'1;,-___ -E Cl-9=1,,-,A,-,G=L~0=.-,-,75,,-- -=---=-,

2 . 6 015H 013

92 t91AGLO~;]~ "'

SV 0.75

7

152885 BR 1.5

4 85 BR 1.5 INT

53B

85B ME,FE 53BR 1.5

26931B

62 "----y----J

152C53 86 RD 1.5 2 86 RD 1.5

538 87 GN 1.5 3 87 GN 1.5

53A 4 88A GR 1.5

85A BR 1.5 88 BL 1.5

31B83

31 31). 84 VT D.75T 91 GL 0.75

158

o

168 Windscreen wipers

connector

Windscreen wipers

Fault-tracing hintsThe windscreen wipers will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position'.

1. Check fuse 5 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that motor 62, switch 61 and relay 83 arelive.

3. Operate the switch and check that the wind­screen wiper motor and the washer motor arelive.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Saab900

Windscreen washers, '

Washing will start when the stalk switch is movedtowards the steering wheel rim, regardless ofwhether switch 61 is in position I, II or III.

When the stalk switch is moved towards the steeringwheel, contacts "A" will close. Washer motor 63 isthen supplied from terminal 54 of the stalk switch'and will run as long as the switch remains closed.After the stalk switch has been released, the wiperswill sweep the windscreen five times before theystop.

When the switch is in positi()b' II (low speed), terminal53 ofthe wiper motor is supplied from terminal 53 ofthe switch, and the motor will run at low speed.

When the switch isin position III, terminal 538 ofthewiper motor is supplied' from terminal 538 of theswitch. The motor will now run at high speed.

When the switch is in position I (intermittent oper­, ation), current will flow from terminallNT to intermit­

tent operation relay 83, which will thus be energised.

The relay contacts will close, and current will flowfrom terminal 53M to terminal 318 of the switch,through the switch and from terminal 53 ofthe switchto terminal 53 of the wiper motor. The wiper motorwill now run intermittently. The frequency of the in­termittent operation ofthe wiper motor is determinedby the relay.

The wiper motor incorporates a mechanically ac­tuated switch, to which the supply is live regardless

, of the position of the stalk switch. The switch con-trols the supply so that the wiper motor unit willalways return to the parked position after the circuithas been opened by the stalk switch.

This is due to the fact that the wiper motor is thensupplied from terminal 53A, and from terminal 318,across the built-in switch. The current flows throughthe intermittent operation relay and the stalk switch,'and then back to terminal 53 ofthe windscreen wipermotor.

. When the wiper motor unit reaches the parked posi­tion, the mechanically actuated switch will open andthe motor will stop.

The windscreen wipers of the car(ppeeds and have an intE:mrlittl;;nt opElration rurlctlon.

,< The system also includes the wirldscre~el} walshl9rs.

,When the ignition switch is in thEl;dr'ive,po,sition

windscreen wiper stalk

• relay 83 for intermittent l"ln~>'r::iti(m

screen wipers

are supplied via "fuse 51528.

170 Windscreen wipers

components

" <,,',,;:';~,rnithf~ eledtrical distribution box, in the enon the left-hand wheel

63

83

~1/:ii"'frii""i:l1 distribution box in the en­on the left-hand wheel

hol.lsing. The connectors are accessible< from the interior of the car.

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand ~heel

housing -

269 Two-pole connector (ME and FE only)

Saab900

63

61

54

61

+54II11AVT 2.5

85BR 1.5

Saab900

95RDjVT 0.75

Headlamp wi rs

0---

Headlamp wipers172

Saab900

OperationHeadlamp wipers are available on cars for certainmarkets only.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position,current will flow:

• from fuse 5, via 29-pole red connector 152B,toswitch 61 for the headlamp wipers and washers,and

• from fuse 8 to each headlampwipermotor 66.

When the stalk switch is moved towards the steeringwheel rim, contacts "A" will close. Headlamp wipermotors 66 and and washer motor 63 will start simul­taneously.

When the stalk is released and the circuit is opened,the wiper motors will still be energised (across fuse8). When the wiper motors have completed fivestrokes, the limit switches incorporated into the mo­t.ors will open the circuit and the wipers will stop in.(le parked position.

A diode in each motor prevents the current from thefeedback circuit of the motor from flowing back to thewasher motor.

Each wiper motor incorporates overload protectionwith a protective switch which is actuated by a resis-

. tor. The switch is in series with the motor and will tripif the load should exceed a predetermined value (e.g.if the wiper blades have frozen to the lenses).

Headlamp wipers

fault..tracing hintsThe headlamp wipers and the washer motor will beoperative when the ignition switch is in the driveposition.

1. Check fuses 5 and 8 and check that the supplyto them is live.

2. Checkthatterminal53A ofthe switch is live, andthat the supply is reaching the wiper motors.

3. Move the stalk switch towards the steeringwheel rim and check that the wiper motors andthe washer motor are live.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

174 Headlamp wipers

locations of components7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en~gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

57 3':pole connectorone at each wiper motor, at the front of the.8(lgine compartment.

61 Windscreen wiper stalk switchonJhe right-hand side of the steering co­lumn

63 Washer motorin thewasherfluid container, forward of theright-hand Wheel housing

66 Headlamp wiper motoron the left-hand and right-hand sides of thegrille

83 Relay for intermittent operation of the wind­screen wipersunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn (behind the knee shield)

1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Saab900

175Headlamp wipers

66

Saab900

6361

Components

41 ce<l

015H 513A

7

118SV 1.0

40

20

117A RD 1.0

Saab 900

1528

Horn

21

10VT 6.0

RD 16.0

30 86

+

118 SV 0.5

117CVT 0.5

117B RD 1.0

68

117 RD 1.5

117 11HRD 1.5 VT 2.5

7 211

BL 16.0 BL 25.0

Horn

7

40

118ASV 1.0

176

Saab900

OperationThe horn system includes two tuned loud~tone horns,one of them high-pitched and the other low-pitched.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position, apositive voltage (+54) is taken viathe actuating coilin horn relay 68 and slip ring switch 352 to the hornswitches on the steering wheel ..

When one of the horn switches is closed, the relaywill be energised and horn. 40 will be supplied viafuse 26 and the relay contacts.

Horn

Fault-tracing hintsThe horn will be operative when the ignition switch isin the drive position.

1. Check fuse 26 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the relay by earthing relay terminal 85.The horn should then sound.

3. Check the cable harnesses and earth connec­tions.

178 Horn

Locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, relay position E

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

40 Horntwo on the right-hand side, behind the head­lamp

41 Horn switchbehind the steering wheel hub pad

59 2-pole connectorone at each horn

68 Horn relayin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position K

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

211 Earthing point on the gearbox

352 Slip ring switchat the steering column

Saab900

Horn 179

7521

Saab900

41

352

Components

+54II11AVT 2.5

~ASTEN BELTS #p.)

142GL 1.5

Saab900

+54II11LVT 2.5

It warning lamp

72 ~ASTEN BELTS.@,)

Seat-

+54II11AVT 2.5

154 BR 0.75

155 154 ~ASTEN BELTS #p.)BR 0.75 BR 0.75

69 60 214150A GL 0.75

156

251 GN 0.75BR/VT 0.75

15 L

D JL 82

70 712 31 GF

232 233SV 0.75 GN/VT 0.75

015H 022A

70

117

180 Seat-belt warning lamp

Saab900

OperationThe supply is taken from fuse 5 via29·pole red con­nector 1528 and seat-belt warning lamp 72 to thedriver's seat-belt switch 70. The switch connects thewarning lamp to earth, and the warning lamp wi II thuslight up. When the seat-belt buckle is inserted intothe lock, the switch Will open the circuit and the lampwill be extinguished.

Seat switch 69 is connected in series with seat-beltswitch 71 on the co-drivers side. The seat switch willclose when a load is applied to the seat. The warninglamp will thus light up only if a person is seated in theco-driver's seat and the seat belt is not fastened.

Cars for the ME marketCars for this market are equipped with warning relay82 and an extra seat-belt warning lamp 214, which isfitted on the centre console .

.. The driver's seat-belt switch 70 connects terminal GF.. of the relay to earth, causing the warning lamps to

light up and the buzzer to sound. When the seat-belt. buckle is inserted into the lock, the switch will open,<the lamps will be extinguished and the buzzer will besilenced.

Seat-belt warning.lamR

Fault-tracing hintsThe seat-belt warning lamp will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 5 (and fuse 12, if fitted) and checkthat the supply to them is live.

2. Check seat-belt warning lamp 72 (and 214, iffitted).

3. Check seat-belt switches 70 and 71, and seatswitch 69.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the engine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

12-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, behind theknee shield, below the fascia

Single-pole connectorone at the corresponding seat-belt lockone between the front seats. under the cen-·tre consolethree between the front seats, under thecentre console (ME)

Co-driver's seat switch for seat-belt warninglampunder the co-driver's seat

58

69

60

70 Seat-belt switch - driver's sidebetween the driver's seat and the co-drivseat

71 Seat-belt switch - co-driver's sidebetween the driver's seat and the co-driver'sseat

72 Seat-belt warning lampin the centre of the fascia

82 Seat belVignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, on the left-hand sidein the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position E (Convertible)

98 10-pole connectorto the left ofthe steering column, behind theknee shield. below the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

1528 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

214 Seat-belt warning lamp on the centre con­sole (ME)on the centre console. between the frontseats

locations of components22A

Saab900

182 Seat-belt warning lamp

Seat-belt warning lamp

Saab900

~..

/"

.- I

! . ."1•. : -"":;:U--. I

j\70,71 .

Components

58

72 FASTEN BELTS ~

70

82

GF

233GN/VT 0.75

156BR/VT 0.75

L

117

60

232SV 0.75

150GL 0.75

15

31

Saab900

2

3

251 142'GN 0.75 GL 1.5

015H 023A

It and i on k warning

+30 +54 +54I I II I I

7 11 L 11 A

P GR 2.5 VT 2.5 VT 2.5

I 30

20

S

184 Seat-belt and ignition key warning

Saab900

Seat-belt and ignition key warning

,.• 1" ,~~ '.~ ..

Fault-tracing hintsThe seat-belt and ignition switch warning system willbe operative when the ignition switch is in the driveposition.

1. Check fuses 5 and 12 and check that the supplyto them is live.

2. Check seat-belt warning lamp 72 and check thatthe supply to relay 82 is live.

3. Check the door switches, connectors, cable har­nesses and earth connections.

Ignition switch warningAs long as the key remains in the ignition switch, thesupply will be five from terminal S of the ignitionswitch to the warning relay.

If the key is in the ignition switch and the driver's dooris opened, door switch 54 will close. Terminal 1 ofthe relay will then be earthed and the buzzer willsound.

'.Seatabelt warningThe warning relay is supplied (+54) from fuse 5, via

. red 29-pole connector 1528 and seat-belt warninglamp 72.

Driver's seat-belt switch 70 connects terminal GF ofthe relay to earth. The warning lamp will then light up

.and the buzzer will sound. When the seat-belt buckleis inserted into the lock, the switch will open, thelamp will be extinguished and the buzzer will besilenced.

:Operation.The seat-belt and ignition switch wamlngsystem isfitted only to cars for the USA and Canadian markets,and 1989 models for Japan.

The warning system reminds the driver that he hasnot fastened his seat belt, or that he has left the key

'in the ignition switch when leaving the car.,The system includes warning relay 82 which has abuzzer. When the ignition switch isin the drive posi­tion, the relay is supplied (+54) from fuse 12, via red

'29-pole connector 1528.

186~~qt-belt and ignition key WqrnJf'lg

I..QcatiQ"'$ of components20~j~;~~i~ibnswitch

8H0st~ecentre console between the frontseats

22AJ=~~~16;~18rr, in;tP~'~lectriGal distribution box, in the en-gioe,c9I"!1Rartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing ,

54 Door sWitches"interior lightingin each dO()rframe, between the hinges

58 12-pole connectorto the left ofthe steering column, behind theknee shield, below the fascia

60 Single-pole connectorone between the front seats, under the cen­tre consoleone at the driver's seat-belt lock

70 Seat-belt switch - driver's sidebetween the driver's seat and the co-driver'sseat

72 Seat-belt warning lampin the centre of the fascia

82 Seat-belt/ignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, on the left-hand sidein the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position E (Convertible)

98 10-pole connectorto the leftofthesteering column, behind theknee shield, below the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Saab900

10c::Jac::::JaC=:J .. c:::::J2c:::::J.c::::J7c=ISc::J Jc::::J lc::J

82 (CAB)

Seat-belt and ignition key warning lSi

Saab900r

70

omponents

54

J-

e

1­

~I

BRAKEFLUID

t152B

~M89: SE,FI. M89: JP

EU,GB,ME.FE M90: (T)SE,M90: (I,C)SE.FI, FI,EU,GB,

EU,GB,ME,FE.JP ME,FE.JP

573

PARK ANTIBRAKE LOCK

732VT 0.75

r 27 '291L_J

ment

5 123KGR 4.0 GN/VT 1.0

47U 47T 47M 47Q 47F

12GR/VT 2.5

12AGR/VT 0.75

M90: US CRUISE SRS

(US.CA) 47U 47S US)

CA,AU,M89: US CRUISE~'-_...:.::..-_-------

(SE.n,EU.G8l;;.47;.:N..:... ~:;:;....;:;.~_...:.:..:-..;:;.:..:..

SE, FI, EU, GB,!Q:£ME, FE, JP \2..... _

Saab900

141 . 306 (M89: US)~

0 1 2

'"0z

0 >-<:>

'" >~

~ 13 50'"g0

~3 152B '"

'" '132~

331<"90:us) 0

3 2-0-- >-

'">

is 0 z>-

<:>

~ > E0

JP 161 25 ~6 6

'" 7 98 on00>- '" >- '"> 0> 0-' >-

OX> > 5 z

~ '" '"~ ~ '"'"

59 182A VL 0.58R/VT 0.75'93 186 185 188 193Asv 0.75 BR 0.5 CR 0.5 CR/VT 0.5 SV 0.75

3t 3

148. 153 186 185 183154. 267 BR 0.75 GR 0.75 GL/VT 0.5(SE. n. EV.GB. ME. fE. AU) 43M90:282(5E.EU.G8) .

Combin

184BL 0.5

75 5 GR .04.0

10VT 6.0

12A GR VT 0.75

21

+X11

8 I56A

q"1

0'or '"~ 8

'"

015H OJ<4­E

549VL/VT 0.75

I

CHECKENGINE

Combined instrument

145: 3 (1l6,1l6~)

176: 3 (116.116~)

200: 19 (1l6,n6)200: 22 (1l6~.T1~)

204: 2 (116.TI6)

C8

;z;:1SV/VT~

58~,,5SV/VT 0.75

34

188

116 258 7on '"0

'"0<.> 0

'"'" >- 0

SAGR 4.0

-<~

~

m:>g

'"

5~'"<:>

OX> '" 111;g ~

OX> '"<.>

I'-~to<£.)

IvI'-~I~

",I0

'>13 126~ RO 1.5

14 10

116. 116>-.,T16, T16A

16 Rheostat 18947A Fuel gauge and47B Fuel reserve warning lamp .. '" 18947C Temperature gauge '" 19047D Oil pressure warning lamp. . . . . 19047E Charging warning lamp .... ,.;. 19147F Brake fluid level warning lamp 19147G Full beam warning lamp.";·, ..:.,, 19247H Left-hand direction indicator;Y,Jarning lamp. 192-471 Right-hand direction indicatpqvCirning lamp 192'47J Rear window heater warnIn'g lamp : 19247K Shift-up warning lamp; , ' 19247M Handbrake warning lamp .' .. 192

16 RheostatOperation

hen the ignition switch is in the drive position,'rheostat 16 is supplied via 29-pole red connector

" 1528 and fuse 23.

The brightness of the following instrument lightingcan be steplessly adjusted by means of rheostat 16in combined instrument 47:

(§'O'Q:lI;>Jred instrument lightingAshtray illuminationLighting for the cigarette lighterLighting for the heater controls

In addition, the dial lighting for the radio (267) con­nectedto connector 98 is adjusted via rheostat 16.

(For complete information, see the section entitled',' "Lighting systems, Lighting for controls".)

Fault-tracing hints

1. Check the appropriate fuses and check that thesupply tothem is live.

Check the bulbs and check that the supply tothem is live.

Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Saab900

Combined instrument

47N Rear fog light warning lamp 193470 Choke warning lamp 19347P CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 19347Q ABS warning lamp 19447S Passive seat-belt warning lamp (1989model) 19447T SRS Airbag warning lamp (1990 model) 19447U Cruise Control operative warning lamp 19447V Warning lamp for headlamps switched on .. 194EXH warning lamp(JP) 19449 Clock 194110 Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 194

47A Fuel gauge and47B Fuel reserve warning lampOperationThe fuel gauge and the fuel reserve warning lampkeep the driver informed of the fuel level in the tank.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position, apositive supply (+15) is taken from fuse 22 to:

• Fuel level gauge 47A in the combined instrumentand then through a 3-pole connector"(57) to fuellevel transmitter 46 in the fuel tank to earth, and

• Fuel reserve warning lamp 47B and then throughthe fuel level transmitter in the fuel tank to earth.

Fuel level transmitter 46 adjusts the voltage so thatthe fuel gauge reading will correspond to the levelsensed by the transmitter float in the tank.

When the fuel content of the tank has dropped to'about 7 dmj3 (Iitres) or less, the fuel reserve warninglamp will be earthed through the transmitter and thelamp will light up.

Fault-tracing hintsTh-e fuel gauge and the warning lamp for the fuelreserve will be operative when the ignition switch is inthe drive position.

1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.

3. Check that the terminals of the fuel gauge andthe fuel level transmitter are live.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection of the fuel level transmitter.

Resistance of the fuel level transmitter

- 2.4 - 8.0 ohm when the tank is full ,- 63.3 - 67.5 ohm when the tank is empty

Saab900'

.....:

190 Combined instrument

47C Temperature gaugeOperationThe temperature gauge shows the engine coolanttemperature.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position,coolant temperature gauge 47C is supplied (+15)from fuse 22. The other terminal of the gauge isearthed via coolant temperature transmitter 45.Changes in the coolant temperature will affect theresistance of the transmitter, and the gauge will thusshow the prevailing engine temperature.

fault-tracing hintsThe temperature gauge will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position.1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to the temperature gaugeis live.

3. Check that there is no open circuit in transmitter45.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Resistance of the temperature transmitter:51.2 ± 4.3 ohm at +90 °C (194 OF)

471l0n pressure warning lampOperationThe oil pressurewarning lamp is intended to warn thdriverthatthe engine oil pressure is below the predetermined value.

Lamp 47D in the qqrnQined instrument is supplied(+54) from fu.se 7, via red 29-pole connector 1528;Ifthe IUbricatir)g()jJ<pl~$9:ureshould drop belowO.3­0.5 bar, oil pressure transmitter 44 will close and thelamp will light up. . .

fault-tracing hintsThe oil pressure warning lamp will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to iterminals in the combined instrument is live.

3. Disconnect the cable from the oil pressurtransmitter and earth it. If the lamp lights up,the circuit is unbroken.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection of the oil pressure transmitter.

Saa~900

47E Charging warning lampOperationThe charging warning lamp informs the driver ofwhether or not the alternator is charging.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position, apositive voltage will be supplied via fuse 7 and red29-pole connector 152B to charging warning lamp47E in the combined instrument. The other side ofthe lamp is connected to alternator 2.

.When the alternator is not rotating or when it is notcharging the battery for any other reason, the circuitforthe charging warning lampwill be earthed throughterminal 0+ on the alternator, and the lamp will lightup.

When the alternator is charging, terminal 0+ will beat the same voltage as the supply from the fuse. Thesame voltage will then be appliedto both terminals ofthe warning lamp, and the lamp will therefore beextinguished.

(For complete information, see the section entitled"Engine electronics, Battery-charging system".)

Fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check the bulb in the warning lamp.

3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connections of the alternator.

4. Check that terminal 0+ ofthe alternator is live.

Combined instrument 191

47f Brake fluid level warninglampOperationThe brake fluid level warning lamp is intended to warnthe driver that the brake fluid level in the reservoir islow. Its operation can be checked by means of abutton on the brake fluid reservoir.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position, lamp47F is supplied (+15) from fuse 22, via red 29-poleconnector 152B.

The other side of the lamp is connected to brakewarning switch 42, via black 29-pole connector152C.

If the fluid in the brake fluid reservoir should drop toan inadmissibly low level, switch 42 will close andthe warning lamp will light up.

Lamp test

When the ignition switch is turned to the start posi­tion, terminal 15 of ignition switch 20 supplies pin 9of lamp 47F, and the anode of the diode in the com­bined instrument.

In the start position, the supply from +54 will beopen, so that the cathode of the diode in the com­bined instrumentwill be earthed via pins 7, 9and 8 oflamp 47E, and via alternator 2. The diode preventsreverse flow of current.

Fault-tracing hints

The brake fluid level warning lamp will be operativewhen the ignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check the brake fluid level warning circuit bypressing the button on the brake fluid reservoir.The circuit should close and the lamp shouldlight up.

2. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it islive.

3. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection.

Saab900

192 Combined instrument

47G Full beam warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Lightingsystems, Headlamps".

47H, 471 Direction Indic~t()r

warning lamps(left-hand and right-hand)See the description in the section entiH~dt'Lif5htingsystems, Direction indicators". ..

47J Rear window'heaterwal'"lnglampSee the' description in the section entitled "Heatingand ventilation systems, Electric heating for the rearwindow".

47K Shift-up warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Engineelectronics, LH 2.4 fuel system."

41M Handbrake warning lampOperationThe handbrake warning lamp warns the driver that thehandbrake is applied.

Lamp 47M in the combined instrument is supplied(+15) from fuse 22 via red 29-pole connector 1528.As long as the handbrake is applied, handbrakeswitch 43 will be closed and the lamp will stay alight.

Lamp test

When the ignition switch is turned to the start posi­tion, terminal 15 of ignition switch 20 will be live.Current will flow to pin 11 of lamp 47M and the anodeof the diode in the combined instrument.When the switch is in the start position, the supplyfrom +54 is opened, and the cathode of the diode inthe combined instrument is therefore earthed viapins 7, 9 and 8 of lamp 47E and alternator 2.If lamp 47M is in good condition, it should then lightup. Correct indication will be obtained only if thehandbrake is not applied. The diode prevents reverseflow of current.

fault-tracing hintsThe handbrake warning lamp will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.1. Check fuse 22 and check that the supply to it is

live. Check also fuse 7.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.

3. Disconnect the cable from the handbrake switchand earth it. If the lamp lights up, the circuit isunbroken.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses and theearth connection of the handbrake switch.

Saab900

47N Rear fog light warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Lightingsystems, Rear fog lights".

470 Chol:<e warning lampOperation

The choke warning lamp lights up when the choke ispartially or totally withdrawn. This lamp is fitted onlyto cars with carburettor engines..

When the ignition switch is in the drive position,choke warning lamp 470 is supplied (+54) from fuse7, via red 29-pole connector 1528.

When the choke control is withdrawn, switch 34 willclose, and the lamp will light up.

Fault-tracing hintsChoke warning lamp 470 will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.

3. Disconnect the cable from the choke controlswitch and earth it. If the lamp lights up, thecircuit is unbroken.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Combined instrument 193

47P CHECK ENGINE warninglampOperationIf a fault should occur in the fuel system and/orignition system, flashing codes will be obtained onwarning lamp 47P. This lamp is fitted only to cars with16-valve engines.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position,warning lamp 47P is supplied (+54) from fuse 7, viared 29-pole connector 1528. Warning lamp 47Pthensupplies control unit 200 for the LH system and/orcontrol unit 176 for the EZK ignition system.

Warning lamp 47P lights up with a steady light whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position, before theengine is started.

For complete information, see the section entitled"Engine electronics", "LH fuel system" and "EZK igni­tion system".

Fault-tracing hintsWarning lamp 47Pwill be operative when the ignitionswitch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 7 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check the bulb and check that the supply to itsterminals in the combined instrument is live.

3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

\

Saab900

110 TachometerSee the description in the section entitled "Engineelectronics, Ignition systems". .

Fault-tracing1. Check fuse 28 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the positive terminal of the clock islive, and that the negative terminal is earthed.

3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connection.

;>-:~~:<'

OP~~~I~~/'·.,./ ...... .CIOCk4-91S"locateq inppmbined instrument 47.. Thepositiv~~uPply18t~e clocl, is taken from fuse 28, viared 29-pol~i9()Dn~ptBC152B. The supply to the clockis live(+30)reg~r:(:Hess6fthe position ofthe ignitionswitch. . ..

47V Warning lamp for headlamps.. sWitched on

See the description in the section entitled "Lightingsystems, Headlamps and Parking lights"

i," >.:-u-:-_":--~>--~;;:<

49 'Clock

47U Cruise Control operativewarning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Othersystems, Cruise Control".

47T SRS Airbag warning lamp(1990 models)OperationSee the section entitled "Other systems, Airbag".

EXH warning lamp (JP)Cars destined for the Japanese market are equippedwith an EXH warning lamp to warn the driver of over­heating of the catalytic converter.

See the description in the section entitled "Othersystems, passive seat belts".

47Q ABS warning lampSee the description in the section entitled "Anti-lockbrakes (ABS)"

47S Passive seat-belt warninglamp (1989 models)

194 Combined instrument

Combined instrument 195

locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

2 Alternatoron the left-hand side ()rtheengine

3 Earthing point inthef~scia

7 .....E:arthingpointoriiti~r~dikt()rcross-member8 Li~h{i~grela~··· . .

iritheelectricaldistributioh box in the en­gine compartment, relay positions A and B

9 Earthing point in the luggage compartment

10 Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia

16 Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument

18 Combined instrument lightingin the combined instrument on the fascia

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compar:tment, relay pos,ition E

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

25 Hazard warning light switchon the fascia

34 Choke control switchon the centre console between the frontseats

42 Brake warning switchon the brake fluid reservoir

43 Handbrake switchunder the plastic cover at the handbrakelever, between the front seats

44 Oil pressure transmitteron the left-hand side of the engine block,above the oil filter

45 Coolant temperature transmitteron the right-hand side of the thermostat

46 Fuel level transmitterin the fuel tank - the terminals are acces­sible from the luggage compartment

47A Fuel level gauge47B Fuel reserve warning lamp47C Coolant temperature gauge47D Oil pressure warning lamp47E Charging warning lamp47F Brake warning lamp47G Full beam warning lamp47H Left-hand direction indicator warning lamp

Saab900

196 Combined instrument

47147J47K47M47}J47047P

47Q47S

47T47U47V

49

57

58

59

60

75

98

110

116

117

123

132

Right-hand direction indicator warning lampRear window heater warning lampShift-up warning lamp (US,· manual)Handbrake warning lampRear fog light warning lamp (SE, FI, EU, GB)Choke warning lamp (C8)Check engine warning lamp (116, 116Lambda, T16, T16 Lambda)ABS warning lampPa$$ive seat-belt warning lamp (1989 mod­els)SRS Airbag warning lamp (1990 models)Cruise Control warning lampWarning lamp for headlamps switched on inthe combined instrument on the fascia

Clock on the fascia

3-pole connector .one under the back seat, on the left-handsideone on the left-hand side in the engine com­partment, at the electrical distribution box

12-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia, behind the knee shield

2-pole connectorone to the left of the fascia, at the lightingswitchone under the fascia, to the left of the steer­ing column, behind the knee shieldone in the electrical distribution box in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing (Convertible)

Single-pole connector (auto.)under the centre console, at the selectorlever

Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia (behind the knee shield)

Tachometerin the combined instrument

Switch for the electrically heated rear win­dowon the fascia

Earthing rJointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

4-pole connectorone forward of the right-hand front door,below the fascia (behind the trim)one on the left-hand side, under the fascia(behindthe knee shield)

Speed transmitterin the combined instrument

Saab900

141

146

148

152A152B152C

153

154

158159

161

176

200

211

257

267

282

291

306

331

Selector for Cruise Controlinthedirection indicator stalk switch, ontheleft-hand side of the steering column

Amplifierfor the electronic ignition systemin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

Ashtray illuminationon the fascia, in the ashtray

29-pole white connector29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Lighting for the cigarette lighteron the fascia, at the cigarette lighter

Lighting for heater controlson the fascia, at the respective heater con­trol

Negative distribution terminalDistribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Switch for the rear fog lightson the left-hand side of the fascia

Control unit for EZK ignition systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

Control unit for the LH systemforward of the right-hand front door, belothe fascia, behind the trim

Earthing pointon the gearbox

Earthing point on the alternator bracket

Radio connectorin the radio compartment in the fascia

Headlamp beam control switch (1990model)on the fascia

ABS control uniton the left-hand side of the engine compart~

ment, forward of the wheel housing (198models)under the right-hand side of the back seat

Logic box for passive seat beltsunder the back seat, on the left-hand side

Electronic unit forthe Airbag (1990 modelsin the fascia, under the lett-hand speakegrille

16,1847,49.110

43

75

. m med instrument

46

42

2

2122A59

152A152B152C158159

Saab900

45

Components

e

N

1­

~I

n1d

1e

269

llAVT 2.5

85ABR 1.5

130

re waming buzzer

+54II

108SV 0.75

109BR 0.75

Saab900

28 152C

129

mpe

015H 024B

/ "-

108A 108ASV 0.75 SV 0.75

M89: r177 n 201116,T16

18,T8, M90: 116,A,(FE)

Coolant

198 Coolant temperature warning buzzer

Coolant temperature warning buzzer 199

130

201 Earthing point on the engine (116, T16)

269 Two-pole connectorunder the fascia, behind the knee shield

8uzzer for coolant temperatureunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn, behind the knee shield

Coolant temperature warning switchin the engine compartment, on the radiatorhose

1528 29-pole red connector152C 29-pole black connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

129

130

Locations of components7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

(18, T8) (1989 models)

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

61 . Windscreen wiper stalk switchon the right-hand side of the steering co­lumn

Saab900

fault-tracing hintsThe buzzer will be operative when the ignition switchis in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 5 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the supply to the buzzer is live. Thebuzzer should sound when the cable to the tem­perature switch is earthed.

3. Check the temperature switch.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

OperationCars for the Middle East and Far Ea$trd~tk~ts areequipped with a coolant temperature warning buzzer.

When the ignition switch is in thedri\l8 position,buzzer 129 will be supplied frornfuse 5, via red29-pole connector 1528. If the coolant temperatureshould exceed about +120°C (250 OF), coolant tem­perature warning switch 130 will close and thebuzzerwill sound. The switchwillopen again atabout+115°C (240 OF).

Components

015H 015A

.[0.

GB,FE,AU .

er

48

128SV 0.75

13 122A

135VT 1.5

2148L 0.75

11MVT 2.5

11 1528

+54

f

Saab900

retteJi

3188SV 0.75

128SV 0.75

Ci

590-0 f-<=------,

200 Cigarette lighter

OperationWhen the ignition switch is in the drive~b§iti()n, thecigarette lighter is supplied from fuse ·13, via red29-pole connector 1528. The circuit will be closedwhen the cigarette lighter is depressed.

fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 13 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2.· Check thatthe filament ofthe cigarette lighter isunbroken.

3. Check the earth connection.

Components

Saab900

Cigarette lighter 201.

Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

48 Cigarette lighteron the right-hand side of the fascia

59 2-pole connectorbehind the fascia

1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

1148 1148 1148GN 2.5 GN 2.5 GN 2.5

" /V

~37

~37

112 112SV 2.5 SV 2.5

7 70150 026A

Saab900

Saab900

Cooling system fan, 1989 models 203

Fault..tracing hints1. Check fuse 25 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to temperature switch 39is live.

3. Check the radiator fan by connecting a jumperacross the temperature switch.

4. Run the engine until it reaches normal operatingtemperature and check the performance of thetemperature switch.

5. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

If the car is equipped with a time-delay relay, checkthe relay and fuse 22.

Locations of componentsSee the section entitled "Cooling system fan, 1990models" on pages 206 - 207.

Cars for SE, Fa, EU and GB marketsOn these markets, the wiring for the AC is not fitted asstandard to cars with 18 and T8 engines. An AC cableharness must be fitted when the AC is installed.

Time-delay relayCars for "hot-weather markets" are also equippedwith a time-delay relay; which limits the time theradiator fan will run after the engine has beenswitched off.

Relay 26 is always energised when the engine isrunning, Le. when tfre ignition switch is in the driveposition. The fan is controlled by switch '39.

When the engine is switched off, the +15 supply tothe relay coil will be interrupted. After about 10 min­utes, the relay will trip the supply to the fan motor,even if temperature switch 39 is still closed.

. . . ~

The supply is taken from fuse 25 tolerilperatureswitch 39, regardless of the ignition switch position.

When the engine coolant temperature has reachedabout 92°C (198 OF), the temperature switch willclose and radiator fan motor 37 will start.

Cars with air conditioning (AC) are equipped with acrimped branch connection, since the fan is alsocontrolled by the AC unit.

Operation

11DVT 2.5

+54II

DISH 026B

7

889SV 0~5

7

112SV 2.5

39

5KGR 2.5

114BGN 2.5

87 31T 31

111 881 410GN 4.0 BL 0.5 SV 0.5

els

+30II

110GL 2.5

156 30

110AGL 2.5

30 15

90mn,

Saab900

m

7

110AGL 2.5

5KGR 2.5

112SV 2.5

+30II

1148GN 2.5

7

,SCFI,EU,G6.

110BGL 0.5

86

396

85 87

881 111BL 0.5 GN 4.0

e 39

~889SV 0.5

111 111GN 4.0 GN 4.0

Coolingsy

Cooling system fan, 1990 m0c:l~ls204

Cooling system fan, 1990 models

OperationThe supply is taken from fuse 25 torelay 396, regard­less of the ignition switch position:

When the engine coolant temperatUre has reachedabout 92°C (198 OF), temperatUre switch 39 willclose, relay 396 will be energk5j3cj(:md power will besupplied to the radiator far;1rnOtor.

Cars with air conditioning'(AC)arEf equipped with acrimped branch connection, since the fan is alsocontrolled by the AC unit.

Time-delay relayCars for "hot-weather markets" are also equippedwith a time-delay relay, which limits the time theradiator fan will run' after the engine has beenswitchEld off.

Relay 26 will be energised when temperature switch39 has closed.

When the engine is switched off, the +15 supply tothe relay coil will be interrupted. After about 10 min­utes, the relay will trip the supply to the fan motor,even if temperature switch 39 is stil,1 closed.

Cars for SE, FI, EU and GB marketsOn these markets, the wiring for the AC is not fitted asstandard to cars with 18 and T8 engines. An AC cableharness must be fitted when the AC is installed.

Saab900

Fault·tracing hints1. Check fuse 25 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to relay 396 is live.

3. Check the operation of the relay and the radiatorfan by connecting a jumper across the temper­ature switch.

4. Run the engine until it reaches normal operatingtemperature and check the performance of thetemperature switch.

5. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

If the car is equipped with a time-delay relay, checkthe relay and fuse 22.

Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous­ing member (1989 models)

Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear window (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box in the en-:gine compartment, relay position C

Relay for the AC compressorin the eleytrical distribution box in the en-.gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Negative"distribution terminal (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand whee.!housing

Distribution terminal +15 (1989 models)in the electrical distribution box, in the en'gine compartment, on the left-hand wheehousing

Relay for daylight driving lights (CA) (199models)in the electrical distribution box in the engine compartment, relay position F

Radiator fan relay (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box, relay position G

93

156

396

113

158

Locations of components7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

8 Lighting relay (1990 models)in the electrical distribution box in the en­

'gine compartment, relay positions A and B.

22A> 'Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gingcompartment, on the left-hand wheelhq\.lsing

26 Time delay relay for the radiator fanin the engine compartment, at the front ofthe left-hand wheel housing member (1989mopels), "'.'i,;

in theelgctiiGaldistribution box, relay posi­tion G (1990 models)

37 Radiator fan motorat the front of the engine compartment

39 Temperature switch for radiator fanon the left-hand side of the radiator

59 2-pole connectorat the radiator fan motor

60 Single-pole connector (AC)in the engine compartment, behind the radi­ator

159

174

206 Cooling system fan, 1990 models

26156 396 174

• I

I

Gooling system fan, 1990 models 207

39

Saab90().

u159 M1989

t26113 19901581739

37

Components

3

29 1528

36

11FVT 2.5

+54II

015H 027A

Saab900

104AGR 2.5

ntilatlon n

103 VL 2.5

105A GL 1.5

@J- 35

I 108 106GN 2.5 BL 1.5

I 2 1

I 4 3

I 4 5

II

\103A I 104 107 107AVL 2.5 I GR 2.5 SV 2.5 SV 2.5

I'.

IL __ -- 149

0-1

208 Ventilation fan

Saab900

Fault·tracing hintsThe ventilation fan will be operative when the ignitionswitch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 9 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the supplies to switch 150 andswitch 35 are live.

3. Turn the switch to different positions and checkthat the voltage to the fan motor changes.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

OperationC",;;,.:,: <~/:;y._ ''::"'< .'<

Ventilation fan motor 36 has three§J?;~,§~siand iscontrolled from fan selector sWitCh3~,,:

Switch 35 is supplied from fuse~,2.,1i~fr~d 29-pole.connector 152B. The fan spe,e<:J<~~~'b~,varied bytaking the supply from different poil1~$iQR,tesistor74.

When main fan switch 149i§,910§~cl!the fan willalways be running, regardle$§ of:i.the position of thefan selector switch. ' .. , .. ,

Main switch 149 and AGs~it~I\l.'~~{Jare controlled bythe air distribution contr.81;'§witCh 149 is closedwhen the control is in anYJJosition except positions 0and. t, when it, fS9J1e'fY'(the control is closed).Switch 150 is closedWhen the control is in position• ,. The fan motorwilh1llen receive the full supplyvoltage and will runC1tttJE? highest speed.

If resistor 74 is overloaded, the resulting heat willcause the bimetal:switch to close. The positive sup­ply will be earthed, and fuse 9 will blow. The bimetalswitch will open when it has cooled.

Ventilation fan 209: ','

'~·;.210 Ventilation fan

locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the egine compartment, on the left-hand whe!lousing

35 S&lector switch for the ventilation fanirithe centre of the fascia

36 Motor for the venti lation fanunder the right-hand speaker grille

74 Resistor for the venti lation fanto the right, under the left-hand speakgrille

149 Main switch for ventilation fanon the fascia, in the air distribution control(upper contact)

150 Air distribution switch, AC positionon the fascia, in the air distribution contro(lower contact)

1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en~

gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

Saab900

149

15014

Saab90()i

c:o~m~p:o:n:e:n~ts~-------'-:2------_\Jl~e~n~ti'!.<la~ti~on~fa~n~2211

7

30

+54I1118VT 2.5

B5A 85

7

112SV 2.5

relay

116GL/RO 1.5

1148GN 2.5

114GN 2.5

T 0.75 17

US,CAJP(M89)

3

el

598R

599GR 0.75

tim

170

neA GL RQ 0.75

4588R/VT 0.75

G

Saab900

F

8

1160GL/RD 0.75

113

166402 BL 0.75

406 BL 0.7527

406 BL 0.75

171 405BL 0.75

+15 20 +301 IsoI I 51<

'"GR 2.5

N~

" 25122A

~

~ '"d <5 ~~ 0- <5?, >

'" 15..~

T8,T8>.,T16(M89)18,18>-116

409ASV 0.75

18>­T8>-(M89)

r Conditioner (AC)

Air Conditioner (AC) with time~delay relay

203

201

498SV 0.5

177201 407 BL 0.75 } :l?

r--------"''''--'~"-''-_t_- ---i..'c5_:~1~-:-,-"':'_-_-_-_.F_::J -t::BV:;'7-:;--_-_-_-_-_-_~81~155407 BL 0.75

40J 114A ON 0.75RD 1.5

212

r2°.2.-, 116>-,T16>-1

I II II II '" 544 RO T 0.75 647 544 RO T 0.75

I IL __ 3

Air Conditioner (AC) with time-delay relay 213

OperationCertain cars are equipped with an Air Conditioner(AC). For a complete description of the wiring for thelighting of switches on cars for the US, CA and JPmarkets, see the section entitled "LightingJor c(Jn­trois - US, CA, JP".

Compressor 170 and radiator fan·motor 37The AC can be switched on and off by means of ACswitch 169, which is supplied from fuse 6, via black29-pole connector 152C. When the switch is de­pressed, the lamp built into the button will be sup­plied directly (not via the resistor), so it will light upwith full intensity. (When the switch is not activated,the lamp is supplied via fuse 6.)

Compressor 170 and ordinary radiator fan 37 areconnected via relay 156, whose contacts are sup­plied from fuse 25. The relay will be energised when

. the following conditions have been satisfied:

• Pressure switch 166 is closed, i.e. the refrigerantpressure is at least 2.8 bar.

e Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch contact)171 is closed, i.e. the ambient temperature is atleast about +6 ac.

When the relay is energised, power will be supplied tothe compressor only if temperature switch 168 isclosed. (The switch will open if the engine temper­ature should exceed about + 115 ac.)Diode 173, which is connected in parallel with thecompressor, reduces the voltage transients at theinstant when the compressor is switched off (1989model).

Delayed connection when starting

Relay 156 is equipped with two time delay functions.One of these is activated whenever the engine isstarted. Ignition switch 20 (in the start position) sup­plies pin 50, and if switch 169 is then depressed, theenergising of the relay and thus starting of the com­pressor will be delayed by about 10 - 20 seconds(depending on the engine. variant), to ensure thatcombustion in the engine will be stable after start­ing, before the the AC load is applied.

Idling speed compensation and cut-out atfull loadCars without Arc valve

Solenoid valve 142, which is kept open when thecompressor is running, is used for idling speed com­pensation for the increased load caused by the AC.

Cars with AIC valve

On certain variants, the auxiliary air valve is replacedby an Automatic Idling Control (AIC) valve which alsocompensates for instantaneous load increases atidling speed.

Saab900

The control unit receives a signal via relay pin 16when the time delay of the relay is activated, and itthen starts idling speed compensation. After 0.3seconds, the relay will be energised and the com­pressor will start. The relay electronics receive theirsupply (in the drive position) via pin 15.

W/;1enthe engine is running at full throttle, pin TK ofthe relay wi II be earthed through throttle angle trans­mitter203,and the relay will trip the compressor.'~

AC radiator fan ·172Extra radiator fan 172T()(the ACis connected viarelay 155 and is supplied from fuse 6.

The relay coil is supplied from the contacts of relay156 and from pressure switch 166. The AC radiatorfan thus runs when AC switch 169 is depressed andpressure switch 166 is closed.

Recirculation valve 38Recirculation valve 38, which controls the recircula­tion damper, will be switched on when recirculationswitch 143 is depressed. The switch is supplied fromfuse 6. When the switch is depressed, the lamp builtinto the switch will light up with full intensity.

lltAVT 2.5

+54I1118VI 2.5

113ASV 0.5

3

116E 8L 0.5

25122A

) (CU14)

87

1148GN 2.5

114GN 2.5

5KGR 2.5

on

'"-'to

o

+30

878

166

85

oner·G

406 8L 0.75

599GR 0.75

402 BL 0.75

403 RD 1.5

544 RD T 0.75

116G GL RD 1.5

116A GL 0 0.75

5

672

112 112Asv 2.5 SV 2.5

173

170 37 172

201 7 158 7

01~ 026D

Saab900

116CGL/RD 0.75

1160GL/RO 0.75

152C1168 8L 0.75 26<!-_!.!11",68"--,,8=.L.,,0,,,.7,,5_--,

~143

rCond

40,RD 1.5

r--"I 200 21 4a5 8L T 0.75

I CU14 36 544 RD VT 0.75

I I'--...,....1

409Asv 0.7S

Air Conditioner (AC) (CH14)214

Saab900

OperationCertain cars are equipped with an Air Conditioner(AC).

Compressor 170 and radiatoll' fan motor 37The AC can be switched on and off by means of ACswitch 169, which is supplied from fuse 6, via black29-pole connector 152C. When the switch is de­pressed, the lamp built into the button will be sup­plied directly (not via the resistor), so it will light upwith full intensity. (When the switch is not activated,the lamp is supplied via fuse 6.)

Compressor 170 and ordinary radiator fan are con­nected via relay 156. The relay will be energisedwhen the following conditions have been satisfied:

• Pressure switch 166 is closed, Le. the refrigerantpressure is at least 2.8 bar.

• Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch contact)171 is closed, Le. the ambient temperature is atleast about +6 °C.

Pin 21 of control unit 200 will then be energised.Relay 156 will be energised when it is earthed via pin36 of the control unit. When the relay is energised,the compressor will be supplied only if temperatureswitch 168 is closed. (The switch will open if theengine temperature should exceed about + 115°C.)Diode 173, which is connected in parallel with thecompressor, reduces the voltage transients at theinstant when the compressor is switched off.

Delayed connection when startingThe delay and idling speed compensation when theAC is switched in are controlled by control unit 200.

AC radiator fan 172Extra radiator fan 172 for the AC is connected viarelay 155 and is supplied from fuse 6. The relay coilis supplied from pressure switch 166. The AC radiatorfan thus runs when AC switch 169 is depressed andpressure switch 166 is closed.

Recirculation valve 38Recirculation valve 38, which controls the recircula­tion damper, will be switched on when recirculationswitch 143 is depressed. The switch is supplied fromfuse 6. When the switch is depressed, the lamp builtinto it will light up with full intensity.

Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14) 216

Fault-tracing hintsAs a general rule, the supply to the unit is live whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position. If non'e ofthe components isfaulty, check the cable harnesses,connectors and earth connections.

Compressor 170 and radiator fan motor 371. Check fuses 6 and 25 and check that the sup­

plies to AC switch 169 and relay 156 are live.

2. Press the AC switch. Measure the voltage acrosspressure switch 166. {the pre~sure switchshould be closed). Note that refrigerant willspray out when the pressure switch is discon­nected. Caution: Risk of frostbite.

3. Check cycling clutch contact 171. (It shouldclose at +6 °C or 43 oF.)

4. Check that the relay is energised and that therelay contacts (87 and 87A) are live. If not,check that the coil/electronics are being sup­plied from thermostat 171 and from the + 15distribution terminal. When the relay is ener­gised, terminal 16 should be live. At full throttle,terminal TK should be earthed.

5. Check that the supplies to the compressor andthe radiator fan are live. (Temperature switch168 should be closed.)

CU14 fuel system4. Check that pin 21 of control unit 200 is live and

that relay 156 is earthed from pin 36 of thecontrol unit.

5. Check that the supplies to the compressor andthe radiator fan are live. (Temperature switch.168 should be closed.)

AC radiator fan 1721. Check fuse 6 and check that the supplies to the

AC switch and to relay 155 are live.

2. Press the AC switch. Measure the voltage acrosspressure switch 166 (the pressure switchshould be closed). Note that refrigerant willspray out when the pressure switch is discon­nected. Caution: Risk of frostbite.

3. Check that relay 155 is energised and that thesupply to the AC radiator fan is live.

Recirculation1. Check fuse 6 and check that the supply to recir­

culation switch 143 is live.

2. Press the switch and check that the recirculationvalve is activated.

Saab900

216 Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14)

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

166 Pressure switch for the AC radiator fanin the engine compartment, on the dryingagent container, forward of the right-handwheel housing

168 Coolant temperature switch, ACon the radiator inlet hose, near the distrib­utor

169 Switch, ACin the centre of the fascia

170 Compressor for the ACat the rear of the engine compartment

171 Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch con­tact) for the ACunder the fascia, forward of the right-hand Apillar

172 Radiator fan for the ACon the left-hand side ofthe radiator package

173 Diode for the AC compressorin the cable harness, at the rear of the valvecover

200 Control unit for the LH/CU14 fuel systemforward of the right-hand front door, belowthe fascia (behind the trim)

201 Engine earthing pointat the engine lifting lug

203 Throttle angle transmitter for the LH fuelinjection systemon the engine throttle housing

F Relay position FG Relay position G

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box

Lighting relayin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay p()siti8QsA and B.

Extra rheostat for the lighting pfswitchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

Earthing point in the fascia

Earthing point, radiator cross-member

17

22A Fuse holder .. .....in the electrical distribution .box, Jp the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing .

37 Radiator fan motor (ordinary)on the right-hand side of the radi~:lt.()r pack­age

38 Recirculation valveunder the fascia on the right-hand side, for­ward of the right-hand A pillar

59 2-pole connectorone adjacent to radiator fan 37one adjacent to AC radiator fan 172

60 Single-pole connectorone at the extreme rear of the engine com­partment, at the compressorone at the back seat, for connecting the AC

67 6-pole connectorin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side, at the air intake

113 Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win­dowon the fascia

142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed,ACon the engine, on the by-pass hose of thethrottle housing

143 Recirculation switch, ACin the centre of the fascia

152C 29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, .on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

155 Relay for the AC radiator fanin the electrical distribution box in the en­gihe compartment, relay position J

156 Relay for the AC compressorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position H

locations of components3

7

8

149~

200

143

Saab900

Air Conditioner (AC) (CU14) ~ 217

171

142

t..:.==-- '=5.::..J6 L.:.1.::;:66=-- --I L.:.

'

.:;..:68'-- -.l L.:.16=..:9'-- ---..l

Components

64

121

015H 025A

59

59

ntsea

1418 SV 1.0

141C SV 1.0

140A GL 1.0

llLVT 2.5

117

+54II

Saab900

141 SV 1.0

140 GL 1.0

cally heated

59

Ele

218 Electrically heated front seats

Saab900

OperationBoth front seats of the car are electrically heated.

The heating pads are supplied from fuse 12, via red29-pole connector 1528. The heating pads areswitched on and off by thermostats 64. These closethe circuit at about +14 °C (57 oF) and open it atabout +28 °C (82 OF).

The heating pad of the co-driver's seat is earthed viaseat switch 121. When a load is applied to the seat,the seat switch will close and the heating pad can beswitched on and off by thermostat 64. This heatingpad will thus be operative only when a person isseated in the co-driver's seat.

,Electrically heated front seats 219

Fault-tracing hintsThe heating pads will be operative when the ignitionswitch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check thermostats 64 and check that the supplyto them is live.

3. Check seat switch 121 under the co-driver'sseat.

4. Check that there is no open circuitiri the heatingpad wiring.

5. Check the connectors,cable harnesses andearth connections.

220 Electrically heated front seats

Saab900

locations of components22A Fuse holder

in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

59 2-pole connectorone under each front seat

60 Single-pole connectorunder the centre console, near the ignitionswitch

64 Heating pad with thermostatin the seat cushion and backrest of the driv­er's and co-driver's seats

98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, behind theknee shield below the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handbrake lever

121 Seat switch for the heating padunder the co-driver's seat, on the left-handside

152B 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

Components

Saab900

Electrically heated front seats 221

64

seae d er's seat

17

+54II11LVT 2.5

58ABR/VT 0.5

r-"!!-----~7"""1l

Saab900

cally hea dco I for

10 6

140A 145 141A 140GL/VT 1.5 BL 0.5 SV 0.5 GL 1.5

898

142GL 1.5

141 SV 1.0

117 60

140A 145 141 141C 142GL/VT 1.0 BL 0.5 SV 1.0 SV 1.0 GL 1.0

573

64

2 141BSV 1.0

64

121015H 033A .'

I

222 Electrically heated.front seats with rheostat control for the driver's seat

Electrically heated front seats with rheostat cOJltrol for the driver's seat 223

\

Set the ignition switch to the drive position.

Check fuse 12 and check that the supply torheostat 252 is live.

3. Check that there is no open circuit in temper­ature transmitter 254. (Measure between pins 6and 9 of the rheostat.)

4. Check seat switch 121 under the>co-driver'sseat.

5. Check that there is no open circuit in the heatingpad wiring.

6. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections. 224

fault..t,.cing hints1.

2.

Saab900

Co-driver's seatThe heating pad of the co-driver's seat is suppliedfrom fuse 12 via the same 29-pole connector as thedriver's seat. The heating pad is switched on and offby thermostat 64 and is earthed via seat switch 121.

When a load is applied to the seat, the seat switchwill close and the heating pad can be switched onand off by thermostat 64. This heating pad will thusbe operative only when a person is seated in theco-driver's seat.

Driver's seat

He~ting pad 64 is supplied from fuse 12 via the red29-pole connector 152B, and is switched on and offby temperature transmitter 254.

The temperature transmitter is a Negative Temper­ature Coefficient (NTC) resistor, whose resistancevaries with the heating pad temperature.

The temperature ofthe driver's seat heating pad canbe set by means of rheostat 252 which has fourpositions, marked 0, 1, 2 and 3. In position 0, theheating is switched off, whereas in position 3, theheating is a maximum. When the heating pad tem­perature has reached the preset value for a givenrheostat setting, the heating pad will be switched off,but will be switched on again when the temperaturehas dropped to the lower limit for that particularrheostat setting.

OperationBoth front seats of the car are electrically heated. Oncertain models, heating of the driver's seat can becontrolled by means of a rheostat.

For a complete description ofthe wiring for the light­ing of switch 252 on cars for the US, CA and JPmarkets, see also the section entitled "Lighting sys­tems, Lighting for controls-US, CAand 1989 for JP".

locations of components17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches

and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

57 3-pole connectortwo under the drivers seatone under the co-driver's seat

59 2-pole connectorone under the co-drivers seat

60 Single-pole connectorunder the centre console, near th.e ignitionswitch

64 Heating pad with thermostatin the seat cushion and backrest of the drb!~,

er's and co-driver's seats

88 Switch for extra fog lampson the fascia

98 10-pole connectortothe leftofthe steering column, behind theknee shield below the fascia

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

121 Seat switch for the heating padunder the co-drivers seat, on the left-handside

1528 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

252 Driver's seat heating rheostaton the fascia

254 Temperature transmitter for the drivers seatheating padin the driver's seat

Saab900

LL4 electncally heated front seats with rheostat control for the driver's seat

Electrically heated front seats with rheostat control for the driver's seat 225

Components

25264,254

Saab900

115

3-0,5-02-0,4-0

211Gl 2.5

15

/~ A,- ,

OlSH rooc

US,CA,JP,ME,FE

+54 +15 +30I I II I I

11M 1231< SFVT 2.5 GN/VT 1.0 GR 1.5

221 22A I 29 J22A

123M 210GN/VT 1.0 RD 2.5

e rear window

Saab900

215SV 0.75

128 SV 0.75

~ '"d3188

0

sv 0.75 ~dn rh3 ~

;;

29122A

210RD 2.5

3-0,5-0

211Gl 2.5

211CL 2.5

SFGR 1.5

26 152A

+30II

158

c heating for

21<lA8l 0.75

//.,----

15

2-0,4-0

2148L 0.75

11MVT 2.5

SE,FI,EU,GB,AU

+54II

EI

48

Electric heatingfotthe rear window

128 215SY 0.75 SV 0.75

226

~ ~

GB,AU SE,FI,EU FE US,CAJP,ME

113128 128 128 128sv 0.75 SV 0.75 sv 0.75 SV 0.75

Saab900

4Ble.ctricheating for the rear window 227

Operation fault..traclng hintsThe electric heating for the rear window will be oper­ative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuses 13 and 29 and check that the sup­ply to them is live. (On certain markets, alsofuse 22.)

2. Checkthatthe supply to the switch and terminal30 of the relay is live.

3. Check the relay: Press the switch'and Check thatthe supply to the electric heating for the rearwindow is live.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

~ ..'._' :.:_ ':' :".Jy '"

The electric heating of the rear winqoWcan beswitched on and off by means of s;Witq,h116. (Theswitch is spring-loaded and is c0I119Ine~;with a time­delay relay.) For a complete descri8tj~rr~t\thewiringfor the lighting ofthe switch oncarsfor:tIJErUS and CAmarkets and 1989 model for JPi:see,al~othesectionentitled "Lighting systems; Lightipgcforcontrols -US, CA and 1989 for JP". '

The switch is supplied fromfuse13','via the 29-polered connector 1528 (whemthedgnition switch is inthe drive position). ,0+"

When the switch is depressed, relay 113 will beenergised. Warning lamp4-7J in the combined in­strument will light up.

Electric heater 115 for the rear window is suppliedfrom fuse 29, viatherelay contacts.

On the 3-0 and 5-0 models, the electric heating ofthe rear window is earthed to the tailgate which, inturn, is earthed to earthing point 9 (cable 211Ablack).

US and CA markets

The time-delay relay also controls the heating of therear-view mirrors.

Time-delay relayOn certain markets, relay 113 is replaced by a time­delay relay and spring-loaded switch 116.

After the switch has been depressed and the relayhas been energised, the time circuit in the relay willbe supplied (terminal 15) from fuse 22. After around10 minutes, the relay will switch off the supply to theelectric heating for the rear window. If the switch isdepressed when the heating is on, the relay will trip.

When the electric heating for the rear window isswitched on, warning lamp 47J will be supplied from

. terminal E of the relay.

If the ignition is switched off while the electric heat­ing for the rear window is switched on, the supply toterminal 15will be opened, and the re laywill immedi­ately switch off the supply to the heating element forthe rear window.

228 Electric heating for therearwiTl')goW

. locations of components·····.·3 Earthing point in the fascia

'·17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches. and controls

on the left-hand side of the fascia

.. ·22A '.' Fuse holder.... in the electrical distribution box, in the en­

gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel.. housing

47J X~e~r.wi~doWheater warning lamp.. incifle combined instrument on the instru­< mentpanel

48·' .dg~~ettelighteron the faScia

573.:pole connectorin the luggage compartment, at the left­hand alr outlet

2':POI~b~hnectorin theJluggage compartment,hand airolltlet

Relay/time delay relay for the electricallyheated rearwindowinth.!3•.~I!3.etr[gal(jistribution box in the en­gine C9!"rlPfll!t;rp!3nt, relay position C

Electriche9t~rfor the rear window

Switchforthe:electrically heated rear win-dow ..

in the centrebfthe fascia

29-pole .whi~eJ¢911I1ector

29-pole redGOnn~~torin the eIeCtUG~IX~.i~t~ibution box in the en­gine compi:lItment';on'the left-hand wheelhousing.The connector~are accessible from the inte­rior of the ear

Negativedistriblltion terminal3if3 ~-,

Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Switch, ACon the fascia

Electrically-heated rear-view mirrorsone on each front door

59

207

113

158

159

152A1528

169

115

116

Saab900

229

207

or the rear window

22A113152A1528158159

Electric heating f

Saab-900

Components

blenve

Saab900

e rear window,ing forch

Electric heating for the rear window, Convertible230

ElectriRV8~,~~ingifor the rear window, Convertible 231

Operation c .. ,,<.,::·:.,?-_~- __.-._. ----co

The electric heating of the rearwiHa8~/can beswitched on and off by meansofsvvi~911'~1.6. (Theswitch is spring-loaded and is c()rnbi'l~d~jtha time­delay relay.). For a complete d~S~~iptJ~fil~;~th~hewiringfor the lighting of the switch oncar~f~nirEl;US and CAmarkets and 1989 model for JP'<"~~~;~LM!thesectionentitled "Lighting systems,'UglitJngiifor controls ­US, CA and 1989 forJP"."·

The switch is supplied frornfYf~~3Jvia 29-pole redconnector 1528 (when the.'jgriitibn switch is in thedrive position). . .

When the switch iSdepr~~s~d,' relay 113 will beenergised. Warninglarnp:t.l.'7'Jin the combined in­strument will be alight-Electric heater 115 for therear window will thenbe~qpplied from fuse 29, viathe relay contacts. ' .

The relay coil is earthed' (terminal 85 or 31 of time­delay relay) via mercury switch 279 which is openwhen the top is down and is closed when the top isup. The relay is thus always de-energised when thetop is down.

Time-delay relayOn certain markets, relay 113 has been replaced by atime-delay relay and- spring-loaded switch 116.

After the switch has been depressed and the relayhas been energised, the time circuit in the relay willbe supplied (terminal 15) from fuse 22. After around10 minutes, the relay will switch off the supply to theelectric heating for the rear window. If the switch isdepressed when the heating is on, the relay will trip.

When the electric heating for the rear window isswitched on, warning lamp 47J will be supplied fromterminal E of the relay.

If the ignition is switched off while the electric heat­ing forthe rear window is switched on, the supply toterminal 15 will be opened, and the relay will immedi­ately trip the supply to the heating element for therear window.

US and CA markets

The time-delay relay also controls the heating of therear-view mirrors.

Saab900

fault-tracing hintsThe electric heating for the rear window will be oper­ative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuses 13 and 29 and check that the sup­ply to .them is live. (On cars for some markets,also check fuse 22.)

2. Check that the supply to the switch and terminal30 of the relay is live.

3. Check the relay: Press the switch and check thatthe ~upply to the electric heating for the rearwindow is live.

4. Check that the mercury switch closes the circuitwhen the top is raised.

5. Check the connectors, oable harnesses andearth connections.

232 Electric heatingforthe<rear wil7lQPw, Convertible

Locations of components3 Earthing point in the fascia

. 17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A~YBe holder. in/the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheel

....••<.~g.g~.ing47J .~~~FWindOW heater warning lamp

:iQ;!Ve combined instrument on the instru­.'Dtl")tp~nel

48 6r~~t~"tte.lighterontheJascia

59 2~pdl€fcohnector

one in.theelectrical distribution box in theengine. c()lT1partment, on the left-handwheel hOl1S\Qg.one on the inside of the top, on the left-handside (Conyer1Ible)

60 Single-pole connectorin the luggage compartment, at the left­hand lid hinge, behind the trim

113 Relay/timedelay relay for the electricallyheated rearwindowin the electriqal distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

115 Electric heater forthe rear window

116 Switch for the electrically heated rear win-dow .in the centre ofth~fascia

152A 29-pole white cdl"ll"l~ctor1528 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment,on the left-hand wheelhousing. The ;connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

159 Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

169 Switch, ACon the fascia

207 Electrically-heated rear-view mirrorsone on each front door

279 Mercury switch for the electrically heatedrear window (Convertible)on the top mounting on the left-hand side,inside the top

Saab900

279

47J

207

Saab900

Electric heating for the rear window, Convertible 233

116

Components

113

468GN 0.75

60

591

191A

ffi~~

(0v)crr=EJ~

Ii!G;

~L.w";"""4--.....:!z.L!1!:L~1

rs

4SOCRD 1.5

162

762 RO 1.5

M89:SE,FI.EU.GB.ME,FE,AU

4S6E SV 1.5

450A RD 1.5

450B RD 1.5

450 RD 1.5

287

Saab900

455SV/VT 1,5M89: US.CA.JP

'"""3

:'l "!

" "a: a:

G; i3'" "" "" "

c windoWregul

456A SV 1.5

"'67G BR 0.75

152A

T 1.

EI

454 R

(0.0.)crr=EJL2I£B

2

591

491 GR 1.5 7

"-__-"59"".o.A-"B"-R.,1.',"'5_--j>17<1------'5'-".9l!;lA"B""Re-1"'.5<---,

'- -"'S9""£.B",B,,-R-"1.,,,S_-I> 21 ct---,S""9'!£B...!B""R-,,",,.5,---,

M

193

+54II

11KVT 2.5

Elecfricwindow'regulators

'1'57+-~+ - IZJ17

. - +

492 BR 1.5

190A

468GN 0.75

'"...,;15

"~.

467F BR

467C BR

+xII300RD 1.0

234

~;;1~'''c'b:: 58

1206 BR(VT 0.75 E2

13 152B

44AGN 1.0

455 454

'~f f",:·MM"

"'"

Saab900

OperationAll window regulators in the car can'be'e0perated bymeans of switches in the centreconsole}between thefrorit seats. Under certain circumsta't1ces, the win­dow regulator in each ofethele§lr,9P8r~can also beoperated by means of a sWitchii:r~heGorresponding

door. . i,,':" .' .The supply is taken fro'mf.y~~1J,via 29-pole whiteconnector 152A, to the fi{i1owing sWitches on thecentre console:

• Switch 189, for switching in and out the windowregulators in the.fE1ar.doors

• To switches 162 (driver's door), 163 (co-driver'sdoor), 190 (Ieff~handreardoor) and 191 (right­hand rear door).

If switch 189 is closed, the rear window regulatorscan also be operated from switches 190A in theleft-hand rear door and 191A in the right-hand reardoor.

If switch 189 is open, the switches in the rear doorswill be inoperative. The window regulators in the reardoors can then only be operated by means of theswitches on the centre console. To open the window,press the window symbol on the button.

As an example, if switch 190 (for the left-hand reardoor) on the centre console is depressed, one of thetwo -pairs of contacts (depending on whether thewi~dow is to be raised or lowered) will close. Currentwill then flow to switch 190A in the left-hand reardoor, through the switch and to regUlator motor 193.It then flows through the second pair of contacts ofthe switch, back to the switch on the centre consoleand to earth (117).

For a complete description o~ the wiring for the light­ing of the switches on cars for the US, CA and JPmarkets, see also the section entitled "Lighting sys­tems, Lighting for controls - US, CA, JP".

The connector~. (59) marked SE, FI, EU, GB, ME, FEand AU: in the diagram are used for adjusting theoperation of the system to suit RHD or LHD cars. Thisalso applies to cars for Japan.

E,lectric window regulators 235

Automatic window regulator controls-Unlike the other switches, driver's door switch 162has two positions for lowering the window. Thisswitch is also connected to time-delay relay 287.

Position 1: The window travels downwards as long asthe switch is kept depressed in this position. -Apositive voltage is supplied to motor 164 across pin2 on the switch and across the relay contacts. Themotor will stop when the switch is released.

Position 2: The window opens fu Ily even if the switchis released after a brief instant.The coil of relay 287 is now supplied with a positive

,voltage across pin 5 of the switch, and the relay isenergised. The motor is supplied across the closedrelay contacts (pin 15). The supply is maintained (forapprox. 6 seconds) by the time-delay function of therelay until the window has been lowered fully, even ifthe switch is released immediately. (The downwardtravel of the window may be interrupted by setting theswitch to position 3, "Raise".)

Position 3: The window will travel upwards as long asthe switch is held depressed in this position. Themotor is suppUed across pin 7 on the switch and thedirection of rotation is reversed, causing the windowto be raised.

Fault-tracing hints_The electric window regulators will be operative when

the ignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 11 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that terminal 7 of switch 189 and termi­nals 3 and 6 of the other switches in the centreconsole are live. (On 162, terminal 3 only.)

\If the window regulators in the rear doors cannotbe operated from the corresponding switches inthe rear doors, check that current flows fromswitch 189 to terminals 3 and 6 of theseswitches as well.

3. Check the switches by measuring at their termi­nals.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Automatic window regulator,CO&:l!l'OlsCheck the automatic window regUlator:' controls asfollows: Set switch 16~to position 2,aMc:hE1ck thatthe supply to pin 4 on the relay is live. Pin 1 should be ,_earthed. Check thatpin~)Clnd pin 15 oHhe relay,~r~>live. - -' "

Saab900

190 Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

190A Switch for left-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the left-hand rear door

191 Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

191A Switch for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorin the right-hand rear door

193 Motor for left-hand rear electric window reg-·ulatorin the left-hand rear door

194 Motor for right-hand rear electric windoregulatorin the right-hand rear door

287 Relay for automatic control of window regu­latorsunder the back seqt, on the left-hand side

Electric window r~gulators

60

58

59

~tra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A Fuse holder ...•.•...in the electrical distribution}Wx, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

57 3-pole connector" one behind the trim, at thecbr~~spbndingB

pillar .

12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia to theleft of the steering column

2-pole connectorone in the engine compartment,~tthe up­per hinge of the left-hand front dqor, behindthe electrical distribution boxone in the engine compartmehtat the up­per hinge of the right-hand front doortwo under the centre console, between thefront seats (1989 model)

Single-pole connectorone under the centre console, between thefront seatsone behind the trim, at the corresponding Bpillar

Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector

in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

162 Switch for driver's doorelectricwindow regu­latorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

163 Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

164 Motor for left-hand front electric windowregula{or-in the left-hand front door

165 Motor" for right-hand front electric windowregulatorin the right-hand front door

189 Switch for the rear-door electric window reg­ulatorsbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

117

236

Locations of components17

Electric window regulators 237

164,165,193,194 c2.=;87=-- ----l

Saab900

190A191A

Components

162163189190191

456GSV 1.5

ble

.-I.55CSV 2.5

453 4528L/VT 2.5 GL/RD 2.5

nve

M89:SE,FI,EU,GB,FE,AU

453A 452ABL/VT 2.5 GL/RD 2.5

M89:SE,FI,EU,GB,

~

162

450A RD 1.5

456£ SV 1.5

762 RD 2.5

287

763SV 2.5

4555V/VT 2.5(M89: US.CA.JP.M90)

Saab900

765CL 0.75

455A SV 2.5

'> '> '>000

'" '" '"" " "'" '" <0" ........

446 GN D 1.5

447 GN T 1.5

467D BR VT 0.75

467B BR VT 0.75

.~o~

>

'"lD

~

+54I"IVT 2.5

c window regulators,

164

467BR/VT 0.75

193

+54II

Electric window regulators, Convertible

EI

on~"0 0

~~> >

'" '"lD

<0CD

0 '"'" '"

467C BR

LArh'"

13 152B

44ACN 1.0

,

~~% """"")~g g:::>::;; ::;;w· <i.c;::~ '-'WW u)(l)u.. :::>

300RO 1.0

+xII

238

Saab900

E.1~9!ricwindow regulators, Convertible 239

OperationThe window regulators in the car can be operated bymeans of switches in the centre console between thefront seats. '

The supply is taken from fuse 11'ViCl/V/hite 29-poleconnector 152A, to the following sW,itches:

" 162 in the driver's door

• 163 in the co-driver's door

The following switches aresl.Jpplied from fuse 2 via2-pole connector 59:

• 190 (left-hand side window)

• 191 (right-hand side window)

To open the window, press the window symbol on thebutton.

As an example, if switch 190 (for the left-hand reardoor) is depressed, one of the two pairs of contacts(depending on whether the window is to be raised orlowered) will close. Current will then flow to regulatormotor 193.. It then flows through the second pair ofcontacts of the switch, and to earth (117).

For a complete description ofthe wiring for the light­ing of the switch on cars for the US and CA marketsand 1989 model for JP, see also the section entitled"Lighting systems, Lighting for controls - US, CA and1989 for JP".

Right-hand drive cars1989 models

The connectors (59) marked SE, FI, EU, GB, FE, AU inthe diagram are used for adjusting the operation ofthe system to suit RHO or LHO cars. This also appliesto cars for Japan.

1990 models

On right-hand drive cars, items 454 and 455 on relay287 change places with items 453 and 452 onswitch 163.

Automatic window regulator controlsUnlike the other switches, driver's door switch 162has two positions for lowering the window. Thisswitch is also connected to time-delay relay 287.

Position 1: The window travels downwards as long asthe switch is kept depressed in this position.A positive voltage is supplied to motor 164 across pin2 on the switch and across the relaycontacts. Themotor will stop when the switch is released:

Position 2: The window opens fully even if the switchis released after a brief instant.The coil of relay 287 is now supplied with a positivevoltage across pin 5 of the switch, and the relay isenergised. The motor is supplied across the closedrelay contacts (pin 15). The supply is maintained (forapprox. 6 seconds) by the time-delay function of therelay until the window has been lowered fully, even ifthe switch is released iml11ediately. (The downwardtravel ofthe window may be interrupted by setti ng theswitch to position 3, "Raise".)

Position 3: The window will travel upwards as long asthe switch is held depressed in this position.The motor is supplied across pin 7 on the switch andthe direction of rotation is'reversed, causing the win­dow to be raised.

Fault..tracing hintsThe electric window regulators will be operative whenthe ignition switch is in the drive position.

1. Check fuses 11 and 2 and check that the supplyto them is live.

2. Check that terminals 3 and 6 of the switches inthe centre console are live. (On 162, terminal 3only.)

3. Check the switches by measuring at their termi­nals.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Automatic window regulator controlsCheck the automatic window regulator controls asfollows: Set switch 162 to position 2 and check thatthe supply to pin 4 on the relay is live. Pin 1 should beearthed. Check that pin 3 and pin 15 on the relay arelive.

Saab900

240 Electric window regulators, Convertible

Motor for left-hand side-window electric reg­ulatoron the left-hand side, at the rear

Motor for right-hand side-window electricregulatoron the right-hand side, at the rear

Relay for automatic control of window regu­latorsin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position A

287

194

193locations of components17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches

and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia to theleft of the steering column

59 2-pole connectorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution boxone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the right-hand front doortwo in the electrical distribution box, in theengine compartment, on the left-handwheel housingtwo under the centre console between thefront seats (1989 model)

60 Single-pole connectorunder the centre console, between the frontseats

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

152A 29-pole white connector1528 29-pole red connector

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing.' The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

162 Switch for driver's door electric window regu­latorbetween the front seats, on·the centre con­sole

163 Switch for co-driver's door electric windowregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

164 Motor electric window regu-lator "'_in the left-hand door

165 Motor for right-hand electric window regu­latorin the right-hand door

190 Switch for left-hand side-window electricregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

191 Switch for right-hand side-window electricregulatorbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

lOr:::=! 1Ic:::J 6c:::J ..c:::J 2c::Jst=:l7c:::::3 sc=:J Jc:::J lc:::l

287164,165,193;194

Saab900

EI§~~~rlcwindow regulators, Convertible 241

1S216:3100191

Components

1III

III IIIrear-view mirrors

310VL/vT 0.75

11EVT 2.5

Saab900

9 1528

+54II

cally 0

+III

Ele

Electrically operated rear.:.viewmirrors242

I310 VL/VT 0.75 311 VLlVT 0.75

I1 1

!!

~--~I I 7f-J0----{)

::r.r1 ? 124 0----{)~--- ,1- 125- -

L-o <r-- L-o6 5 4 3 6 3 4 5

I 312 SV 0.75 31 10(

'US.CA. SE,FI,EU,GB. ~'~ MGQo JP

U') U') 1" ~ ~..... ..... SV 0.75 SV 0.75 SV 0.75U') a a 5 161 5 98..... 0 f- U')a ~ <: .....

3 '--." , af- 0:: Z> Cl Cl >U') to .....

);3(/)

n n n Sv;.75 US,CA ... --.,'"• ·113 n

B 24 19 :1528 • 87 • rt7 3I20

U') U') 320A U') U')

..... ..... GL/VT 1.0 ..... .....a a

~1528c:i a

U') U')..... 0 f- 320B ..... 0 f-

a ~ <: GLjVT 1.0~;'.J

c:i .g; <:f- 0:: Z f- a:: z> Cl Cl 314 > t:> Cl 318I[) to ..... SV 0.75 320A (J) N 0 SV 0.75Nn ;;; ;;; GL/VT 1.0 ;;; '" '" /'

~I I~I ~I 1~1123 6°l~ l~60 I~I I~I I~I. T~123 318SV

U') I[)~

0 I[) U')

..... ..... ..... .....a c:i U')

c:i aU')'1[) I[) f- f-..... 0 f- ..... <: <: ..... 0 f- ..... 107

c:i ~ <: -a a ~ <: a sv..J ..J

f- 0:: Z > t:> Cl f- 0:: Z > 1> Cl Cl (/) « > t:> Cl (/)£D

I[) to ..... ... 0 0 I[) to ..... ...N N ;;; n n nn ;;; n ;;; '" '" 107

~I I~I ~I 1~1123 . 60~~ r~60 W 1*1 I:tl 1~1123 sv

rtT 158 rh

.-- I-

> > f- > ..J a::(/) If) > (/) £D ro

f- >. ..J 0:: BR BR> If) £D roll \,

,~ 126 207 207 ~ 127

'OISH 019A

US,CA

Saab900

;,.c~l~~trically operated rear-view mirrors 243

Right-hand switch 125 and motor 127

,

Fault-tracing hintsThe rear-view mirrors will be operativewhen the igni­tion switch is in. the drive position.

1. Check fuse 8 and ch~ck that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the supply to the correspondingswitch is live.

3. By operating the switch, check thatthe supply tothe corresponding motor and to the solenoid islive. The table shown in the "Operation" sectionlists the cables that are live in each switch posi­tion.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

+ to solenoid

+ to solenoid

320 green-white ­321 grey-red

320 green-white 319 white321 grey-red 319 white

Motor to earth

Motor to earth

317 green-white ­316 grey-red

317 green-white 315 white316 grey-red 315 white

Pos. + to motor

~ 321 grey-red~ 320 green-white

t 321 grey-redt 320 green-white

OperationEach of the outer rear-view mirrors [sf6perated bymeans of a four-position switch. .

The two switches 124 (left) and 12S«F@lt) are sup­plied from fu,se 8, via red 29-polec.onnector 152B.

Each rear-view mirror will turn iO·t!}~direction inwhich the switch lever is moved. Forhorizontal set­ting, only the mirror motof~8a~E)::l.Jsed. For verticalsetting, a solenoid is alspenergised, which causesthe motors to move the mirrors vertically instead ofhorizonta lIy. .

The following table lists the cables that are Iive/earthed in each switch position:

Left-hand switch 124 and motor 126

~ 316 grey-red~ 317 green-white

t 316 grey-redt 317 green-white

Pos. + to motor

US and CA marketsCars for these markets are equipped with electricallyheated rear-view mirrors 207, which are supplied viathe switch for the heating of the rear window.

Saab900

Switch for the rear fog lightson the left-hand side of the fascia

Electrically-heated rear-view mirrorsone on each front door

207

161

Earthing point in the fascia

Light switchon the left-hand side of the fascia

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left~hand wheel.housing

Single-pole connectorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge ofthe left-handfrontdoor, behindthe electrical distribution box .one in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment,at the up­per hinge of the right-hand front doorone in the right-hand front door

10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia (behind the knee shield)

Relay/time-delay relay for the electricallyheated rear windowin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, relay position C

4-pole connectorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution boxone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the right-hand front doorone in the right-hand front door

Switch for the left-hand electrically oper­ated rear-view mirroron the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn

98

22A

60

113

125 Switch for the right-hand electrically oper­ated rear-view mirror

.on the fascia, to the right of the steeringcolumn

126 Motor for the left-hand electrically operatedrear-view mirrorin the left-hand rear-view mirror

127 Motor for the right-hand eJectrically oper­ated rear-view mirrorin the right-hand rear-view mirror

1528 29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

158 Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

123

124

Locations of components3

10

244 Electrically operated rear-view mirrors

201126127

J;t~qtricallyoperated rear-view mirrors 245

Saab900

Components

JlCJlB81~S ~124

113 125'----------'

+xII30DRD 1.0

sunroof

Saab900

182

+54II11KVT 2.5

cally 0

If) t1)

00: tY

11528OJ (J)

<l: (J)

&i &iIf) t1)

44AGN 1.0

152A

If) t1)

SE,FI,EU,GB,ME, US,CA,00: tY ME,FE,AU,M90: JP M89: JPOJ (J)

<l: (J)

&i &i 44DIf) t1) GN 0.75

591C 206 17BR 2.5 BRjVT 0.75

591BR 2.5 tffiffi592A

SV 2.5 7 + -6 8 1 3

(0D)181

l'ROOF BRjVT 0,75

t1) t1)

N N

0 z 12 58tY C)

"" t1)Q) Q)t1) t1)

593 GN 0.75

59

117

592 SV 2.5

246 Electrically operated. sunroof

Fault-tracing hintsThe sunroofwill be operative when the ignition switchis in the drive position.

1. Check fuse 11 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the supply to terminals 3 and 6 islive.

3. Close the switch and check that the supply tothe motor is live.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

OperationSwitch 181 for the electrically operat~pi'~unroof issupplied from fuse 11, via white29-~~1€)connector

152A. To open the sunroof, depress the left-handdownward arrow symbol on the s'Aiit<;h. ....

Motor 182 is earthed via terrr1ina1~>~·i~~d 8 on therocker-type switch. For a compret.ed~scription of thewiring forthe lighting of switsh1810n cars forthe USand CA markets and 198fl>lJ'1()9~lforJP, see also thesection entitled "Lightingsy§t~ms,Lighting for con­trols - US, CA and 1989forJP'~.

Saab900

Electrically operated sunroof 247

Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the steering column

58

22A

59 2-pole connectorat the motor for the electrically operatedsunroof

60 Single-pole connectorone under the centre console, between thefront seats

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the handc

brake lever

152A 29-pole white connector152B 29-pole red connector

in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

181 Switch for the electrically operated sunroofbetween the front seats, on the centre con­sole

182 Motor for the electrically operated sunroofat the extreme rear of the luggage compart­ment, under the spare wheel hatch

locations of components17

Saab900

Electrically operated sunroof·248

~--b

sunroof 249

182

Electrically operated

181

Saab900

.Components

015H 010A ....----__..

./(/

US,CA,

~440GN 0.75

206BR/VT 0.75

+xII300RD 1.0

13 152B

HAGN 1.0 .

206BR/VT 0.75

702A SV 4.0

593 GN 0.75

707 SV 4.0

700B VT 4.0

595 GN 0.75

SE,FI,EU,GB,~p

:Convertible top+54

IIllLVT 2.5

700VT 4.0

Saab900

70BA SV T 0.75

RD 16.0

~~l 0.75 ffiiliJ-+592 SV 0.75

117

70lA RD 4.0

700A VT 4.0

706 SV 4.0

594 RD 0.75

cally opera

Electrica Ily operated Gonvertible top250

Saab900

;(~~lectricaHyoperated Convertible top 251

Operation ~:!Cii~(~~t(!;!;!}.Y ,

\ .. '/,;!'Two hydraulic cylinder? actuated bY;QiWfr~manelec-

tric-motor driven hydraulic pumpare:U$~dfor raisingand lowering the top. • /'

Switch 181 for operating the!t(')l?;!is!~9Bplied fromfuse 12 via red 29-pole conl1~.ctQr.£!5:2Bi:lnd10-poleconnector 98. .

When the top is being IQI,ver~(H!611rrentflowsfrom pin2 on the switch to relaY2'T~;!~!JTBD!isenergised.Therelay coil is earthed9:9~9~~I{~~ltcl\ 43 for the hand­brake warning lamp,':gn91t~~~'{~9!p;dbrake must there­fore be applied beforelhel()p Can be operated.

Motor 273 of the hydraylispymp (P) is now suppliedacross the relaycol'lt~8ts'fr<)rnbattery1 and fuse 290(25 A). The motor is eartlledthrough the second relay(277) which is de~enefgised.

To raise the top, the direction of rotation ofthe motoris reversed, since relay277 is energised instead, andrelay 278 is de-energised.

For a complete description ofthe wiring for the light­ing of switch 181 on cars for the US and CA marketsand 1989 model for JP, see also the section entitled"Lighting systems, Lighting for controls- US, CA and1989 for JP".

Fault-tracing hintsThe top can be operated when the ignition switch is inthe drive position and the handbrake is applied.

1. Check fuse 12 and check that the supply to it islive.

2. Check that the relays for raising and loweringthe top perform correctly.

3. Check that the relays are energised at terminal87 and that the hydraulic pump motor is ener­gised when the switch is actuated.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

Batteryon the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

Earthing point onthe radiator cross-member

Extra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

7

17

locations of components1

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

43 Handbrake switchunder the plastic cover at the handbrakelever

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the steering column

59 2-pole connectorat the motor for the top

60 Single-pole connectortwo under the centre console, between thefront seats

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the side ofthe right-hand wheel housing

98 10-pole connectorunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

152B 29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

181 Switch for the electrically operated topbetween the seats, on the the centre con­sole

211 Earthing point on the gearbox

273 Motor for the hydraulic pumpunder the back seat, on the right-hand side

277 Relay for raising the topin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position C

278 Relay for lowering the topin the elactrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position D "

290 Fuse for the topin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side (at distribution block 75)

Saab900

252 Electrically operated Convertible top

18143

Saab900

Electrically operated Convertible top 253

277

Components

57R 501 BR 1.0 57R SV,---"':=':-=--""-1:<>30\--'='--"'-'---""'--103

175

I locking

q...:~~~'--------14

,---------,18,

Cen

1

152A500 GN 1.0

9 500 GN 1.0

504ABR VT 1.0

11 504A BR VT 1.0

" 10 505A VL 1.0

--'508 GN VT 1.0> 19«

"' 509 GL 1.0023on

Sf.! GR 1.5

+30I

ISKGR 2.S

Central locking

:3 "1-0

"I- 0>...; >

z--' > 0:: --'"" V> <D >183 <DO> a N

'"57 00 0 0on on on on on 1842

10

3 501 SV 1.0 24

254

RHD

/~------------::---:-:-----------Saab 900

OperationThe central locking system ofthe car locks or unlocksall doors and the luggage compartmentlidwherithekey is turned in the lock of the driver's door.

Terminal 4 of control unit 175 for the ceHtfallockingsystem is continuously supplied frornfl,.l~e 24; viawhite 29-pole connector 152A. "WeAsontrql·. unit· iscontrolled by key switch 183 in.tb$drivE;lr's door.

When the driver's db?:r;.i~/;loc~El~;terrninal 1 of thecontrol unit will be earthedviaeartning point 117.

Current will then flow from output 8. All central lock­ing motors (which are connected in parallel) will nowbe energised for approx. 1 second and the doors willbe locked. The motors are earthed through pin 7 ofthe control unit, and on from terminal 3 to earthingpoint 117.

When the driver's door is unlocked, terminal 20fthecontrol. unit will instead be earthed across the keyswitch. The motors will now be energised from pin 7instead, and will be earthed across pin 8 of thecontrol unit (for approx. 1 second), causing the locksto open.

On right-hand drive cars, the key switch is connectedto connector 57R, and motor 184 for the co-driver'sdoor lock is connected to connector 59R.

Saab900

Central locking 255

fault-tracing hints1. Check fuse 24 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to terminal 4 of controlunit 175 is live.

3; Check that pin 7 of the control unit is live whenthe doors are being unlocked and that pin 8 islive.Whenthedoors are being locked.

~,.- ... :.:, .... : -' ...- . .-. c.:.-:-· .'.

NotethatterlTli9~1~;7·and8 are. only energisedfor around one se.gondin conjunction with lock­ing and unlocking. Measuremeritat these termi­nals must therefore be carried out when keyswitch 183 is switching over.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

NoteOn testing, the actuating motors may be connectedto terminals 7 and 8 of the control unit only. Do notconnect them to any other power supply sources.Doing so may overload the motors and damage them.

256 CentraI locking

Locations of components22A Fuse holder

in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

57 3-pole connectorone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution box

57R 3-pole connectorone in the right-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the right-hand front door'

59 2-pole connectorone in the right-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the right-hand front doorone in the left-hand rear doorone iii the right-hand rear doorone in the luggage compartment lid, nearthe motor for the luggage compartment lockone in the luggage compartment, above the

, left-hand wheel housing

59R 2-pole connectorone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge of the left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution box

117 Earthing pointbetween thE:} ignition switch clOd the hand­brake lever

123 4-pole connectorone in the left-hand B pillarone in the right-hand B pillar

152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

175 Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be­hind the knee shield

183 Key switch for the driver's central. door lockin the driver's door

184 Motor for the co-drivers door lockin the co-drivers door, at the rear, under thelock

185 Motor for the right-hand rear door lockunder the lock in the right-hand, rear door

186 Motor for the left-hand rear door lockunder the lock in the left-hand rear door

188 Motor for the tailgate lockin the tailgate

Saab900

257

188

Central locking

183184185186

Saab900

175

Components

nvertlble

57R 501 8R 1.0 57R SVr---="'-'--=--'=----to3 OI-=-'--'=-'=--1o3

'5

~ M89:il M90:LHD.__._~ .,.._:J

015H 016A

2 159

~....

~>

'" --'lD >

~ ~0 0

'" '"

>­>

'"lD«....g

>­>

'"CD

~

'"

king-

Saab900

>­>z"aJo

'"

152A 175500 GN 1.0 500 GN 1.0

4504A 88R VT 1.0

11504A BR VT 1.0

~ 10 505A VL 1.0

--' 7> 19 508 GN VT 1.0

2«'" 509 GL 1.00

23'"

1

3 501 SV 1.0 24

10

572

51.1 GR 1.5

Central I

+30I

15KGR 2.5

Central locking - Convertible258

RHD

Fault..traclng hints1. Check fuse 24 and check that the supply to it is

live.

2. Check that the supply to terminal 4 of controlunit 175 is live.

3. Check that pin 7 of the co~trolunitis live whenthe doors are being un1oC;ked and that pin 8 is

live.whenthe.d~~rsiar;~~inglogked.

Note..thatterrninaIS>~b~~~{§~reBnIY energisedfor around one SeCOt1cl.incgnJY.J1cbonwith lock­ing and unlocking. Measurement at these termi­nals must therefore be carried out when keyswitch 183 is switching over.

4. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

OperationThe central locking system of the car locks or uhlocksthe doors and the luggage compartment lid when thekey is turned.in the lock of the driver's door.

Terminal 4 of control unit 175 for the ce'~t.~pII()Ckingsystem is continuously suppliedfrorni'f~:SE:)24;!\lia

29-pole white connector 152A.The'c;optrolunit is .controlled by key switch 183 lin the driver's door..

When the driver's door JsIOGked,1.~rfnil1aI10fthecontrol unit will be earthed via earthing point 117.

Current will then flow from output 8. Both centrallocking motors will now be energised for approx. 1second and the doors will be locked. The motors areearthed through pin 7 of the control unit, and on fromterminal 3 to earthing point 117.

When the driver's door is unlocked, terminal 2 of thecontrol unit will instead be earthed across the keyswitch. The motors will now be energised from pin 7instead, and will be earthed across pin 8 of thecontrol unit (for approx. 1 second), causing the locksto open.

Saab900

Central locking - Convertible 259

NoteOn testing, the actuating motors may be connectedto terminals 7 and 8 of the control unit only. Do notconnect them to any other power supply sources.Doing so may overload the motors and damage them.

260 Central locking'"'- Convertible

Locations of components22A Fuse holder

in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

3-pole connectorone in the left-hand front door()nein the engine compartment, at the up­H~~ftlinge ofthe left-hand front door; behind;tfje~lectrical distribution box

57Rg~P8leconnector

89te.iR~~~ ..right-hand front door0Q~tinmEl.engine compartment, at the up­pe~tling~of the right-hand front door

59 2-pole cOhnectoronE! in t~~(ri~ht-hand dooron~. inm~Elri~me.compartment, at the up­perhin~eofth~right-hand front doorone int~El Jl,!g~a.ge compartment lid, nearthe motoLf%~~e luggage compartment lockone in the luggage compartment, at the left­hand lid hinge, behind the trim

59R 2-pole conne.ctorone in the left-hand front doorone in the engine compartment, at the up­per hinge ofthe left-hand front door, behindthe electrical distribution box

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

175 Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be"hind the knee shield

183 Key switch for the driver's central door lockat the rear of the drivers door

184 Motor for the co-drivers door lockat the rear of the co-drivers door, under thelock

188 Motor for the tailgate lockin the tailgate

Saab900

261ConvertibleCentral locking

W33'U84

Saab900

~~

Components

TIP OFF

11M"VT 2.5

+54I

76

603B"RD 0.5

RD 0.75

m

98

;.._-- '"u i"c'~AlRO 0.5 ;' I

59 ' ""1 I

."

l!

IIL-..,

"

603A RO 1.0

I sy

r-_-"6"'°1'-"'Gl'-"-'0..!..:75"--_-b 4 GlO.75:."

2 6 /9

615SV 1.0

3

Saab900

'"lDoo'"

l1EVT 2.5

'"lDg'"

+54I

AUM89:SE,F1,

EU,GB,ME,FE1.190: {I,C)SE,

F1,EU,GB,.J;tE{E,JP

613ABlO.5

g59 '"o d..J

613A lD

BlO.5 n<0~

131

123KGN/VT 1.0

+15I

3

614SV 0.5

i:3~52BIh~/VT 0.75

US,CAM89:JP

1.190: (T)SE,FI,k\l~G.B,Ml,F~~

134

616SV 0.75

Croise Co

3

60 60'" MAN .Mil.d

60 '" ~lD

~1i~Q,060 123u

00 600B BR 1.0 2: BR'"

I,'~1~;jl~t;1187 152C

j ~~/VT 1.51..-,;.;;_;.;._-~24-"-60"'5'_'G"'R'__'_"1.0"___I>17 605 GR 1.0

233 p 18 604 OR 1.0

l.-~"t"""-'~~-l>19 603 RO 1.0

-30

AUT '~ ~~C "o SV 0.75 USCA AU'> 1.189: JP MB9: SE,F1,C/l 133 1.190: (T) EU.GB,ME.FEu SE,F1.EU 1.190: (l,e)SE,~ 61SA ~~.dI;' FI,EU.GB,

Il-~_~=~ SV 0.75 ME.FE,JP,~

30

9

,..---- "- - 30

5CGR 1.0

Cruise ControFsystem

+30I

'"0.-'

0 '"'" '"N N

;2 ;2

'"Cl

'"lDN

'"

262

Cruise Control system 263

0 4f 1 {I -'- 'vI _..

(\.-1 ..~ ...

Or l/1

--r- 1--, I{

d t - \

~l r~ (l /f -I '(i.< r 0 - l: "":k ......... .--'

The memory of the control unit is not erased, so theselected speed can be resumed after the pedal hasbeen released. This is done by pressing the selectorto the RESUME position, thereby applying a supplyvoltage to terminal 6 of the control unit.

A TIP position is provided between the ON and OFFpositions .of selector 141. When the selector ispressed to this position, the supply to terminal 9 ofthe control unit will be interrupted and the CruiseControl system will be switched out (the vacuumpump will stop and the vacuum valve will open).

When the selector is released, its return spring willreturn it to the ON position, and the supply to termi­nal ~ of the control unit will be re-established.

To revert to the selected speed, the selector must bepressed to the RESUME position, thereby applying asupply voltage to terminal 6 of the control unit.

The information in the memory of the control unit iserased when the ignition is switched off.

Cars with the Turbo engine and Cruise Control arealso equipped with vacuum switch 233 controlledfrom the vacuum pump through a hose. When theswitch is closed, the control unit will reduce theboost pressure to the basic value, thus providingsmoother control of the speed of the car.

US and CA marketsCars for these markets are equipped with a CRUISEwarning lamp (:J-7U) which will light up when selector141 is set to ON.

Automatic transmissionThe Cruise Control system..is supplied from fuse 13via the white 29-pole connector 152A. The systemwill thus be inoperative until the selector lever is inone of the drive positions.

Manual gearbox.The Cruise Control system is supplied from fuse 8.

Op~.ration

The Cru ise'Control system consists of thetollowingcomponents:

~ Speed transmitter 132

• Selector 14.1 for Cruise Control

• Control unit 131 for Cruise Control

It Vacuum pump 187 for Cruise Control (with vacuumvalve)

• Vacuum controller

• Pedal switches 133 and 134

The system is switched in by.means of selector 141.When the latter is set to thebN position, the supplywill be taken to vacuum pump and vacuum valve 187.The pump is earthed a'cross terminal 4 and valveacross terminal· 7. In addition, a supply is taken fromthe selector to terminal 9 of the control unit.

. When the SEfbutton is depressed, the supply circuitwill be closed to terminal 2 ofthe control unit and theroad speed ofthe car will be read by speed transmit­ter 132. The value will be fed into the memory ofthecontrol unit and stored there.

Vacuum pump .187 generates a vacuum in the vacu­um controller. This vacuum corresponds to the se­lected speed. The vacuum ~ontroller is connected bychain to the acceleratorJinkage..

The speed of the car i~ sensed continuously and iscompared with the'value store.d in the memory. In theevent of a deviation, the vacuum pump/vacuum valve}Nill increase or decrease the vacuum in the con-troller, thus resetting the accelerator linkage.

When terminal 4 is earthed, the vacuum pump willrun and the vacuum in the controller will increase,thereby increasing the accelerator setting.

When terminal 7 is ea'rthed, the vacuum valve will beclosed and the vacuum in the system will be con­stant.

When terminals 4 and 7 are both open (not earthed),the vacuum pump will be stationary and the valve willbe open. The vacuum in the controller will decrease,thereby reducing the accelerator setting.

If the clutch or brake pedal is depressed, the circuitto earth will be opened by tpe corresponding pedalswitCh (133 or 134). At the same time, a valve in thepedal switches will open, so that the vacuum will belost. The pedal switches thus take both the electricalsystem and the vacuur:n system out of operation.

The pedal switches are normally eartl)ed across the. l brake light bulbs. If a fault should occur on one o,fthe

switches 133 or 134, the Cruise Control system willbe switched out by brake light switch 29, since apositive voltage will be applied to terminal 3 of con­trol unit 131.

Saab900'

264 Cruise Control system

Fault-tracing hintsThe Cruise Control system will be operative when theignition switch is in the drive position ..

OFF position

Note.Fault tracing can be carried out withoutthe ignitionbeing set to drive. .

1. Check fuse 8 and check thatthesupplyto·it islive (MAN).

2. Check fuse 13 and check thatthei$llP~ly tQitislive. Also check switch 76 (AUT):/

3. Check that the supply to termina:f:4;Bf$el~ctor

141 and to terminal 1 of control uhit131islive.

4. Check the voltage at terminal 1 Bf$pe€)cfttarlS­mitter 132.

ON position

1. Check the voltage at terminal 1 of the selectorand at tenninal 9 of the control unit.

2. Check that the supply to vacuum pump 187 islive.

SETposition (spring-loaded)

1. Check the voltage at terminal 2 of the selectorand terminal 2 of the control unit.

RESUME position (spring-loaded) .;f

1. Check the voltage at terminals 1 and 3 of theselector and at terminals 6 and 9 of the controlunit.

2. Checkthatthe supply to the vacuum pump is live(cable 603 RD).

3. Check the connectors, cable harnesses andearth connections.

/

Saab900

I

(

Saab900

266 Cruise Control system

29-pole white connector29-pole red connector29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector, are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Distribution terminal +15in the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing .

Control unit for the APC systemin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

Solenoid valveat the extreme front of the engine 'compart­ment, above the radiator fan

Vacuum pump for Cruise Control,.in the engine compartment, forward ot theleft-hand wheel housing

Vacuum switch for Cruise Controlin the engine compartment, on the left-handwheel housing

Speed warning buzzerbehind the combined instrument

256

233

187

179

177

159

152A1528152CEarthing point in the fascia

Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

Earthing point in the luggage compartment

Fuse holderin the electrical distribution boX, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Brake light switchat the brake pedal

Brake lampsin the rear light clusters

Reversing light switchunder the centre console, at the selectorlever

31

30

29

47U Cruise Control warning lampin the combined instrument

59 2-pole connectorunder the fascia, on the left-hand side (be­hind the knee shield)

60 Single-pole connectortwo on the left-hand side under the fascia,at the 29-pole connectortwo under the fascia, to the left of the steer­ing column, behind the knee shield

,76 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.

transm. 'under the centre console, at the selectorlever

98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, under thefascia

123 4-pole connectoron the left-hand side, under the fascia (be-hind the knee shield) ,

129 Buzzer for coolant temperatureunder the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn, behind the knee shield

131 Control unit for Cruise Controlon the left-hand side under the fascia (be­hind the knee shield)

132 Speed transmitterin the combined instrument

133 Clutch switch for Cruise Control\ at the clutch pedal

134 Brake switch for Cruise~Controlat the brake pedal

141 Selector for Cruise Controlin the direction indicator stalk switch ,on theleft-hand side of the steering column

Locations of components3

7

9

22A

233

133-134

Cruise Control system 267

187

132,41U

Sa.ab900

29

22A98' Ba(MAN)

GOIA-UT)152C152B152A

179

1.31

141

Components

1'J7300

'95CNjvT 0.5

OI~ 029C

257

B+ 0+ 2

2 J 59

22.

181'

;!LQ:.L

)

397

[~U.59M90

00 on.- on,; ,; ,;

'" ffi ffi~

~0 aa i<a

'0 26 9

+15II

152A

187AVT 0.75 -4

731Bl/VT 0.75

@aa===::'J298D

ti7300 f0 91.~2 ~59

1

4 1.co-iCO 2 3 105:-0 ~ ~ 294'---,' 5.'"

(o,Lr\5J'tr...{

r----r---nr9-'I @47Q ~SL47F I ~ (~47E II IANril rmlS£·f1·EU. I I rMllI ~ ~~II~II i~US.CA. II 1I Ilill!!QJAlI- I I IL_''L __ !l... ..J L f!'.-...J

751 187 195GRjVT 0.75 Vi 0.5 GN/VT 0.5

21

stem (

~.-~ 110 13

60 ~ VT 2.~> I'J~",~:10 11Gci VT 2.5

~ r;~_ I '0 122A

~ L::...J

30A 302A

3038

291

.1075

"--- -"0-,,""-"""•.a~>--,-7-"GRo...=2'0"--t29 7 CR 25

,..-_--t~_~,6.a._!'2f!A'-'C""RNT"'-'-""0.7"'-5-_I>" "._ ,9D'"~ 30 66 ~

/-C87 85

Saab900

ke

- <;>..747A 0 302RO/VT 0.75 '"

~

I~~30 293

85 87

744 BL 0.75

745CL '.D

,-'

297

0--6lQ,;

ffi~\.~-\'L

'--~

<~ 7<6

t''''t.......;.•..-, sv 4.0

7 211

203 8 1 2 H 32

/ "t. L U

35 '6 '700 on 00.- .- .-,; ,; ,;

~ ~ ~Q)

Bl 16;0 BL 25.0

30A

a..lil

.-- ~ r--

~ /erA 87 85292 ".~

In !l6

523

[~~59D

~r.~---'

~,;

in7<2

~

~n~.-,;

in93(M89) 300: .-§~ > "a

~7N

~3VT 0.75 93(M89)303A ~

~ on on on.- on"" ":on .-,;

""~ a" ,;~ ~'" z> ~> "'< "''''~

00

~~~

r::::~ .-

+ RO 16.0

Anti-lock b

L::::===Qa@298C

o <?I.J ~59

D

62.

12 27

<

~ 29

r;:;II 31 F2A

L..:::....J'3' Mill) MilSRD/VT1.a ~

r .... "~~,,,,)~-,-,-,a,,-,.7,,-5 _+-~~-I2..!5,7.QJ-".~/vT 0.75

• • :152Ar +- ~'----~-~~~-...12!UE!.t:fl....!ill~j7--18-----I' ..152CJ,..l~ ~ 751 aRM 0.75=

Anti-lock brake system (ASS)268

Anti-lock brake system (ASS) 269

Test equipmentASS system tester, part No. 89 96 514.

tacts. Since the relay is alwaYsd13-energised for atleast 2 seconds when the engill~Jsstarted,the lampwill light up during this time.(I-1?~l3y~r,the lamp mayremain alight for up to 60 sec09.8~!.untilthe correcthydraUlic pressure has bee9.re~c~~cl.) ..

When the igniti~n sWitChiSjtym~9,1~ttWdriveor startposition, brakewarnin~laITlR;,~7;.f;~lllTaJso light, up,since it will be earthed Vi(;lJR1:;9J~~~Of1prchargingwarning lamp. Whentheen~ineha.sst~rted and thealternator begins tocharge,(the VoltageatterminalD+ of the alternator will increase, the diodes in theearth circuit will cut off, and the warniog lamp will beextinguished.

contacts closed, floatin bottom positioncontacts closed, floatin the top position

IFL, IFR, IROFL, OFR, OR

Remarks

800 - 1400 ohmat least 0.1 V AC vaJuewhen the wheel is

rotating at 1 rev/s

Value

295 Master valve 2 - 5 ohm296 Inlet valves 5 - 7 ohm296 Outlet valves 3 - 5 ohm299 Brake fluid level sensor

Contacts 1-2 10 ohm

Contacts 3 - 4 1 ohm

298 Wheel sensors

CQmponent

HydraUlic pressure

The pressure in the hydraulic unit accumulator ismaintained at the correct value by a hydraUlic pump,which is driven by motor 297 and is controlled bypressure switch 294.

If the pressure is less than 140 bar when the engineis started, contacts 4-1 will be closed. The coil ofpump relay 293 is then earthed and motor 297 issupplied across the relay contacts.

When the hydraulic pump has raised the pressure inthe accumulator to 180 bar, the contacts will openand the motor wi II stop. If the pressure shou Id drop to140 bar while the car is travelling, the contactswillagain close and the pump will start. The pump re­quires 10 - 15 seconds to raise the pressure from140 bar to 180 bar.

fault tracingThe ASS system tester shoulcl be used for fault trac­ing in the ASS system. This tester carries out mea­surements on the entire ASS system automatically,in accordance with a program stored in the tester.Most ofthe measurements are taken while the car istravelling. Detailecl fault-tracing instructions are in­cluded in the manual supplied with the tester.

In exceptional cases, conventional measuring instru­ments may be used for fault tracing, and the tablebelow includes resistance values for valve coils, etc.and values for the output voltage from the wheelsensors.

.Operation of warning lamps when the car is started

. Thewarning lamps for the brake system light up everytime the engine is started. This allows the driver toch~BK that the bulb filaments are intact. (How thewarning lamps light up to indicate defects is coveredin the section entitled "Monitoring functions".)

When the ignition switch is turned to the start posi­tion, the +'54 supply to main relay 292 will be in­terrupted, the relay will be de-energised, and ASSwarning lamp 47Q will therefore be earthed at earth­ing point 63/93 via diode 303A and the relay con-

Power supply

When the ignition switch is turned to the drive posi­tion, pin 2 ofthe control unit will be energised (+54).The supply from pin 8 of the control unit then ener­gises main relay292. The unit isthussupplied (+30)so that it can operate the control va Ives ofthe hydrau­lic unit.

Saab900

OperationThe Anti-lock Srake System (ASS) is controlled andmonitored electrically.

Only the electrical operation of the system is de­scribed in this manual, whereas the mechanical andhydraulic components are discussed in the SerViceManual, Group 5:2 Anti-lock braking system (ASS).

Asensor at each wheel of the car supplies the controlunit with information on the speed of rotation of thecorresponding wheel. If any of the wheels shouldtend to lock, the control unit will adjust the brakingeffort, i.e. the hydraulic fluid pressure in the brakelines, by means of electric control valves. The brak­ing effort on the front wheels can be controlled indi­vidually, whereas that on the rear wheels is con­trolled jointly.

The brake unit, which is connected to the brake ped­al, does not employ the vacuum in the engine intakemanifold for the servo action. The car is equippedinstead with an electrically driven hydraulic pumpwhich provides the servo action. The hydraulic fluidpressure ,is maintained at the required value bymeans of a pressure switch which controls the hy­draulic pump motor.

Two warning lamps on the fascia are connected to thebrake system: the ASS warning lamp (ANTI LOCK) andthe usual brake warning lamp which is also incorpo-

. rated into brake systems without ASS. On cars for theUS, CA and UA market, the lamp is marked with thetext SRAKE FWID instead of the symbol.

. The components of the ASS system are suppliedacross the fuses on relay and fuse board 302.

Control unit 291 is protected by the 10A fuse, andmain relay 292 and pump relay 293 are protected bythe two 30A fuses.

In addition, warning lamps 47Q and 47F are supplied(+15) when the ignition switch is in the drive or startposition.

270 Anti-lock brake system (ASS)

Control unit 291Control unit 291 continually receives information onthe speed of rotation ofthe wheels from the followingfour wheel sensors:

298A left-hand front298B right-hand front298C left-hand rear2980 right-hand rear

On the basis of the speed values obtained from thesensors, the contrpl unit then controls the brakingeffort on the wheefs via the six hydraulic valves 296in the hydraulic unit. The front-wheel brakes are con­trolled indiVidually, whereas the brakes of the rearwheels are controlled jointly. One inlet valve and oneoutlet valve is provided for each function.

Left-hand front wheelIFL inlet valveOFL outlet valve

Right-hand front wheelIFR inlet valveOFR outlet valve

Rear wheels (common cirCUit)IR inlet valveOR outlet valve

In the de-energised condition, the inlet valves areopen and the outlet valves are closed.

When the ABS system is in operation, master valve295 will be energised and is open.

Saab900

'"I'o>1Il

«~I'

fj'7300

015H 007D

195GN/VT 0.5

6

299

YB + D+ 2

224

";"257

~~~'~~il~~~C731BL/VT 0.75

257

F----·~-··l

I 397 Id~:]j

'"" '"0 0"" ~

CD !D

"' 0>

'" 0>I' 0>

10 26 9

'"o>­>

2 59

l87AVT 0.75

"'"

'"o>­>

"'"

18

4 140-180 2 .3 105

l-A;;~I ~ f-) \ <.!:.J 2941 5

34

745GL 4.0

1533

291

11

r;297 M)-G

-2

746SV 4.0

... 745B SV 0.75 74.3 SV 0.75

3038 \\!/,/~_..::.99""S,--,S,-,-V--,0"".5,--__-+__---,ri793(MS9)

.§'.2.(~2)

Saab 900

17

'"I'0~

!D

«'"".I'

'" '"0 0.J ~

CD '-'« <>". '"". ".I' I'

14 32

1635

o.,;o""«OJ".

"

523

'""0>1Il

« 742'"

~n~"0>1Il

93(MS9) 300 : "6..~.(r,19,9) > ~

0

~7N

752 "GL/VT 0.75 ") 93(M89)

303A / §.~.L1;j.9,2)

'" '" '" '"" ~...: "'" "0~.J

ON 0>- ~'-' z> a> '-'« '-'1Il a:N ",0 OJ", '""' _N N_

~" 1'1' 1'1'

27 203 8 1 2

Anti-lock brake system (ASS)

624

+15II

+ RD 16.0

""'-'<>'"

~

W30A [}OA W30A 302Aa"";;:; '\

00.,;

~.,;

747A29

a302a RD/VT 0.75 ""a:

'"0 ".

'" .-- ""

I~~ ~86 30

~

~ 293a 292

""N 30 86 85 87~ \ 744 BL 0.75

131RD/VT 1.0

rt'152AL~

272

Power supply, hydraulic pressureand monitoring functions

IANTil~

BRAKEFLUID

\ANill~

Brake fluid level warning and ASS warninglamps light up simultaneously

Only the brake fluid level warning lamp will light up ifthe brake fluid level has dropped slightly.

Normal braking and ABS control remain unaffected.

Brake fluid warning lamp lights up

Only the ASS warning lamp will light up if the elec­tronic control unit should detect a fault in the ASSsystem.

The ordinary brakes operate normally but the ABSsystem is disconnected.

Anti-lock brake system (ASS) 273

ASS warning lamp lights up

Summary of Indications provided by the warninglamps:

If both lamps are alight, this indicates eitherthatthebrake fluid in the reservoir has dropped further or thatthe hydraulic pressure has dropped to below 105 bar(1523 psi). This means that ASS control is inoper­ative and only reduced braking effort is available.

Joint activation due to low brake fluid level indicatesthat brake fluid is leaking out of the brake system.Stop Immediately and don't drive the car until repairshave been carried out.

Joint activation due to low hydraulic pressure indi­cates that the servo action and the brake pressure atthe rear wheels are not proportional to the pedalpressure. Finally, when the hydraulic pressure is 0bar, there will be no servo action and no brake pres­sure to the rear wheels. The front-wheel brakes willoperate normally, although without power assist­ance.

ABS warning lamp

The control unit monitors the performance ofthe ASSsystem and, if a fault should occur, will light up ANTILOCK warning lamp 47Q. When the lamp is alight, theABS function is inoperative, and the brake systemwill perform as a conventional brake system.

The following faults will cause pin 27 of control unit291 to earth the lamp, thus lighting it up:

• if the level in the brake fluid reservoir should dropbelow the MIN marking on the reservoir. Contacts1 - 2 of level sensor 299. will then open, thusopening the circuit between pins 9 and 10 of thecontrol unit. Under normal operating conditions,contacts 3 - 5 of pressure switch 294 are closed.(In this case, the brake warning lamp wmalso lightup.)

• ifthe pressure in the accumulator ofthe hydraulicunit should drop below 105 bar. Contacts 3 - 5 ofpressure switch 294 will then open. Contacts 1-2of level sensor 299 are closed if the level in thebrake fluid reservoir is correct. (The brake warninglamp will also light up.)

• if the signal level from one of the wheel sensors298 is too low. .

The follOWing faults will cause pin 8 ofthe control unitto be de-energised. ASS system relay 292 will thentrip and the lamp will be earthed at earthing point300 across the relay contacts and diode 303A.

• open-circuit in the wiring (or in the connector) tovalve block 296, wheel sensors 298 or mastervalve 295.

• fault in the control unit.

OperationFor particulars of the operation of the lamps duringstarting, see page 269.

Brake warning lamp

Brake warning lamp 47Fwililight up under the follow­ing circumstances:

• if the level in the fluid reservoir reaches the MINmark on the reservoir. The lamp will then beearthed at earthing' point 300 across contacts4 - 3 of level sensor 299.

• if the pressure in the accumulator of the hydraulicunit should drop below 105 bar. The lamp will thenbe earthed at earthing point 7 across contaets2 - 1 of pressure switch 294. The contacts closeat 105 bar and open at 134 bar. (In this case, theASS warning lamp will also light up.)

Both pairs of contacts are open under normal oper~ating conditions.

Cars without ASS are also equipped with the brakewarning lamp, although it is then used only for warn­ing the driver that the level in the brake fluid reservoiris too low.

Saab900

Saab900

123

152A

152B

Earthing point on the left-hand wheel hous­ing member

10-pole connectorone (black) on the inside of the knee shield,tothe left of the steering columno!1eat the electronic unit

4~j:@~/8()qn~:tQtRr.·......:'>:x;tVV()?~t:th~.eJ~ctmniqtJrl.it"9n!3.black(Ieft- .·haIJdfr()nrsen$gr)alld9.n~gt~~(right-handfrollfsens6ff .' . . .' .

29-pole white connector. • "':in the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

. 29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left;..hand wheelhousing

Earthing point on the gearbox

Earthing point on the alternator bracket

ABS control uniton the left-hand side of the engine compart­ment, forward of the wheel housing (1989model)under the back seat, on the right-hand side(1990 model)

ABS system relayin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the ABS electri­cal distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the ABS elec­trical distrit;>ution box (1990 model)

ABS pump relay ,in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the ABS electri­cal distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the ABS elec­trical distribution box (1990 model)

ABS pressure switchin the engine compartment, on the hydraulicunit

ABS master valvein the engine compartment, on the hydraulicunit

Anti-lock brake system (ASS) 275

294

93

98

295

293

292

211

257

291

158

152C

Saab900

locations of components1 Battery

on the right-hand side of the engine com­partment

2 Alternatoron the left-hand side of the engine

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

21 Ignition switch relayin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, relay position E

22AFuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47E Charging warning lamp

47F Brake warning lamp

47K SHIFT UP warning lampin the combined instrument in the instru­ment panel

47Q ABS warning lampin the combined instrument on the fascia

47T SRS Airbag warning lampin the combined instrument on the fascia

57 3-pole connectorone at the right-hand front wheel sensorone at the left-hand front wheel sensor

58 12-pole connectoronthe inside ofthe knee shield, to the left ofthe steering column

59 2-pole connector. at the electrical distribution box at the left­

hand wheel housingon the left-hand side, under the back seat(1990 model)in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment (CAB)one in the engine compartment, at the hy­draulic unitone in the engine compartment, on theright-hand side of the bulkhead partitionone under the back seat, on the left-handsideone under the back seat, on the right-handside

60 Single-pole connectorin the electrical distribution box, on the left­hand wheel housing (1990 model)

65 Earthing point at the back seat (1990model)

75 Distribution blockin the engine compartment, on the right­hand side

276 Anti-lock brake system (ASS)

296 A8S valve block 334in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

297 A8S hydraulic pump motor 335in the engine compartment, on the hydraUlicunit

298A Wheel sensor, left-hand front 336on the left-hand steering swivel member

2988 Wheel sensor, right-hand front 397on the right-hand steering swivel member

298C Wheel sensor, left-hand rearon the left-hand rear wheel hub 400

298D Wheel sensor, right-hand rearon the right-hand rear wheel hub

299 A8S brake fluid level sensorin the engine compartment, on the brakefluid reservoir of the hydraulic unit

300 Earthing point on the hydraulic unitin the engine compartment, on the front ofthe hydraulic unit

302 A8S electrical distribution boxin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing (1990 model)

302A A8S fuse holderin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the A8S electri-cal distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the A8S elec-trical distribution box (1990 model)

303A A8S diode3038 A8S diode

in the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing, in the A8S electri-cal distribution box (1989 model)in the engine compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing, in the A8S elec-trical distribution box (1990 model)

330 10-pole airbag test connectorin the centre console, under the rubber bel-lows, forward of the gear lever

331 Electronic unit for the airbagin the fascia, under the left-hand speakergrille

332A Sensor, left-handin the engine compartment, forward of theleft-hand wheel housing

3328 Sensor, right-handin the engine compartment, forward of theright-hand wheel housing

333 Airbagin the steering wheel

.','v.:';::

Saab900

Earthing point for the electronic unit andtest connectoradjacent to the electronic unit

2-pole orange connectorthe pins are short-circuited-when the con­nector is separated

Slip-ring contactin the steering wheel

Diagnostic test socket, A8Sin the engine compartment, in the cableharness at the hydraulic unit (1990 model)

Redundant earth for the airbagon the left-hand wheel housing, accessiblefrom the interior

277

397

297

2122ft.60 M19S0

'i52:}"'152C'i5S

Anti-lock brake system (ASS)

Saab900

292 1293SO2/.\ J' 302 f\fi'1939303A30313 .

292 1293302Ar302 ["11990303A30313

291

Components

I

YJ--~I

onNz<.:> -01-'" -

~ ~_~ GN 2.5 LL GL 2.5 (M)

I"--'-"808 sv 0.75 5 sv 0.5

831 SV 0.5

5 811 SV/VT 0.5 T svlvT 0.75

I"--'-"

17 806 GLIRD 0.5

824SV 1.0

186

B12 $V IRD 0.5 =r= SVIRD 0.75 ;

~ ~I

~ ~~ ~:~;

'"N"'

n765

r--- 311 P ,--

86 .\~-85 87 87A

1----/ I f-

'" on onon.,; N N

I- 0 >N

> 0: V> >

~ ~ ~V>

0>N

<Xl "'n'7

5-8~8/)165

86 30

312P

19

826 827RD 2.5 VT 0.5

835GL 0.5

83SGL 0.5

dJ98

800VT 0.5

135AVT 1.0

135VT 1.5

,1989 model

11

+54II11MVT 2.5

306

833BR 0.5

65

7 837 VT 0.5 ~~H,",~~.~20 2 13

208P

" " 852 $V 0.5 9 852 sv 0.5 ~ SV 0.5.,; .,; "'-'-" 600: 5<D

'" " 65'" :ri"'

IJI ~157 0150 092B

25

o0:

v

'""'

12

823GR 2.5

823A RD 2.5

+301

1

820 818 822VT 0.5 RD 2.5 RD 1.0

on ond d

;;! 0:<.:>

~ N<Xl

22 2310

+30I

41~2'5 ~30 ~

<D

S D 20 I'*'~~II----r;!:r-----r;!;r15 "f'-----"f"-------L'f'

~~VT 0.75

I!IlVe s

'"Nz<.:>

87A 87 85

-~ i\ 1"-

'" '" '"'" N N dN

> 0 >-> V> 0: >'" ;;; « «0> "' ~;;; ;;; ;;; <Xl

n765 87A 87 85

\--G30 86

312D

~ 803 BL/RD 0.75 B

Passive seat belts, 1989 model

GL 0.5

BL 0.5

GN 0.5

rt---..;;..o.-+",-5V!.l.IIR",[D,,-",0.~75"-jO'=p-810 SV/RD 0.5~ F-'--"

SV 0.75 i-=so 817 SV 0.5

278

Saab 900

+54II11AVT 2.5

~[t122A G'ASTEN BELTS .@.)I -~. I\.:· ~~' 0.7s'-~ 1528 156 72 157 58 156

~~"] BR 0.75 BR'NT 0.75 [6~T 0.75

+54 . '.J r--"-h- .J_+,I~I 3 ,-- --'-,L

11llL t1 JL ~ .c:::::::: 233~~S 82 1 L,-----,-J GN/VT 0.75 r 6 1I rJ12J22A f'---< [ 60 I ~9 1475 I~IL~5 ~28 2 15 31 [J L ~::~253 140 GL 1.5 ~ 142 GL 1.5 ~~0~'75 n~~::':5;; 7 70 n:V

30

.75

:'."

Saab900

OperationIn certain cars, passive seat belts are provided forthefront-seat occupants. The seat belt consists of amotor-driven, two-point diagonal strap and amanually fastened lap strap. The diagonal strap iscontrolled and monitored by logic box 306.

Regardless of the position of the ignition switch, theseat-belt system is always supplied (+30) acrossfuses 310 (0 = driver's side and P = passenger'sside). The g sensor 309 is designed to isolate thesupply to the logic box in the event of a collision(retardation of more than 0.7 g).

Driver's sideThe upper anchor point of the diagonal strap (thecarriage on the guide rail) is moved between the Aand B pillars by motor 3080, which is controlled bythe logic box via relays 3110 and 3120. The travel ofthe carriage is monitored by the two limit switches3080:A and B. Limit switch Aopens a circuit and thusprovides information to the logic box that the car­riage has reached the A pillar, and limit switch Bopens the circuit when the carriage is locked at the Bpillar.

When the door is opened from the outside, the car­riage is in the forward position atthe Apillar. After thedoor has been closed, i.e. door switch 2080 is openand ignition switch 20 is in the drive or start position,the coil of relay 3110 will be earthed via pin 23 inlogic box 306. The relay is energised and one pole ofthe motor is supplied via the relay contacts, while theother pole is earthed via relay 312D. When the car­riage has reached the rear limit of its travel at the Bpillar, limit switch Bwill open. The logic box will thenopen the earth circuit to the coil of relay 3110 andthe motor wi II stop.

When the ignition is switched off or the door isopened, the logic box will energise (via pin 22) relay3120. The direction of rotation of the motor will thenbe reversed and the carriage will move towards the Apillar. When the carriage has reached the A pillar,limit switch A will open and the motor will stop.

When reverse gear is engaged, reversing light switch31 will close and a signal will be applied to the logicbox. The driver can then open the door while theignition is switched on, without the seat-belt carriagemoving to the forward position.

The sensor-override solenoid 3070 in the belt reeloverrides the acceleration and tipping sensors forthe diagonal strap. The solenoid is energised whilethe carriage is travelling between the two limits of itstravel, to enable the belt to be withdrawn freely. Inaddition, the solenoid is energised for 30 secondsafter the door has been opened or closed, to enablethe seat to be adjusted.

When the solenoid is energised, the circuit will beclosed at the upper contacts in the diagram (earth atpin 21) to provide the logic box with information that

Passive seat belts, 1989 model 279

the solenoid has actually been energised. The lowercontacts sense whether or not the strap has beenwound up fully on the reel. The contacts are openwhen the strap is on the reel (not connected to thecarriage).

COmdriver's sideThe diagonal strap on the co-driver's side is driven inthe same way as that on the driver's side. (When relay311P is energised, motor 308P moves the strap fromA pillar to B pillar, and moves it in the oppositedirection when 312P is energised.) Reel 307P anddoor switch 208P have the same function as thecorresponding components on the driver's side.

When the co-driver's door is opened from the out­side, the seat belt may be at either the A pillar or theBpillar. Ifthe belt is atthe Bpillar, itwill move to the Apillar when the door is opened.

When the door is closed and the ignition is switchedon or if it is already switched on, the belt will move tothe B pillar, regardless of whether or not the seat isoccupied.

When the co-driver's door is opened, the carriage willmove to the A pillar, and will remain there when thedoor is closed, unless the ignition is switched on.

Warning systemWarning lamp 47S for the passive seat belts is con­trolled by the logic box. The lamp will flash:

• when the carriage on the driver's side is movingfrom A pillar to B pillar

• when the carriage on the co-driver's side movesfrom the A pillar to the B pillar and if it takes morethan 8 seconds to reach the B pillar

• if the carriage is locked at the B pillar and a faulthas occurred on the sensor-override function

e if the carriage is not securely locked at the B pillar

Lamp 47S will light up with a steady light:

• if the diagonal strap has worked loose from thecarriage.

A flashing light has priority over a steady light.

The buzzer in relay 82 is actuated by the logic box(earth at pin 20) and by the driver's side lap strap.

The buzzer will sound:

• while the carriage for the diagonal strap is movingfrom the A pillar or B pillar when the ignition isswitched on

• for up to 8 seconds if the lap strap has not beenfastened, i.e. if seat-belt switch 70 is still closed.

Seat-belt warning lamp 72 is not affected by thepassive seat-belt system. Lamp 72 will light up for4 - 8 s after the ignition has been switched on.

280 Passive seat belts, 1989 model

Fault..tracing hintsCheck that the supply to the seat-belt system is live.Fuse 3100 protects the logic box and the seat belt onthe driver's side, whereas fuse 310P protects theseat belt on the co-driver's side. (The seat belt on thedriver's side will still operate, even if fuse 310P hasblown.) Also check fuses 5, 12 and 13.

As a general rule, always disconnect the connectorfrom the logic box before carrying out fault-tracing onthe system. Never take any measurements with thelogic box connected or on the pins of the logic box.

The logic box is regarded as an exchange unit, andfaUlt-tracing should startby determining whether thefault is in the logic box or in other components,connectors, etc. Most of the signals to and from thelogic box can be checked using the system diagramand the table below. The diagram shows the beltsystem with the carriages at the A pillars, the cardoors open and the lap straps not fastened.

1. Ensure that the ignition is switched off and dis­connect the connector from the logic box. Carryout all measurements from the rear of the con­nector.

2. Turn the ignition key to the drive positiori anduse a voltmeter to check that the following pinsin the connector are at battery voltage.

Pin Remarks

11 reverse gear engaged12 ignition switch in the drive position'18 via the relay coil in 312P19 via the relay coil in 311P22 via the relay coil in 312023 via the relay coil in 311025 via g sensor 309

3. Use an ohmmeter to measure between the fol­lowing pins and earth.

Pin Resistance, Remarksohm

1 0 belt in the carriage2 approx.13 bulb resistance4 approx.22 coil resistance5 open circuit carriage at A pillar6 07 0 co-driver's door open8 approx.22 coil resistance9 open circuit carriage at A pillar

10 013 014 0 belt in the carriage17 open circuit20 0 lap strap not fastened21 open circuit24 0 driver's door open

Saab900

Saab900

282 Passive seat belts, 1989 model

locations of components 152A

3 Earthing point in the fascia 152B

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holder 208Din the electrical distribution box, in the en~

gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

208P31 Reversing light switch

under the centre console, to the left of theselector lever

30647S Passive seat-belt warning lamp

in the combined instrument on the fascia307D

57 3-pole connectorunder the back seat, on the left-hand side

307P58 12-pole connector

to the left of the steering column, under thefascia, behind the knee shield

308D59 2-pole connector

one in the engine compartment, at the tophinge of the left-hand doorone in the engine compartment, at the top

308Phinge of the right-hand door

60 Single-pole connectortwo in each door, at the door switch for thepassive seat-belt system, behind the trim

309two under the centre console, between thefront seats

65 Earthing point at the back seat 310D

70 Seat-belt switch - driver's side 310Pbetween the driver's seat and the co-driver'sseat

72 Seat-belt warning lamp 311Din the centre of the fascia

76 Switch for raising the idling speed (auto.) 311P

under the centre console, at the selectorlever

82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relay 312D

under the back seat, on t~e left-hand side312P

98 10-pole connectorto the left of the steering column, below thefascia, behind the knee shield

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand-brake lever

122 8-pole connectorone under the driver's seat, on the left-handside, under the carpetone und~J the co-drivers seat, on the right-hand side, under the carpetone under the back seat, on the left-handsideone under the back seat, on the right-handside

Saab900

29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment, in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Driver's door switch, passive seat-belt sys­temat the driver's door lock, behind the trim.

Co-driver's door switch, passive seat-beltsystemat the co-driver's door lock, behind the trim.

Logic box for passive seat beltsunder the back seat, on the left-hand side

Belt reel for passive seat belts, driver's sideon the inboard side of the driver's seat.

Belt reel for passive seat belts, co-driver'ssideon the inboard side of the co-driver's seat

Motor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, driver's sidebehind the driver's side B pillar, behind theside trim.

Motor with limit switches for passive seatbelts, co-driver's sidebehind the co-driver's side B pillar, behindthe side trim.

g sensor for passive seat beltsunder the back seat, on the left-hand side.

Fuse (25 A) for passive seat belts, driver'ssideFuse (25 A) for passive seat belts, co­driver's sideunder the back seat, on the left-hand side.

Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, co­driver's sideunder the back seat, on the left-hand side.

Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive· seat belts, co-driver's side .under the back seat, on the left-hand side

Passive seat belts, 1989 model 283

Components 310P 310D312P 3111' 3110 3120

122

Saab900

58 22ft,98 152,e.

°152B

334

334

015H 199C

'" '" '"'"

ci 0 6

'" '" ci l- I- I-6 ci > > >

I-

> Z > '" '" >Vl c:> « m '" Vl

N 0 " ... '"C;; '" 0 0; 00> 0> 0> 0>

334

11 20 7 14 5

331

'" '" '"" " "0 0 0l- I- I-

'" > > >

'" 0 '" '" >0I- '"

m c:> Vl

I- > '" '" '" '" 0 " ... '"> 0 0 6 6I-

0 0; 0Z 0> 0>

Z .eJ '" > Z I- >'" c:> Vl c:> > «« 2 3 1 123'" '" 0>

'"0 0

0; 0; C;; C;; '" '"0> 0> '"

12A GR VT 0.75

22 152A 86 30

21

12GR/VT 2.5

158,..--A--..

~11C

~'VT 2.5 VT 2.5

59

"---v---"'

'" l1C

I-VT 2.5

'" >0 z--' '"'" 0-lD "'0; ~

983 358

r

471L

'" '" '"" " "ci ci ci0 0 0

'" '" '"z -' -'c:> c:> m

912 OR 0.5 " <0 '" '"C;; 0 0 00> 0>--'c:>

123 3 2 1 lD0;

Ai g

'" '"'" '" cici ci ci

I-

'" '" 0 0 0 '" > '"ci 6 '" '" '" 0 ciz'" 0 z --' --' --' '" '"0 '" c:> c:> m c:> c:>... <0 "'

«'" ..... <0 '" 0>C;; 0 C;; 0 0 C;; 0; C;;0> 0> 0>

1 9 17 6 3 16 1819

'" 334'"'"m

400 334

Saab 900

Airbag

57/t- ""RA-'--"o"'.5_-to 1OJ----------,

SV 0.5 2

1L_...l-----~G=-L~O"'.5'_______I! 301--------,

284

OperationThe steering wheel pads of cars equipped with theAirbag system are marked "SRS"(Supplemental Re­straint System).

The system consists of two front sensors, an elec­tronic unit, a safety sensor and a steering wheel padcontaining a gas generator and an airbag.

The system will be activated when at least one of thetwo front sensors and the safety sensor are sUbjectedto a retardation force equivalentto a frontal collisionat around 20 km/h (12 mph).

The supply to the system is taken from distributionterminal +15 when the ignition switch is in the startor drive position, and from the +50 supply when theignition switch is in the start position.

front sensorThe front sensor consists of a contact roller which isheld in the rest position by a spring. When the roller issubjected to a force of at least 16 g, it wi II roll forwardand close the circuit. The front sensor must thereforebe" mounted facing the right way.

Electronic unitThe electronic unit contains the safety sensor, a ca­pacitor pack, and the firing and monitoring circuits.The electronic unit must also be mounted facing theright way.

Steering wheel pad (Alrbag module)The gas generator and the airbag are located in thesteering wheel pad.

Gas generatorThe gas generator consists of an aluminium casewith a centre compartment and two annular compart­ments.

The centre compartment includes an electric deto­nator and an explosive charge, and is in communi­cation with the inner annular compartment.

SRS warning lampThe SRS warning lamp is located in the combinedinstrument.

The SRS lamp will light up for around 6 seconds whenthe ignition key is turned to the start ordrive position,and will then go out if there are no faults in thesystem.

Saab900

Airbag 285

Supply

When the ignition switch is turned to the start or driveposition, the supply (+15) is taken across pin 3 inconnector 98 to pin 18 in electronic unit 331, thuscharging the capacitor pack. The capacitor packserves as a power supply reserve in the event of lossofsupplyatthe instant of collision. Atthesametime,SRS lamp 47T in the combined instrument will beenergised from the + 54 supply, acrosS" fuse 7.

SRS lamp 4?Twill be earthed across pin 7 in connec­tor 98, and pin 20 in electronic unit 331, and willlight up.

When the ignition switch is turned to the start posi­tion, pin 16 in electronic unit 331 will be energised(+50), which will start the measurement cycle, etc.in the diagnostic unit.

Activation of the airbagIn a collision, the airbag and the seat-belt tensionerswill be activated if the front sensors and the safetysensor in the electronic unit sense a retardation of atleast 16 g at the front sensor and at least 2 g at thesafety sensor.

The contacts in each sensor will then close and thecapacitor pack in the electronic unit will discharge,applying a current pulse to the electric detonators inthe airbag. "

earthing

Do not connect earth cables of other systems to themounting screws of the front sensors and the elec­tronic unit, since this may cause disturbances in thesystem and fault indications from the electronic u~!t.

fault codesIf a fault should occur in the system, the SRS lampwill flash when the ignition switch is in the driveposition. The fault codes stored in the memory of thesystem can be read by connecting the SRS tester totest connector 330.

For a more detailed description of tests, fault codesand fault tracing, see Group 8:6 of the ServiceManual.

286 Airbag

locations of components1 8attery

on the left-hand side ofthe engine compart­ment

7 Earthing point on the radiator cross-member

20 Ignition switchon the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

47E Charging warning lamp47K SHIFT UP warning lamp47T SRS Airbag warning lamp

in the combined instrument

57 3-pole connectorone at the right-hand front sensorone at the left-hand front sensor

58

59

75

98

123

152A1528

158

211

330

331

12-pole connectoronthe inside ofthe knee shield, to the left ofthe steering column

2-pole connector (Convertible)in the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Distribution blockin the engine compartment, forward of thebattery

10-pole connectorone (black) on the inside ofthe knee shield,to the left of the steering columnone at the electronic unit

4-pole connectorone at the electronic unitone black (left-hand front sensor)one grey (right-hand front sensor)

29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Negative distribution terminalin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

Earthing point on the gearbox

10-pole airbag test connectorin the centre console, under the rubber bel­lows, forward of the gear lever

Electronic unit for the airbagto the left, under the fascia

Saab900

332A Sensor, left-handintheengine compartment, forward of theIt;rft-hand wheel housing

3328 Sensor, right-handin th~engine compartment, forward of theright-hCindwheel housing

333 Airbagin the· steering wheel

334 Earthing· point for the electronic unit andtest connectoradjacent to the electronic unit

335 2-pole orange connectorthe pins are short-circuited when the con­nector is separated

336 Slip-ring contactin the steering wheel

400 Redundant earth for the airbagon the left-hand wheel housing, accessibfrom the interior

Components

332A

2122A59

'ISlA15213158

Saab900

21

Airbag 287

288 Headlamp beam adjustment

Headlamp am adju ent

11 12 +54 12 11

~I

~I

110VT 2.5

III

280 281

2 3 784 3 2BL 0.75

786A GN 0.75 7868 GN 0.75

784B BL 0.75 784C 8L 0.75

786 784AGN 1.0 BL 1.0 47

1

59BR/VT 0.75

785C SV 0.75

015H 190B

282

7

785SV 0.75

785ASV 0.75

785ASV 0.75

23 152C

9

10

Saab900

784A BL 1.0

786 GN 1.0

7858 SV 0.75

OperationSome models for certain markets are equipped with aheadlamp beam adjustment system. Aswitch on thefascia enables the driver to change the vertical align­ment of the headlamps, so that they will not dazzleoncoming drivers in situations such as when the caris heavily loaded.

When the ignition switch is in the drive position,terminal 9 of switch 282 is supplied across fuse 10and the black 29-pole connector 152C. When theswitch is in position 0, the headlamps will be in theirnormal setting. When the switch is moved to position1, electric motors (stepping motors) 280 and 281will be energised and will rotate a number of revolu­tions, turning the adjusting screws to lower the head­lamp setting. When the switch is moved to positions2 and 3, the setting will be lowered further, in twosteps.

Similarly, the setting can be raised in steps, from 3 to2, 1 and O.

Saab900

Headlamp beam adjustment 289

Fault-tracing hintsThe headlanip beam adjustment system will be oper­ative when the ignition switch is in the drive position.

1 Check fuse 10 and check that the supply to it islive.

2 Check that the supply to switch 282 is live.

3 By operating the switch, check that the'supply tomotors 280 and 281 is live.

4 Check the connectors, wiring and earth connec­tions.

290 Headlamp beam adjustment

locations of components7 Earthingpoinfon the radiator cross-member

11 Full beam filamentin the left-hand and right-hand headlamps

12 Dipped beam filamentin the left-hand and right-hand headlamps

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment

47 Combined instrumenton the fascia

152C 29-pole black connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

280 Headlamp beam adjustment motorat the left-hand headlamp

281 Headlamp beam adjustment motorat the right-hand headlamp

282 Switch for headlamp beam controlon the fascia, to the left of the steeringcolumn

Saab900

232

Headlamp beam adjustment 291

28028'1

Saab900

Components

..J

117

58BR/VT 0.75

59BR/VT 0.75

015H 192A

RH R266

348 RD VT 0.75

60

349 BL VJ 0.75

349A BL 0.75

. 348A RD 0.75

L

r ,r,SE, FI, EU, GB, M89: ..!pME, FE, AUM90: JP

341 SV 1.5

342 SV 1.5

58 BL VT 0.75 98

. 343 SV 0.75

30eRD 2.5

340RD 1.5

+xII

60

60

346A BR 0.75

350 GR 1.5

432 ON 0.5

347A GN 0.75

346 BR VT 0.75

347 GN VT 0.75

Saab900

266LH F

LH R266

60

60

SV

432ON 0.5

350GR 1.5

5EGR 1.5

Radio In+30

II

RD

265

437RD 1.0

4.37RD 1.5

Radio instal'<:>TI,...-n292

Saab900

OperationSpace bas been reserved in the fascia for a radio(267). Cars for certain markets and certain modelsare factrory-wired for the installation of a radio, andare. factory-fitted with speakers and an electricallyoperated aerial.

Two 10-pole connectors 98, i.e. one for the powersupply and one for the speakers, are fitted in theradio compartment in the fascia. A coaxial cable isalso run to the mounting point for the aerial, on theleft-hand rear wing.

Power supply.The follOWing cables are connected to the upper 10­pole connector 98 shown on the wiring diagram:

Grey (pin 1) - Positive supply via fuse 28, which issupplied directly from the battery (regardless of theposition of the ignition switch).

Red (pin 4) - Positive supply via the ignition switchand fuse 20. The radio is supplied when the ignitionswitch is in the parked or drive positions.

Black (pin 5Y'- Earth.

Green (pin 6)-Forcontrol of the eleetricallyoperated.aerial (265). The motor of the electrically operatedaerial is supplied via fuse 28.

Brown/white (pin 8) - Dial lighting. The supply is'taken from the instrument lighting rheostat 16/17.

SpeakersThe speaker connections are made via the lower10-pole connector shown. in the diagram.

Left-hand front:Green (pin 1) ­Brown (pin 2) +Right-hand front:Red (pin 3) +Blue (pin 4) -

Left-hand rear:Green/white (pin 5) ­Brown/white (pin 6) +Right~hand rear:Red/white (pin 7) +Blue/white (pin 8) -

. Each spea~er is connected via single-pole connector60.

Radio installation 293

.Fault-traclng hints1. Check the supply to the radio and the earth

. connection.

2. CheGk the connectors.

3. Check the existing cable harness for open cir­cuits and short circuits to earth.

locations of componentsThe locations of the components are the same forthesections entitled "Radio installation" and "Radio in­stallation {US, CAt as listed on pages 296 - 297.

59

sv

svSV

59

350

349

015H 432A

r!-+-+-~~~~~~~,""*~~ GRGRsvsv

60

60

349A 8L 0.75

RH R266

60

60

I~ !;........»

IrZ IrO -,0-,IDt> IDa: lDa:lD

- + -+ +-+I'll' >11 0 01

349 8L VT 0.75

348 RD VT 0.75

Saab900

lIation - US,+xII30CRD 2.5

60

346 8R VT 0.75

347 GN VT 0.75

266LH F

LH R266

347A GN 0.75

\~ ~ 1_2_5_6_7_8_3_4_--,

loll >1I,~1I01l, >11>11,....Zir

1< »>Olrt>t> a:lD

l/) [~~59

349

o EEl 9Lf.7 limOO~ mmrn0rnlID ts:2l

[>

\ II II) 1.1 I,13

~35

~[~ !; ........»

Zir Zir 0-' 0-'OlD OlD a:lD a:lD

- + - + + - + -

125 6 783 4

6 1 4 8 5 910

Radio in

Radio installation - US, CA

432GN 0.5

+30II5EGR 1.5

437RD 1.0

17

598R/VT 0.75

M90

34058RO 1.58R/VT 0.75

437RO 1.0

350 GR 1.5 588L T 0.75 981432 GN 0.5 341 SV 1.5

343 SV 0.75342 SV 1.5

0 98 1176 1 4 8 5 9 10267

1\/

\l.1.§.D.~

294

OperationThe fascia is fitted with a radio contact box.

The following variants exist:

900 116: A radio contact box with amplifier (349)

900 T16: A radio contact box with amplifier (349).This contact box is equipped with ashielded cable with an 18-pole connec­tor, for the connection of a CD player orequalizer. The shielded cable is fittedwith two 13-pole connectors 351 (DINconnectors). The CD player or equalizercan be connected by inserting it into acontact box located in the top compart­ment of the centre console.

In addition, the car is factory-wired, and speakersand an electrically operated aerial are fitted, to facil­itate the installation of a radio.

The radio contact box must be connected to the aeria Icable and to two 10-pole connectors 98 (267), onefor the power supply and the other for the speakers.

The contact box with amplifier (349) is fitted with a3A blade fuse to the right (for the electric aerial) anda 15A blade fuse to the left (for the amplifier, equal­izer and radio).

Power supplyThe following cables are connected to the upper 10­pole connector 98 shown on the wiring diagram:

Grey (pin 1) - Positive supply via fuse 28, which issupplied directly from the battery (regardless of theposition of the ignition switch).

Red (pin 4) - Positive supply via the ignition switchand fuse 20. The radio is supplied when the ignitionswitch is inthe parked or drive position.

Black (pins 5, 9 and 10) - Earth.

Green (pin 6) - For control ofthe electrically operatedaerial (265). The motor of the electrically operatedaerial is supplied via fuse 28.

Brown/white (pin 8) - Dial lighting. The supply istaken from the instrument lighting rheostat 17.

Saab900

Radio installation - US, CA 295

SpeakersThe speaker connections are made via the lower10-pole connector 98 shown in the diagram.

Left-hand front:Green (pin 1) ­Brown (pin 2) +Right-hand front:Red (pin 3) +Blue (pin 4) -

Left-hand rear:Green/white (pin 5) ­Brown/white (pin 6) +Right-hand rear:Red/white (pin 7) +Blue/white (pin 8) -

Each speaker is connected via single-pole connector60.

Fault·tracing hints1. Check the supply to the radio and the earth

connection.

2. Check the connectors.

3. Check the existing cable harness for open cir­cuits and short circuits to earth.

296 Radio installation - US, CA

Locations of components 350

16 Instrument lighting rheostatin the combined instrument

17 Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches 351

and controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

59 ·2-pole connector for electrically-operatedaerial 265on the left-hand rear wing (in the luggagecompartment)

60 Single-pole connector for speakers 266:two under the speaker grille, on the left-hand side of the fasciatwo under the speaker grille, on the right-hand side of the fasciatwo on the left-hand side of the luggagecompartment, behind the trim, at the parcelshelftwo on the left-hand side, at the back seat,behind the trim (Convertible)two on the right-hand side of the luggagecompartment, behind the trim, at the parcelshelftwo on the right-hand side 1 at the back seat,behind the trim (Convertible)

98 10-pole connector for the radiotwo in the radio compartment on the fascia(267) for connecting the radioone to the left ofthe steering column, underthe knee shield

117 Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand-brake lever

152A 29-pole white connectorin the electrical distribution box in the en-gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connector is accessible fromthe interior of the car.

265 Electrically operated aerialin the luggage compartment, on the left-hand side, behind the trim

266 Speakeron the left-hand and right-hand sides of thefasciaon the left-hand and right-hand sides·of theback seat

267 Radio connectorone in the fascia, behind the rad.io panel

349 Radio contact box with amplifierin the radio compartment on the fascia

Saab900

Contact box for CD player or equalizerin the top compartment of the centre con­sole

l~-p()le connector (DIN connector)two in the fascia

Components

· - US, CA__2_9_7Radio installatlon _

I

350(T1oi\)

------- 349016;\, T16i\)

Saab900

54

166 SV 0.75

d914, 15

27527660 60

13~r

I45 GN 0.75 __ ---l

+30II51<GR 2.5

500GN 1.0

5M CR 1.5

and 1989 for JP

678RO 0.75

152A 9

3z0

0g

175 4

171 SV 0.75

+54II

0

'".... 0<0 .... '" 0

~>....

"'''' :;!<00

30

+x

,

Saab900

30CRO 2.5

+xII

6 152A

E40 M89

RO 1.5 L.}__l- -".'-"..!""-'~~__KiM2Q

85(US,CA)

+IIIIIII

54

167EBRjSV 0.75

~'2 152A

170SV 0.75

54

31GL 1.5

1

~10~

478 GN 0.75

11/12

•II

42Bt 0.75

42BL 0.75

d914

ar alarm-

L...----1I---------------------------,

17

44GN 0.75

44GN 0.75

Bl..Irgler alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP

43 BL 0.75 .J

Bu

298

Saab900'

Burgler alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP 299

OperationCars delivered to ceitain markets, includingthe USAmarket, have provision for the installation of a bur­glar alarm. A special cable harness and an 8~pole

connector (289) for connecting the burglar alarmcontrol unit are included.

The control unit is supplied (+-39Yrfgrnfuse24across the white 29-pole conn~Gt()r;:+5gt\, pifl.i300frelay 151 and pin 1 of controLul1it?§~~.regardlessofthe position of the ignitiq!1switqh,and'from pin 5(+X) when the ignitionswitc.tiisin the parked, driveor start position. On the 1990model, +X is protectedby fuse 20.

To prevent the burglar alarm ·from being set off, theignition key must be turned within a certain time aftera car door has been opened.

The movement detector can be switched on and off bymeans of ON/OFF switch 288 connected to pin 7 ofthe control unit (earth/no earth).

If the burglar alarm is activated, the alarm will be setoff if one of the following contacts should close:

8 Door switches 54 connected to pin 8.

e Luggage compartment light switch 56, luggagecompartment lighting 55 or the HOOD switch,which are connected to pin 6.

When the alarm is set off, the siren will be suppliedvia pin 4, and the parking lights via'pin 3.

The parking lights are supplied via pin 20 of white29-pole connector 152A, and include:

13 Parking lights (front)14 Rear lights15 Number plate illumination

234 Side marker lights (certain markets)

Note: The wiring varies from one market to the r:lext,and between the 3-D/5-D and 2-D/4-D models (seethe section entitled "Parking lights").

Fault..tracing hints1. Check that the supply to connector 289 (termi­

nals 1 and 5) is live.

2. Check ON/OFF switch 288 for the movement de­tector.

3. Check the door switches, luggage compartmentl.i~nt.~witCh and bonnet switch, and the corre­

cspondingconnections to connector 289.

4. ch~t~t~;eFonr~ctors, cable harnesses andearth Connections:

For fault-tracing hints on the parking lights, see thesection entitled "Parking lights".

\

Saab900

Locations of componentsFor the locations of parking light components, seethe section entitled "Parking lights".

3 Earthing point in the fascia10 Light switch

on the left-hand side of the fascia11 Full beam filament

in the left-hand and right-hand headlamps12 Dipped beam filament

in the left-hand and right-hand headlamps13 Parking lights

in the front light clusters

14 Rear lights, 3-D and 5-Din the rear light clusters and on the tailgate

. Rear lights, 2-D and 4-Din the rear light clusters

15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-D)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-D)

17 Extra rheostat for tile lighting of switchesand controlson the left-hand side of the fascia

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

54 Door switches, interior lightingat the front of each door frame

55 Luggage compartment lampin the luggage compartment, on the left­hand side

56 Luggage compartment light switch3-D and 5-D: at the luggage compartmentlock2-D and 4-D: in the luggage compartment,at the left hinge of the luggage compart­ment lid.

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the fascia, tothe left of the steering column (behind theknee shield)

60 Single-pole connectorone for the siren, in the engine compart­ment, behind the right-hand wheel housingone for the bonnet switch, in the enginecompartment, behind the right-hand head­lamp

82 . Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayunder the back seat, o~ the left-hand side

85 Extra fog ,lampsunder the front bumper

117

122

151

152A1528

175

234

275

276

288

289

Earthingpqintbetween~he.i~flitionswitch and the hand-brake lever '

8-pole connectorunder the backs,eat

Time-delay relay fb'fthe interior lightingunder the back seat, on the left-hand side29-pole white connector29-pole red connectorin the engine compartment,in the electricaldistribution box on the left-hand wheelhousing. The connectors are accessiblefrom the interior of the car.

Control unit for the central locking systemunder the fascia on the right-hand side, be­hind the knee shield

Side marker lightsin the front light clusters

Connector for the burglar alarm sirenin the luggage compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing

Connector for the burglar alarm bonnetswitchin the luggage compartment, behind theright-hand wheel housing

Selector for the movement detectoron the centre console betwE~.en the frontseats

Connector for the burglar alarm control unitunder the back seat

Saab900

· Burgler alarm - US, CA and 1989 for JP 301

54 56L..- ---J

Components

Burgleralarm,1S89rnodeICoh\Zertible302

Bu ar alann, 89m el C6nve ble

880 8R 0.75

15

OISO 011o

316

S

54

10

'"dI­>lD<0:;;

0Ff ON)677 0.75 288

OFf

Saab900

~ 305

'" 57A 695A 8L 075 316d;; 03 .

02 678C RO 0.75 678A RO 0.75

r::: 01 6758 SV 0.75/'-

60875A SV 0.75

'" ~d d

-' >> '"~ '"....<0

2 12 3

289

'"d

+30 +30 +54 +XI I I I

1 1 1 1

1 1 ",I I"ll 1 61 ~IN '" I- 0N > 0:0:

0: « u'" '" 0 0

~ /'- ~ n

15

151 ~30

29 152A

7GR 2.5

30

of>d 20-'lD

0........

BurgJer alarm, 1989 model Convertible 303

Saab900

OperationThe car is equipped with aburglar alarm Comprising acontrol unit, movement detector, siren and transmit­ters (switches) in the hood (bonnet), doors and lug­gage compartment lid. For particulars of the oper­ation of the control unit, Le. the activation times forthe alarm, the time during which the siren will soundwhen the alarm is set off, etc. see the separateinstruction manual for the burglar alarm.The control unit is supplied (+30) from fuse 24across the white 29-pole connector 152A, pin 4 ofthe central locking control unit 175, pin 30 of relay151 and pin 1 of control unit 289, regardless of theposition of the ignition switch, and from pin 9 (+X)when the ignition switch is in the parked, drive orstart position.

If the burglar alarm is activated (LED 305 flashes),the alarm will be set off if movement detector 304 isactivated or if one of the following contacts shouldclose:

• Door switches 54 connected to pin 3. (Time-delayrelay 151 for the interior lighting only affects theactivation time of about 15 s for the alarm.)

II) Luggage compartment light switch 56 or the bon-net switch, which are connected to pin 5.

When the alarm is set off, the siren will be suppliedvia pin 6 and will sound.

The movement detector can be switched off bymeans of ON/OFF switch 288 connected to pin 10(contacts will close).

If one of the seat switches 314 or 315 is closed at thesame time as the ignition switch is in the parked,drive or start position, LED 305 will be switched off.A receiver for remotely controlled de-activation canbe connected to white connector 57A. A transmitterdesigned to intiate an alarm in a portable receivercan be connected to red connector 578.

FClult..tracing hintsStart by checking that the supply to the connector(pins 1 and 9) at control unit 289. Then follow thefaUlt-tracing instructions in the accompanying instal­lation instructions.

I

~28

ble

+xII

JOCRD 2.5

el

20

m

-'

'" '"N u..J N

Saab900

+30II

5K 5MGR 2.5 GR 1.5

ar alarm,

+30II

5£GR 1.5

Burgler alarm, 1990 model convertible

Bu28,90

<;>r-----------------------------'---'---------.J

I

~27

I I z '" ~

~60 I 0160A '" « j I, '"GL1.0 0 " ..J 00~ ...""' '"~ ~

~G152A'----y-----'

....~ 152A: 9 27 : ""' i'- ~G152A~ N0

~275'" '" 500" 0

GN 1.0----fl..l~:" '"

'"[;~] ~58 ""' u GL '- sv" 175~

N0~

1\1 2159..J

'"0 +54~ 1 6778

82 m6561 sv 0.75150A

f]'r-,

VT 0.75 >1 ... 2 117 SV 0.5

""" 151'" L_..1~

~ SV 0.75~ "131d~

~ d0....

~>

~~

Ul

'" g; 117

2~0

'"0 ';:30r- "

'~,,:~'""~'" '" T

'" R:'" '"

~'52A I~ '"" " '1160 167 SV 0.75GL 0.75

171SV 0.75

52 "~SV 0.75

'"54 ~

54 0

GL 0.7: ..J

'"«l''":g

~~161A680 8R 0.75GL/RO 0.75

',M-....

'"398 57",231 N550

305::::::::".. ~'I 30~ tOle-:

d

'"~ '01~ :-:::::'-- >

uUl

"87~<D

~ I"" ""'~"

e.....-

o86 85 189C SV 0.5 <D

59 lirnJ >I' ~ ~l> ..J UlUl '" <D

~J :'-11 ~159

59[J'" '"3 ~ d N

'".... '" 0

"....

~ " '" '" '" 0<: ~ d d ~ 0 0>

..J..J 0

'" > z'" ..J ..J

Ul'" '" u Ul '"

'"> '" <D

« « ... '" '" " r:: 0':"

<D 0>

" " " ~ "" " <D <D <D

" "16 8 15 10 11 1 9 12 3 ~ 5 2

56 ~289

r.1'DISH 011C

---

27,89

<;>II

304

Burgler alarm, 1990 model Convertible 305

OperationThe car is equipped with a burglar alarm comprising acontrol unit, movement detector, siren and transmit­ters (switches) in the hood (bonnet),ddqrs and lug­gage compartment lid. For particulars of the oper­ation of the control unit, Le. the activation times forthe alarm, the time during which the siren will soundwhen the alarm is set off, etc.. see the separateinstruction manual for the burglar alarm.

The burglar alarm is supplied (+30) from fuse 24across the white 29-poleconnector 152A, pin 4 ofthe central locking control unit 175, pin 30 of relay151 and pin 10 of control unit 289, and (+X) fromfuse 20 across the white connector 152A to pin 2 ofcontrol unit 289.

If the burglar alarm is activated (LED 305 flashes),the alarm will be set off if one of the following con­tacts should close:

• Door switches 54 connected to pin 11. (Time­delay relay 151 for the interior lighting only affectsthe activation time of about 15 s for the alarm.)

• Luggage compartment light switch 56 or bonnetswitch 276, which are connected to pin 3.

When the alarm is set off, the siren 275 will besupplied via pin 12 and will sound.

A receiver for remotely controlled de-activation canbe connected to connector 399.

Saab900

Fault-tracing hintsStart by checking fuses 24 and 20 and that thesupply to the connector (pins 10 and 2) at control unit289 is live. Then follow the fault-tracing instructionsin the accompanyinginstallation instructions.

306 E3l.Jrgler alarm, 1990 model Convertible

152A 29-P?leW~i~~connectorin th~~ngi9~ggrrpartment, in the electrical

- distributioD??J<>pn the left-hand wheelhousing. Th~wpr~ctor is accessible fromthe interior ofttre.car.

Control unitforthecentral locking systemunder the fasciaqnthe right-hand side, be­hind the knee shield

Burglar alarm sirenin the engine compartment, behind theright-hand headlamp

Burglar alarm bonnet switchunder the bonnet, at the extreme front ofthewheel housing

Burglar alarm switchon the centre console between the frontseats

Burglar alarm control unitunder the back seat

Movement detectorunder the back seat, at the control unit

LED for burglar alarmon the fascia, in the left-hand speaker grille

Burglar alarm relayin the electrical distribution box under theback seat, relay position F

Driver's seat switch for the burglar alarmunder the driver's seat

Co-driver's seat switch for the burglar alarmunder the co-driver's seat

Diode for the burglar alarm

)

316

314

313

305

304

315

288

289

276

275

175

Saab900

Time-delay relay for the interior lightingin the electrical distribution bux under theback seat, relay position B .

151

locations of componentsFor the locations of parking light components, seethe section entitled "Parking lights".

15 Number plate illuminationon the tailgate (3-D and 5-0)on the rear sill (2-D and 4-0)

20 Ignition switch (1989 model)on the centre console between the frontseats

22A Fuse holderin the electrical distribution box, in the en­gine compartment, on the left-hand wheelhousing

53 Interior lighting switchon the centre console, between the frontseats

54 Door switches, interior lightingat the front of each door pillar

55 Luggage compartment lampin the luggage compartment, on the left­hand side

56 Luggage compartment light switchat the luggage compartment lock

57A 3-pole white connector57B 3-pole red connector570 3-pole green connector

under the back seat

58 12-pole connectoron the angle bracket, under the.fascia to theleft of the steering column (behind the kneeshield)

59 2-pole connectorone in the luggage compartment at the left­hand lid hinge, behind the trimone for the siren, in the engine compart­ment, behind the right-hand headlamp(1990 model)

60 Single-pole connectorone for the siren in the engine compart­ment, behind the right-hand headlamp(1989 model)two for the LEOs on 'the fascia, at the left­hand speaker grille

82 Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayin the electrical distribution bux under theback seat, relay position E

117 - Earthing pointbetween the ignition switch and the hand­brake lever

. .. .~

314,315

151

GJGJl.c1!. .g]=0'7=1 7c:::J c::::l3c:::::J It:=l

/ I313 32

f=".

~L

~~ oS • ~

53

,.~

54

276

Saab900

Burgler alarm, 1990 model Convertible 307

275

304

/289

Components

56

Numerical IndexFull beam warningJCimpLeft-hand direction indicator warning lampRight-hand direction indicator warninglampRear window heater warnitlg lampShift-up warning lampHandbrake warning lampRear fog light warning lampChoke warning lampCHECK ENGINE warning lampABS warning lampWarning lamp for passive seat beltsAirbag warning lamp (as from 1990)Indicating lamp for Cruise ControlWarning lamp for headlamps switched onCigarette lighterClockRoof lamp, centreRoof lamp, frontIgnition switch lightingInterior lighting switchDoor switches, interior lightingLuggage compartment lampLuggage compartment light switch3-pole connector12-pole connector2-pole connectorSingle-pole connectorWindscreen wiper stalk switchWindscreen wiper motorWasher motorHeating padEarthing point, back seatHeadlamp wiper motor6-pole connectorHorn relayCo-driver's seat switch for seat-belt warn­ing lampSeat-belt switch - driver's sideSeat-belt switch - co-driver's sideSeat-belt warning lampTiming service instrument socketResistor for ventilation fanDistribution block, positive supply fromb.atterySwitch for raising the idling speed, auto.transm.Start inhibitor switch, auto. transm.Dim dipped beam relay (up to and inc!.1989)Vacuum switchDim dipped beam resistor (up to and inc!.1989)Seat belt/ignition switch warning relayRelay for intermittent operation of thewindscreen wipersExtra fog lamps

nen

76

7778

8283

47G47H471

7980

707172737475

85

47J47K47M47N47047P47Q47S47T47U47V48495051525354555657585960616263646566676869

of com

Saab900

BatteryAlternatorEarthing point in the fasciaStarter motorIgnition coilIgnition distributorEarthing point on the radiator cross-mem­berLighting relayEarthing point in the luggage compartmentLight switchFull beam filamentDipped beam filamentParking lightsRear lightsNumber plate illuminationInstrument lighting rheostatExtra rheostat for the lighting of switchesand controlsCombined instrument lightingGlove compartment lampIgnition switchIgnition switch relayElectrical distribution boxFuse holderRelay holderFlasher relay

;. Direction indicator stalk switchHazard warning light switchTime delay relay for the radiator fanDirection indicator lamps, left-handDirection indicator lamps, right-handBrake light switchBrake lampsReversing light switchReversing lampsRear fog lightsChoke control switchSelector switch for the ventilation fanMotor for the ventilation fanRadiator fan motorRecirculation valve motor, ACTemperature switch for radiator fanHornHorn switchBrake warning switchHandbrake switch'Oil pressure transmitterCoolant temperature transmitterFuel level transmitterCombined instrumentFuel level gauge . .'\Fuel reserve warning lamp.Coolant temperature gaugeOil pressure warning lampCharging warning lampBrake warning lamp

89

1011121314151617

1234567

181920212222A22B2324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464747A47B47C47D47E47F

308 List of components·

List of components 309

88 Switch for extra fog lamps 146 Amplifier for the electronic ignition system89 Side direction indicator, left-hand 148 Ashtray illumination90 Side direction indicator, right-hand 149 Main switch for ventilation fan91 Gear indicating light 150 Air distribution switch, AC92 Temperature time switch 151 Time-delay relay for the interior lighting93 Earthing point, left:-handwheel housing 152A 29-pole connector, white

member 152B 29-pole connector, red/94 Starting valve 152C 29-pole connector, black

95 Auxiliary air valve 153 Lighting for the cigarette lighter /

96 Control pressure valve 154 Lighting for heater controls97 Temperature switch I, Lambda 155 Relay for the AC radiator fan98 10-pole connector 156 Relay for the AC compressor99 Temperature switch II, Lambda 157 Spark plug

100 Diode, Lambda 158 Negative distribution terminal101 Fuel feed pump 159 Distribution terminal +15102 Fuel pump relay 160 Switch for glove compartment illumination103 Fuel pump 161 Switch for the rear fog lights104 Hot start relay 162 Switch for drivers door electric window106 Time-delay relay regulator107 Relay for extra fog lamps 163 Switch for co-driver's door electric window109 High-level brake light regulator110 Tachometer 164 Motor for left-hand front electric window113 Relay/time-delay relay for the electrically regulator

heated rear window 165 Motor for right-hand front electric window114 Float chamber valve, carburettor regulator115 Electric heater for the rear window 166 Pressure switch for the AC radiator fan116 Switch for the electrically heated rear 168 Coolant temperature switch, AC

window 169 Switch, AC117 Earthing point between ignition switch and 170 Compressor for the AC

handbrake 171 Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch118 Corner lights contact) for the AC119 Side reversing lights 172 Radiator fan for the AC120 Lambda test socket 173 Diode for the AC compressor121 Seat switch for the heating pad 174 Relay for daylight driving lights (CA)122 8-pole connector 175 Control unit for the central locking system123 4-pole connector 176 Control unit for the EZK ignition system124 Switch for the left-hand electrically oper- 177 Control unit for the APC system

ated rear-view mirror 178 Knock sensor for the APC/EZK system125 Switch for the right-hand electrically oper- 179 Solenoid valve for the APC system

ated rear-view mirror 180 Pressure transmitter for the APC system126 Motor for the left-hand electrically oper- 181 Switch for the electrically operated sunroof

ated rear-view mirror 182 Motor for the electrically operated sunroof127 Motor for the right-hand electrically oper- 183 Selector switch for central locking system,

ated rear-view mirror drivers door129 Buzzer for coolant temperature 184 Motor for the co-drivers door lock130 Coolant temperature warning switch 185 Motor for the right-hand rear door lock131 Control unit for Cruise Control 186 Motor for the left-hand rear door lock132 Speed transmitter 187 Vacuum pump for Cruise Control133 Clutch switch for Cruise Control 188 Motor for the tailgate lock134 Brake switch for Cruise Control 189 Cutout switch for the rear-door electric135 Control unit for Lambda window regUlators136 Lambda sensor 190 Switch for left-hand rear electric window138 Engine speed relay, Turbo with manual regulator

gearbox 190A Switch for left-hand rear electric window139 Timing valve, Lambda regulator140 Fuel shut-off valve, carburettor 191 Switch for right-hand rear electric window141 Selector for Cruise Control regulator142 Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed, 191A Switch for right-hand rear electric window

AC regulator143 Recirculation switch, AC 192 Distribution block144 Boost pressure switch, Turbo 193 Motor for left-hand rear electric window145 Test tapping, EZK regulator

Saab900

Saab900

310 I.;istofcomponents

194

196200

201202

203

204205206

207208D208P211212

214215225229233234252254

256257259

265266267268269271272

273275276277278279280

281

282

287

288289290291292293)294

Motor for right-hand rear electric windowregulatorPressure switch for LambdaControl unit for the LH/CU 14 fuel injectionsystemEarthing point on the engineEngine temperature transmitter, LH fuelinjection systemThrottle angle transmitter, LH fuel injec­tion systemTest connector, LH fuel injection systemAir mass meter, LH fuel injection systemFuel injection valves, LH fuel injectionsystemElectrically-heated rear-view mirrorsDoor lock reed switch (driver's side)Door lock reed switch (co-driver's side)Earthing point on the gearboxSolenoid valve for raising the idling speed(auto.)Seat-belt warning lamp (ME)Dip switchReading lampMain relay for the LH fuel injection systemVacuum switch, Cruise Control/APCSide marker lightsDriver's seat heating rheostatTemperature transmitter for the driver'sseat heating padSpeed warning buzzerEarthing point on the alternator bracketRelay, reverse current protection, dimdipped beam (up to and incl. 1989)Electrically operated aerialSpeakerRadio connectorConnection for the AC in the back seatTwo-pole connectorPreheater, Lambda sensorIdling speed adjustment motor, LH fuelinjection systemMotor for the hydraulic pumpConnector for the burglar alarm sirenBurglar alarm bonnet switchRelay for raising the topRelay for lowering the topMercury switchHeadlamp beam control motor, left-hand(as from 1990)Headlamp beam control motor, right-hand(as from 1990)Headlamp beam Control switch (as from1990)Relay for automatic control of windowregUlatorsSelector for the movement detectorControl unit for the burglar alarmFuse for Convertible topABS control unitABS system relayABS pump relayABS pressure switch

295296297298A298B298C298D299300302302A303A303B304305306307D

307P

308D

308P

309310D310P

311D

311P

312D

312P

313314315

316320

321322323330331

332A

332B

333334

335

336

339345

A~9trl~~t~~'Y9JveAE3SyaIY~~I~~k';••.•.ABS hXc1rCluJiR?p~fl1pmotorWheel sensot;xlgft-T~and frontWheel sens9r,i;~igbt+hand frontWheel sensor'!rgft~bClflc:l •.. rearWheel sensor'Ji~Rt-tJClflc:l.rearABS brake fluid Igvgt§eq!)()rEarthing point onlhe:hydraulic unitABS electrical distribtitionpoxABS fuse holderABS diodeABS diodeMovement detectorLED for burglar alarmLogic box for passive seat beltsSeat-belt reel, driver's side, passive seatbeltsSeat-belt reel, co-driver's side, passiveseat beltsMotor with limit switches, passive seatbelts, driver's sideMotor with limit switches, passive seatbelts, co-driver's sideg sensor for passive seat beltsFuse for passive seat belts, driver's sideFuse for passive seat belts, co-driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, co­driver's sideMotor relay for passive seat belts, driver'ssideMotor relay for passive seat belts, co­driver's sideBurglar alarm relayDriver's seat switch for the burglar alarmCo-driver's seat switch for the burglaralarmDiode for the burglar alarmIgnition coil with integrated amplifier (upto and incl. 1989)Valve for charcoal canisterConnector, Auto/Man, LH 2.4Fuel pump with integrated feed pumpAirbag test connector (as from· 1990)Electronic control unit for the airbag (asfrom 1990)Sensor for airbag, left-hand (as from1990)Sensor for airbag, righ-hand (as from1990)Airbag (as from 1990)Earthing point for electronic control unitand airbag test connector (as from 1990)2-pole connector for the airbag (as from1990)Slip-ring contact for the airbag (as from1990)Diode for CI LambdaCrankshaft sensor

List of components 311

347 Test connector, diagnostics Co-driver's seat switch for seat-belt warning349 Radio contact box with amplifier lamp 69350 Contact box for CD player or equalizer Co-driver's seat switch for the burglar alarm 315351 13-pole connector Combined instrument 47352 Slip ring switch for horn Combined instrument lighting 18 '

I'I

//

368 Connector, cOld-starting valve, LH 2.4 Compressor for the AC 170 ..-

389 NTC resistor for LH 2.4 (as from 1990) Connection for the AC inthe back seat 268390 Modulating valve for LH 2.4 (as from Connector for the burglar alarm siren 275

1990) Connector, Auto/Man, LH 2.4 322391 Test connector for CU 14 (as from 1990) Connector, cold-starting valve, LH 2.4 368392 Pressure switch forCU 14 (as from 1990) Contact box for CD player or equalizer 350393 Temperature switch III, Lambda ,(as from Control pressure valve 96

1990) Control unit for Cruise Control 131395 Resistor for CU 14 (as from 1990) Control unit for Lambda 135396 Relay for radiator fan (as from 1990) Control unitfor the APC system 177397 Test connector for ABS diagnostics (as Control unit for the EZK ignition system 176

from 1990) Control unit for the LH/CU 14 fuel injectionsystem 200Control unit for the burglar alarm 289

Alphabetic index Control unit for the central locking system 175Coolant temperature gauge 47C

ABS brake fluid level sensor 299 Coolant temperature switch, AC 168ABS control unit 291 Coolant temperature transmitter 45ABS diode 303A Coolant temperature warning switch 130ABS diode 303B Corner lights 118ABS electrical distribution box 302 Crankshaft sensor 345ABS fuse holder 302A Cutout switch for the rear-door electricABS hydraulic pump motor 297 window regulators 189ABS master valve 295 Dim dipped beam relay (up to andABS pressure switch 294 incl. 1989) 78ABS pump relay 293 Dim dipped beam resistor (up to andABS system relay 292 incl. 1989) 80ABS valve block 296 Diode for CI Lambda 339ABS warning lamp 47Q Diode for the AC compressor 173Air distribution switch, AC 150 Diode for the burglar alarm 316Air mass meter, LH fuel injection system 205 Diode, Lambda 100Airbag (as from 1990) 333 Dip switch 215Airbag test connector (as from 1990) 330 Dipped beam filament 12Airbag warning lamp (as from 1990) 47T Direction indicator lamps, left-hand 27Alternator 2 Direction indicator lamps, right-hand 28Amplifier for the electronic ignition system 146 Direction indicator stalk switch 24Anti-freeze thermostat (cycling clutch Distribution block 192contact) for the AC 171 Distribution block, positive supply fromAshtray illumination 148 battery 75Auxiliary air valve 95 Distribution terminal +15 159Battery 1 Door lock reed switch (co-driver's side) 208PBoost pressure switch, Turbo 144 Door lock reed switch (driver's side) 208DBrake lamps 30 Door switches, interior lighting 54Brake light switch 29 Driver's seat heating rheostat 252Brake switch for Cruise Control 134 Driver's seat switch for the burglar alarm 314Brake warning lamp 47F Earthing point between ignition switch andBrake warning switch 42 handbrake 117Burglar alarm bonnet switch 276 Earthing point for electronic control unit andBurglar alarm relay 313 airbag test connector (as from 1990) 334Buzzer for coolant temperature 129 Earthing point in the fascia 3Charging warning lamp 47E Earthing point in the luggage compartment 9CHECK ENGINE warning lamp 47P Earthing point on the alternator bracket 257Choke control switch 34 Earthing point on the engine 201Choke warning lamp 470 Earthing point oh the gearbox 211Cigarette lighter 48 Earthing point on the hydraulic unit 300Clock 49 Earthing point on the radiator cross-Clutch switch for Cruise Control 133 member 7

Saab900

312 I..istof components

Earthing point, back seat "65 Indicating lampforGruise Control 47UEarthing point, left-hand wheel housing Instrument lighting,rheostat 16member 93 Interior lighting sWitch 53Electric heater for the rear window 115 Knock sensor for the APC/EZK system 178Electrical distribution box 22 Lambda sensor 136Electrically operated aerial 265 Lambda test socket 120Electrically-heated rear-view mirrors 207 LED for burglar alarm 305Electronic control unit for the airbag (as Left-hand direction indicatorwarning lamp 47Hfrom 1990) 331 Light switch 10Engine speed relay, Turbo with manual Lighting for heater controls 154gearbox 138 Lighting for the cigarette lighter 153Engine temperature transmitter, LH fuel Lighting relay 8injection system 202 Logic box for passive seat belts 306Extra fog lamps 85 Luggage compartment lamp 55Extra rheostat for the lighting of switches Luggage compartment light switch 56and controls 17 Main relay for the LH fuel injection system 229Flasher relay 23 Main switch for ventilation fan 149

4Float chamber valve, carburettor 114 Mercury switch 279Fuel feed pump 101 Modulating valve for LH 2.4 (as from 1990) 390Fuel injection valves, LH fuel injection Motor for left-hand front electric windowsystem 206 regulatorFuel level gauge 47A Motor for left-hand rear electric window

4Fuel level transmitter 46 regulator 193Fuel pump 103 Motor for right-hC!nd front electric windowFuel pump relay 102 regulator 165Fuel pump with integrated feed pump 323 Motor for right-hand rear electric windowFuel reserve warning lamp 478 regulator 194

I Fuel shut-off valve, carburettor 140 Motor for the co-driver's door lock 184i Full beam filament 11 Motor for the electrically operated sunroof 182

I Full beam warning lamp 47G Motor forthe hydraulic pump 273I Fuse for Convertible top 290 Motor for the left-hand electrically operatedI" Fuse for passive seat belts, co-driver's side 310P rear-view mirror 126

Fuse for passive seat belts, driver's side 3100 Motor for the left-hand rear door lock 186Fuse holder 22A Motor for the right-hand electricallyGear indicating light 91 operated rear-view mirror 127Glove compartment lamp 19 Motor for the right-hand rear door lock 185g sensor for passive seat belts 309 Motor for the tailgate lock 188Handbrake switch 43 Motor for the ventilation fan 36Handbrake warning .lamp 47M Motor relay for passive seat belts, co-Hazard warning light switch 25 driver's side 311PHeadlamp beam control motor, left-hand Motor relay for passive seat belts, co-(as from 1990) 280 driver's side 312PHeadlamp beam control motor, right-hand Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver's(as from 1990) 281 side 3110Headlamp beam control switch Motor relay for passive seat belts, driver's(as from 1990) 282 side 3120Headlamp wiper motor 66 Motor with limit switches, passive seatHeating pad 64 belts, co-driver's side 308PHigh-level brake light 109 Motor with limit switches, passive seatHorn 40 belts, driver's side 3080Horn relay 68 Movement detector 304Hom switch 41 Negative distribution terminal 158Hot start relay 104 NTC resistor for LH 2.4" (as from 1990) 389Idling speed adjustment motor, LH fuel Number plate illumination 15injection system 272 Oil pressure transmitter 44Ignition coil 5 Oil pressure warning lamp 470Ignition coil with integrated amplifier (up to Parking lights 13and inc!. 1989) 320 Preheater, Lambda sensor 271

/

/" Ignition distributor 6 Pressure switch for CU 14 (as from 1990) 392Ignition switch 20 Pressure switch for Lambda 196Ignition switch lighting 52 Pressure switch for the AC radiator fan 166Ignition switch relay 21 Pressure transmitter for the APC system 180

Saab900

List of components 313

Radiator fan for the AC 172 Solenoidvalveforraisingtheidlingspeed,AC 142Radiator fan motor 37 Solenoid valve for the APC system 179Radio connector 267 Spark plug 157Radio contact box with amplifier 349 Speaker 266Reading lamp 225 Speed transmitter 132Rear fog light warning lamp 47N Speed warning buzzer 256Rear fog lights 33 Start inhibitor switch, auto. transm. 77Rear lights 14 Starter motor 4Rear window heater warning lamp 47J Starting valve 94Recirculation switch, AC 143 Switch for co-driver's door electric windowRecirculation valve motor, AC 38 regulator 163Relay for automatic control of window Switch for driver's door electric windowregulators 287 regulator 162Relay for daylight driving lights (CA) 174 Switch for extra fog lamps 88Relay for extra fog lamps 107 Switch for glove compartment illumination 160Relay for intermittent operation of the Switch for left-hand rear electric windowwi ndscreen wi pers 83 regulator 190Relay for lowering the top 278 Switch for left-hand rear electric windowRelay for radiator fan (as from 1990) 396 regulator 190ARelay for raising the top 277 Switch for raising the idling speed, auto.Relay for the AC compressor 156 transm. 76Relay for the AC radiator fan 155 Switch for right-hand rear electric windowRelay holder 228 regulator 191Relay, reverse current protection, dim Switch for right-hand rear electric windowdipped beam (up to and incl. 1989) 259 regulator 191ARelay/time-delay relay for the electrically Switch for the electrically heated rearheated rear window 113 window 116Resistor for CU 14 (as from 1990) 395 Switch for the electrically operated sunroof 181Resistor for ventilation fan 74 Switch for the left-hand electricallyReversing lamps 32 operated rear-view mirror 124Reversing light switch 31 Switch for the rear fog lights 161Right-hand direction indicator warning lamp 471 Switch for the right-hand electricallyRoof lamp, centre 50 operated rear-view mirror 125Roof lamp, front 51 Switch, AC 169Seat belt/ignition switch warning relay 82 Tachometer 110Seat-belt reel, co-driver's side, passive seat Temperature switch I, Lambda 97belts 307P Temperature switch II, Lambda 99Seat-belt reel, driver's side, passive seat Temperature switch III, Lambdabelts 307D (as from 1990) 393Seat-belt switch - co-driver's side 71 Temperature switch for radiator fan 39Seat-belt switch - driver's side 70 Temperature time switch 92Seat-belt warning lamp 72 Temperature transmitter for the driver's seatSeat-belt warning lamp (ME) 214 heating pad 254Seat switch for the heating pad 121 Test connector for A8S diagnosticsSelector for Cruise Control 141 (as from 1990) 397Selector for the movement detector 288 Test connector for CU 14 (as from 1990) 391Selector switch for central locking system, Test connector, LH fuel injection system 204driver's door 183 Test connector, diagnostics 347Selector switch for the ventilation fan 35 Test tapping, EZK 145Sensor for airbag, left-hand (as from 1990) 332A Throttle angle transmitter, LH fuel injectionSensor for airbag, righ-hand (as from 1990) 3328 system 203Shift-up warning lamp 47K Time delay relay for the radiator fan 26Side direction indicator, left-hand 89 Time-delay relay 106Side direction indicator, right-hand 90 Time-delay relay for the interior lighting 151Side marker lights 234 Timing service instrument socket 73Side reversing lights 119 Timing valve, Lambda 139Single-pole connector 60 Two-pole connector 269Slip ring switch for horn 352 Vacuum pump for Cruise Control 187Slip-ring contact for the airbag Vacuum switch 79(as from 1990) 336 Vacuum switch, Cruise Control/APC 233Solenoid valve for raising the idling speed Valve for charcoal canister 321(auto.) 212 Warning lamp for headlamps switched on 47V

Saab900

314 L.istof components

Warning lamp for passive seat belts 475Washer motor 63Wheel sensor, left-hand front 298AWheel sensor, left-hand rear 298CWheel sensor, right-hand front 298BWheel sensor, right-hand rear 298DWindscreen wiper motor 62Windscreen wiper stalk switch 612-pole connector 592-pole connector for the airbag (as from1990) 3353-pole connector 574-pole connector 1236-pole connector 678-pole connector 12210-pole connector 9812-pole connector 5813-pole connector 35129-pole connector, black 152C29-pole connector, red 152B29-pole connector, white 152A

Saab900

e9'UUISaab Automobile AS .Trollhattan, Sweden

ci'"'"ai«~:00E.9::>«

.':, .0

'"'"(J)

@

c:'""0'";t

(J)

oS"0

'"C(t

C0

:;::::;'6Q)

£.!!lOJcw-i.......-0~C")

0ZOJC.~

-e0

®

...Printed in. Sweden, Graphic Systems AB. Gbg 1992.19832